Proficy HMI/SCADA CIMPLICITY

• Welcome to Proficy HMI/SCADA CIMPLICITY
  • Getting Started
    • HMI/SCADA CIMPLICITY® Introduction
      • About HMI/SCADA CIMPLICITY®
      • What You Receive
      • System Architecture
        • System Architecture
        • CIMPLICITY Server, Development Viewer and Runtime Viewer Defined
      • Required and Supported Software and Hardware
      • Distributor Telephone Numbers
      • Customer Support
      • CIMPLICITY 8.0 Installation Steps
        • CIMPLICITY 8.0 Installation Steps
        • Step 1. Remove a Lower than CIMPLICITY Version 7.0 Installation
        • Step 2. Choose the CIMPLICITY Installation Source
        • Step 3. (Historian v3.1 Users) Install Historian v3.1 Service Pack 1
        • Step 4. Install CIMPLICITY 8.0
          • Step 4. Install CIMPLICITY 8.0
          • CIMPLICITY 8.0 Program File Components
        • Step 5. Install Historian 3.0 SIM or Historian 3.1 SIM
        • Step 6. (Optional) Install Tracker
        • Step 7. (Optional) Install Pager
      • CIMPLICITY Tour
        • About CIMPLICITY Tour
        • Part 1. CIMPLICITY Tour
        • Part 2. CIMPLICITY Tour
        • Part 3. CIMPLICITY Tour
        • Part 4. CIMPLICITY More Features
        • Part 5. CIMPLICITY Options
    • CIMPLICITY Documentation
      • About CIMPLICITY Documentation
      • 1. HTML Help Contents Tab
      • 2. HTML Help Index Tab
      • 3. HTML Help Search Tab
      • 4. HTML Help Favorites Tab
      • 5. HTML Help Buttons
      • 6. Workbench Documentation Finder Graphic
    • Proficy Common Licensing
      • About Proficy Common Licensing
      • Existing License Options
      • New License Steps
      • Update Licensed Options without Rebooting
  • Project Setup
    • Workbench
      • About the CIMPLICITY Workbench
      • Open the Workbench
      • Workbench at a Glance
      • Multiple Workbench Windows
      • Workbench Display Options
        • Workbench Display Options
        • Expand / Collapse the Left Pane View
        • Change the Right Pane View
          • Change the Right Pane View
          • Configure the Thumbnail View
        • Select Records or Files to Display in the Right Pane
          • Select Records or Files to Display in the Right Pane
          • Display All Records or Files for an Icon
          • Display Selected Records or Files
          • Find the Names of Records or Files to List
        • Select Fields to Display in the Right Pane
          • Select Fields to Display in the Right Pane
          • Step 1. Open the Field Chooser Dialog Box
          • Step 2. Use the Field Chooser Dialog Box
      • Workbench Procedures for CIMPLICITY Projects
        • Workbench Procedures for CIMPLICITY Projects
        • Switch from One Project to another using the same Workbench
        • Rename a CIMPLICITY Project
        • Drag Items from One CIMPLICITY Project into Another
          • Drag Items from One CIMPLICITY Project into Another
          • Guidelines for dragging items from one project to another
      • Record and File Configuration
        • Record and File Configuration
        • Create a New Record or File
        • Open Records and Files
        • Print Feature Details
      • Runtime Access Overview
        • Runtime Access Overview
        • Open a CimView Screen
        • Open Runtime Windows other than CimView
        • Drag Points into the Point Control Panel
        • Monitor a Selected Point's Runtime Values
    • New Project Creation
      • About New Project Creation
      • Create a New Project
        • Create a New Project
        • Step 1. Open a Create as Dialog Box to Create a New Project
        • Step 2. Use the Create as Dialog Box to Create a New Project
        • Step 3. Continue with the Project Wizard
      • Copy to a New Project
        • Copy to a New Project
        • Step 1. Open a Create as Dialog Box to Copy to a New Project
        • Step 2. Use the Create as Dialog Box to Copy to a New Project
      • CIMPLICITY Project Wizard
    • Basic Project Management
      • Project Management
      • 1. Open a Project
        • 1. Open a CIMPLICITY Project
        • 1.1 Open a Project through the Workbench
        • 1.2. Open a Project through the Start Menu
      • 2. Update a Project
        • 2. Update a CIMPLICITY Project
        • 2.1 Configuration Update
          • 2.1 Configuration Update
          • 2.1.1. Compare Master and Data Configuration
            • 2.1.1. Compare Master and Data Configuration
            • Step 2.1.1.1. Open a Directory Comparison Report
            • Step 2.1.1.2. Review the Directory Comparison Report
            • Step 2.1.1.3. Review a Comparison Report for a Selected File
          • 2.1.2. Update a Configuration
        • 2.2. Dynamic Configuration
      • 3. Log into a CIMPLICITY Project
      • 4. Start/Stop a CIMPLICITY Project
      • 5. Select a Running CIMPLICITY Project
      • Technical Notes
        • Technical Notes
        • 1. CIMPLICITY Program Layers
        • 2. CIMPLICITY Project Backup
        • 3. CIMPLICITY Command Line Options
    • Project Properties
      • About Project Properties
      • Step 1. Open the Project Properties Dialog Box
      • Step 2. Set Project Properties
        • Step 2. Set Project Properties
        • Option 2.1. Set Project General Properties
        • Option 2.2. Set Project Options
          • Option 2.2. Set Project Options
          • Option 2.2.1. Configuration Security for a Project
          • Option 2.2.2. Start, Stop Project Security
          • Option 2.2.3. Run a Project at High Priority
        • Option 2.3. Set Project Settings
    • CIMPLICITY Options
      • About CIMPLICITY Options
      • Step 1. Open the CIMPLICITY Options Dialog Box
      • Step 2. Set Projects Options
      • Step 3. Set Startup Options
        • Step 3. Set Startup Options
        • Option 3.1. Select Network Options
        • Option 3.2. Configure System Boot Options
      • Step 4. Configure Automatic Log Out
        • Step 4. Configure Automatic Log Out
        • Option 4.1. Log Out of CIMPLICITY
        • Option 4.2. After Logging out Prompt for Login
        • Option 4.3. After Logging out Log in this User
      • Step 5. Select Network IP Addresses
      • Step 6. Identify Host Nodes and IP Addresses
    • CIMPLICITY Cluster Resource
      • About the CIMPLICITY Cluster Resource
      • Step 1. Add a CIMPLICITY Resource to the Cluster Administrator
      • Step 2. Open a CIMPLICITY Project Resource Dialog Box
      • Step 3. Configure the CIMPLICITY Resource Parameters
      • Step 4. Configure other Properties for the CIMPLICITY Project Resource
    • Workbench Point Display
      • About the Workbench Point Display
      • Customize the Point List in the Workbench
        • Customize the Point List in the Workbench
        • Display all Points in the Workbench
        • Display Selected Points in the Workbench
        • Wild Card Characters to Find Points in the Workbench
      • Display Selected Fields in the Workbench
      • Point Field Definitions in the Workbench
    • Browsers
      • About Browsers
      • Browser Usage
      • Field Chooser Dialog Box
    • Proficy Change Management
      • About Proficy Change Management
      • Entities Overview in Change Management
        • Entities Overview in Change Management
        • CIMPLICITY Project in the Workbench: Managed Files Overview
        • Computer Project in the Workbench: Managed Files Overview
      • Enable Computer Management
      • Enable Project Management
      • Proficy Change Management Procedures
        • Proficy Change Management Procedures
        • 1. Log On
        • 2. Log Off
        • 3. Get Latest Version
        • 4. Checkout
        • 5. Check In
        • 6. Undo Checkout
        • 7. Refresh
        • 8. Label
        • 9. Show History
          • 9. Show History
          • 9.1 Details
          • 9.2. Difference
          • 9.3. Get
          • 9.4. Report
        • 10. Add
        • 11. Destroy
        • 12. Check out Status
        • 13. Fetch Project
      • Proficy Change Management Client
        • Proficy Change Management Client
        • Step 1. Install the Change Management Client on the Local Server
        • Step 2. Open the Proficy Machine Edition InfoViewer Window
        • Step 3. Check Out Scheduler Settings
        • Step 4. Add a Scheduled Event
        • Step 5. Configure a Scheduled Event
        • Step 6. Use the Scheduler
      • Proficy Change Management Best Practices
        • Proficy Change Management Best Practices
        • 1. Best Practices: Initial Development
          • 1. Best Practices: Initial Development
          • Case 1.1. Multiple Users, Non-shared Drives
          • Case 1.2. Multiple users, Shared Drive
        • 2. Best Practices: Change Management Project Management
        • 3. Best Practices: Test Bed to Production
          • 3. Best Practices: Test Bed to Production
          • Case 3.1. CIMPLICITY Test Bed Project Deployed to Production System
          • Case 3.2. Project not Acceptable after Configuration Changes
        • 4. Best Practices: CIMPLICITY Version Changes
      • Proficy Change Management Technical Reference
        • Proficy Change Management Technical Reference
        • File and Folder Names
        • Server Redundancy Guidelines
        • Computer Level Files: Management Categories
        • Project Level Files: Management Categories
        • Managed Enterprise Server Project Guidelines
        • Pager Data Files Management
        • Proficy Change Management Licensing
  • Communications Equipment
    • About Communications Equipment
    • CIMPLICITY OPC Products
      • About CIMPLICITY OPC Products
      • OPC Client/Server Architecture
      • CIMPLICITY OPC Server
        • About the CIMPLICITY OPC Server
        • OPC Server Data Storage
        • OPC Server Setup and Operation
        • CIMPLICITY OPC Server Interactive Window
          • CIMPLICITY OPC Server Interactive Window
          • 1. Display the OPC Server Window
          • 2. Attach Projects to the OPC Server
            • 2. Attach Projects to the OPC Server
            • 2.1. Open the OPC Server Configuration Dialog Box
            • 2.2. Select Projects and Users for the OPC Server
            • 2.3. Review the Project State Reported in the OPC Server Window
          • 3. Select Attributes Shown to OPC Browsers
            • 3. Select Attributes Shown to OPC Browsers
            • 3.1. Open the Select Attributes Shown to OPC Browsers Dialog Box
            • 3.2. Select Attributes to Display
          • 4. Review Namespaces in the OPC Server Window Tree View
          • 5. Review Points in the OPC Server Window List View
            • 5. Review Points in the OPC Server Window List View
            • 5.1. Add Points to the List View
            • 5.2. Delete Points in the List View
          • 6. Close the OPC Server Window
        • Troubleshoot OPC Connections
          • Troubleshoot OPC Connections
          • 1. OPC Server Diagnostic Tools
            • 1. OPC Server Diagnostic Tools
            • Option 1. Set up OPC Connection Trace Logging
              • Option 1. Set up OPC Connection Trace Logging
              • Option 1.1. Use the Trace Log
              • Option 1.2. Interpret the Trace Log
            • Option 2. Use Runtime Statistics
              • Option 2. Use Runtime Statistics
              • Option 2.1. Display Runtime Statistics
              • Option 2.2. Review Runtime Statistics
            • Option 3. Examine CIMPLICITY Project Connection Logging
          • 2. Possible Solutions when an OPC Client cannot Connect to the OPC Server
            • 2. Possible Solutions when an OPC Client cannot Connect to the OPC Server
            • Solution 1. Set up the OPC Client
            • Solution 2. Register an OPC Server on an OPC Client Machine
            • Solution 3. Identify a Remote OPC Server on an OPC Client Machine
          • 3. Limit OPC Server Instances
            • 3. Limit OPC Server Instances
            • Step 3.1. Open the CIMPLICITY HMI OPC Server Properties Dialog Box
            • Step 3.2. Set DCOMCNFG Settings for the CIMPLICITY OPC Server
            • Step 3.3. Select DCOM Access for the Selected User
        • CIMPLICITY OPC Server Technical Notes
          • CIMPLICITY OPC Server Technical Notes
          • DCOM Security Overview
          • CIMPLICITY OPC Specifications
          • CIMPLICITY Project Security
          • CIMPLICITY Project Point Item ID Syntax
          • Point by Address Item ID Syntax
          • Data Types
          • Timestamps
          • Quality
      • GagePort Mitutoyo OPC Server
        • About the GagePort Mitutoyo OPC Server
        • Getting Started with GagePort Mitutoyo OPC Server
          • Getting Started with GagePort Mitutoyo OPC Server
          • Step 1.Turn off DCOM Security
            • Step 1.Turn off DCOM Security
            • Step 1.1. Set Up the GagePort OPC Server
              • Step 1.1. Set Up the GagePort OPC Server
              • Step 1.1.1. Open the Distributed COM Configuration Properties Dialog Box
              • Step 1.1.2. Configure Important DCOMCNFG Settings for the GEF GagePort OPC Server
              • About Launch Identity
            • Step 1.2. GagePortOPC Client Setup Steps
              • Step 1.2. Set up the GagePort OPC Client
              • Step 1.2.1. Configure Registry Settings for Off-node Clients
              • Step 1.2.2. Run DCOMCnfg on the Client Node
          • Step 2. Turn on DCOM Security
            • Step 2. Turn on DCOM Security
            • About DCOM Security
              • About DCOM Security
              • Authentication - DCOM Security
              • Activation - DCOM Security
              • Authorization - DCOM Security
        • OPC Window Menu Options
          • OPC Window Menu Options
          • File Menu
          • Edit Menu
          • Trace Menu
          • View Menu
          • Help Menu
        • Troubleshoot GagePort Mitutoyo OPC Server Connections
          • Troubleshoot GagePort Mitutoyo OPC Server Connections
          • About the GagePort Mitutoyo OPC Server Troubleshooting Tools
          • Step 1. Set up OPC Connection Trace Logging
            • Step 1. Set up OPC Connection Trace Logging
            • Step 1.1. Interpret the Trace Log
              • Step 1.1. Interpret the Trace Log
              • Sample Trace Log File
            • Step 1.2. Use the Trace Log
          • Step 2. Use GagePort Mitutoyo OPC Server Runtime Statistics
            • Step 2. Use GagePort Mitutoyo OPC Server Runtime Statistics
            • About GagePort Mitutoyo OPC Server Runtime Statistics
        • GagePort Mitutoyo Server Technical Notes
          • Notes about the GagePort Mitutoyo OPC Server
          • GagePort Mitutoyo OPC Server Features
          • GagePort Mitutoyo OPC Server Specifications
            • GagePort Mitutoyo OPC Server Specifications
            • OPC Specification Compliance
            • COM Program ID
            • Supported Data Access Custom Interfaces
            • Supported Automation Interfaces
            • Blobs
          • GagePort Mitutoyo OPC Server Naming Convention
            • GagePort Mitutoyo OPC Item Naming Convention
            • GagePort Mitutoyo Item ID Syntax
            • GagePort Mitutoyo OPC Server Pre-Defined Item ID's
            • GagePort Mitutoyo OPC Server Data Types
              • GagePort Mitutoyo OPC Server Data Types
              • Data Type Coercion
            • GagePort Mitutoyo OPC Server Timestamps
            • GagePort Mitutoyo OPC Server Item Quality
            • OPC Browse Interface Support
      • Advanced Viewer
        • About the Advanced Viewer
        • Step 1. Set up the OPC Server for the Advanced Viewer
          • Step 1. Set up the OPC Server for the Advanced Viewer
          • Step 1.1 Distribute the OPC Server Files
          • Step 1.2. Enter Specifications in the ptopc_config.xml File
            • Step 1.2. Enter Specifications in the ptopc_config.xml File
            • Step 1.2.1. Open the Distributed ptopc_config.xml File
            • Step 1.2.2. Enter Advanced Viewer Specifications in the ptopc_config.xml File
              • Step 1.2.2. Enter Advanced Viewer Specifications in the ptopc_config.xml File
              • Step 1.2.2.1. Ptopc_config.xml File: Framework
              • Step 1.2.2.2. Ptopc_config.xml File: Project Definitions
              • Step 1.2.2.3. Ptopc_config.xml File: Global Specifications
          • Step 1.3. Specify Log In Requirements
        • Step 2. Configure User Interfaces for the Advanced Viewer
          • Step 2. Configure User Interfaces for the Advanced Viewer
          • Option 2.1. Start the Advanced Viewer
          • Option 2.2. Create One or More CimEdit/CimView Screens
            • Option 2.2. Create One or More CimEdit/CimView Screens
            • Example 2.2.1. CimEdit: Point Browser
            • Example 2.2.2: CimEdit Variables
            • Example 2.2.3. CimEdit: Text Objects with Set Points
            • Example 2.2.4. CimEdit: Text Button Objects with Procedures
            • Example 2.2.5. CimEdit: Animation
            • Example 2.2.6. CimEdit: Script
            • Example 2.2.7. CimEdit Point View and Expression View
          • Option 2.3. Use a Point Control Panel for Advanced Viewer Points
          • Option 2.4. Create a Quick Trends Chart
        • Step 3. Set up each Viewer
        • Technical Reference
    • Quick Device Setup
      • About Quick Device Setup
    • Ports
      • About Ports
      • Step 1. Enable a Protocol in a CIMPLICITY Project
      • Step 2. Open a Port Properties Dialog Box
        • Step 2. Open a Port Properties Dialog Box
        • Option 2.1. Create a new Port
        • Option 2.2. Open an Existing Port Properties Dialog Box
      • Step 3. Configure Port General Properties
        • Step 3. Configure Port General Properties
        • Point Availability with Enable Stale Data On or Off
      • Step 4. Configure Port-Specific Properties
      • Other Port Configuration
        • Other Port Configuration
        • Saved Settings Startup Action
        • Saved Settings Deletion
        • Change a Port's Protocol
    • Devices
      • About Devices
      • Step 1. Display Devices in the Workbench
      • Step 2. Open a Device Dialog Box
        • Step 2. Open a Device Dialog Box
        • Option 2.1. Create a new Device
        • Option 2.2. Open an Existing Device Dialog Box
      • Step 3. Configure Device General Properties
        • Step 3. Configure Device General Properties
        • Ethernet Connections and Windows 2000 Media Sense
      • Step 4. Configure Device-Specific Properties
    • Native Device Communications
      • About Native Device Communications
      • Logical Names used for Native Device Communications
        • Logical Names used for Native Device Communications
        • Native Device Communications Supporting Unsolicited Data
        • Multiple Point Updates via a Logical Name
        • Allen-Bradley Communications Logical Names
        • Mitsubishi TCP/IP Communications Logical Names
        • SNP Communications Logical Names
      • Allen-Bradley Communications
        • About Allen-Bradley Communications
        • Sample Allen Bradley Network
        • Allen-Bradley Communications Features
        • Required Hardware/Software
        • Supported Allen-Bradley Devices
        • Supported File Types
        • Required Allen-Bradley Software
        • Allen-Bradley Related Documents
        • RSLinx Installation Procedures
          • RSLinx Installation Procedures
          • Set up Contrologix Gateway to Communicate to CIMPLICITY
            • Set up Contrologix Gateway to Communicate to CIMPLICITY
            • Step 1. Add the Allen Bradley Driver in RS Linx
            • Step 2. Review the Allen Bradley Driver in RS Linx Configuration
            • Step 3. Create a new Port and Device using the AB Ethernet Driver
          • Ethernet Communications RSLinx Installation Procedure...
            • Ethernet Communications RSLinx Installation Procedure
            • Sample bootptab File
            • Sample LMHOSTS File
            • Importing an LMHOSTS File
          • 1784-KTX Data Highway Plus Communications RSLinx Installation Procedure
        • Allen-Bradley Communications Ethernet Installation Verification
          • Allen-Bradley Communications Ethernet Installation Verification
          • Using abiping.exe
          • Examples of Valid Ethernet Network Addresses
        • CIMPLICITY Configuration for Allen-Bradley
          • CIMPLICITY Configuration for Allen-Bradley
          • Allen-Bradley Port Configuration
            • Allen-Bradley Port Configuration
            • General Port Properties
            • Saved Settings Startup Action
            • Saved Settings Deletion
          • Allen-Bradley Device Configuration
            • Allen-Bradley Device Configuration
            • General Device Properties
            • Default Device Properties
          • Allen-Bradley Point Configuration
            • Allen-Bradley Point Configuration
            • General Point Configuration
            • Device Point Configuration
          • Point Address Formats
            • Point Address Formats
            • PLC-2 Address Formats
            • PLC-3 Address Formats
            • PLC-5 Address Formats
            • PLC-5/250 Address Formats
            • SLC-5/04 and SLC-5/05 Address Formats
        • PLC-5 PD File Support
        • Define Points for Unsolicited Data
          • Define Points for Unsolicited Data
          • Rules For Defining Unsolicited Points
            • Rules For Defining Unsolicited Points
            • Application Addresses
            • Data Type and Size
            • Update Criteria
            • Array Points
            • Unique Point Registration
          • Control Multiple Point Updates via a Logical Definition
          • Enable PLCA2 Protected Writes
        • Configure PLCs for Unsolicited Data
          • Configure PLCs for Unsolicited Data
          • Ethernet Direct
            • Ethernet Direct
            • PLC-5 Ethernet Direct Example
            • SLC-505 Ethernet Direct Example
          • Ethernet through PI Gateway
            • Ethernet through PI Gateway
            • PLC-5 Example
            • SLC-5/04 or SLC-5/05 Example
          • Data Highway Plus
            • Data Highway Plus
            • Configuring PIUNSOL.INI
        • Communication through ControlLogix Gateway
        • Network/Cable Redundancy Support
          • Network/Cable Redundancy Support
          • Features of network redundancy
          • Unsolicited data
        • Advanced Configuration Requirements
          • Allen-Bradley Advanced Configuration Topics
          • ABI_MAXDEF
          • ABETH_PLC_POLL_TIMEOUT
          • ABETH_PLC_REQUEST_TIMEOUT
          • ABETH_PLC_RESPONSE_TIMEOUT
          • ABETH_UNSO_QUEUE_SIZE
      • Allen-Bradley Intelligent Antenna Communications
        • About Allen-Bradley Intelligent Antenna Communications
        • Communications Enabler Features
        • Allen-Bradley Intelligent Antenna Supported Data Types
        • Allen-Bradley Intelligent Antenna Related Documents
        • Allen-Bradley Intelligent Antenna Configuration
        • Allen-Bradley RFID Diagnostic Program
        • CIMPLICITY Configuration for Allen-Bradley Intelligent Antenna
          • CIMPLICITY Configuration for Allen-Bradley Intelligent Antenna
          • Allen-Bradley Intelligent Antenna Port Configuration
            • Allen-Bradley Intelligent Antenna Port Configuration
            • General Port Properties
            • Serial Port Properties - Serial Connection
            • Serial Port Properties - Telnet or TCP Connection
          • Allen-Bradley Intelligent Antenna Device Configuration
            • Allen-Bradley Intelligent Antenna Device Configuration
            • General Device Properties
            • Default Device Properties
          • Allen-Bradley Intelligent Antenna Point Configuration
            • Allen-Bradley Intelligent Antenna Point Configuration
            • General Point Properties
        • Intelligent Antenna
          • Intelligent Antenna
          • Updating an Antenna's Configuration File
          • Updating the Antenna Configuration Settings
          • Viewing an Antenna's Current Configuration
            • Viewing an Antenna's Current Configuration
            • Configuring a Diagnostic Point
      • Allen-Bradley DF-1
        • About Allen-Bradley DF-1
        • Set up Allen-Bradley DF-1 Communications
          • Set up Allen-Bradley DF-1 Communications
          • Step 1. Run the DF-1 Setup Utility
            • Step 1. Run the DF-1 Setup Utility
            • Step 1.1. Set up PLC Properties
            • Step 1.2. Set up Serial Port Properties
            • Step 1.3. Test Communications (Read/Write Data)
          • Step 2. Configure CIMPLICITY for Allen-Bradley DF-1
            • Step 2. Configure CIMPLICITY for Allen-Bradley DF-1
            • Step 2.1. Configure Allen-Bradley Df-1 Ports
              • Step 2.1. Configure Allen-Bradley Df-1 Ports
              • Step 2.1.1. General Port Properties
              • Step 2.1.2. Set Allen-Bradley DF-1 Port Properties
            • Step 2.2. Configure Allen-Bradley DF-1 Devices
              • Step 2.2. Configure Allen-Bradley DF-1 Devices
              • Step 2.2.1. Set General Device Properties
              • Step 2.2.2. Set Default Device Properties
            • Step 2.3 Configure Allen-Bradley DF-1 Points
              • Step 2.3 Configure Allen-Bradley DF-1 Points
              • Step 2.3.1. Set General Point Properties
              • Step 2.3.2. Set Device Point Properties
        • Allen-Bradley DF-1 Technical Notes
          • Allen-Bradley DF-1 Technical Notes
          • Allen-Bradley DF-1 Supported Devices
            • Allen-Bradley DF-1 Supported Devices
            • PLC2 and PLC3 Address Format
            • PLC 5 Address Format
            • SLC Address Format
          • Allen-Bradley DF-1 Supported Memory Types
          • Allen Bradley DF1 Global Parameters
      • CCM2 Communications
        • About CCM2 Communications
        • Supported CCM2 Devices and Memory Types
          • Supported CCM2 Devices and Memory Types
          • Series 90-30
          • Series 90-70
          • Series Six
          • Series Five
        • Related CCM2 Documents
        • CCM2 Hardware Installation External to the Computer
        • CIMPLICITY Configuration for CCM2
          • CIMPLICITY Configuration for CCM2
          • CCM2 Port Configuration
            • CCM2 Port Configuration
            • General Port Properties
            • Default Port Properties
          • CCM2 Device Configuration
            • CCM2 Device Configuration
            • General Device Properties
            • Default Device Properties
          • CCM2 Point Configuration
            • CCM2 Point Configuration
            • General Point Properties
            • Device Point Properties
        • CCM2 Point Configuration Notes
          • CCM2 Point Configuration Notes
          • Register Memory Addressing
          • Input/Output Memory Addressing
            • Input/Output Memory Addressing
            • Analog Addressing
            • Boolean Addressing
        • CCM2 Global Parameters
          • <PORT>_TURN_AROUND_DELAY
      • FloPro/FloNet Ethernet Device Communications
        • About FloPro/FloNet Ethernet Device Communications
        • FloPro/FloNet Communications Features and Restrictions
        • FloPro/FloNet Communications Supported Devices
        • FloPro/FloNet Communications Supported Memory Types
        • FloPro/FloNet Communications Related Documents
        • Running the FloPro/FloNet Communications Test Program
        • CIMPLICITY Configuration for FloPro/FloNet
          • CIMPLICITY Configuration for FloPro/FloNet
          • FloPro/FloNet Port Configuration
            • FloPro/FloNet Port Configuration
            • General Port Properties
            • Saved Settings Startup Action
            • Saved Settings Deletion
          • FloPro/FloNet Device Configuration
            • FloPro/FloNet Device Configuration
            • General Device Properties
            • Device Properties
          • FloPro/FloNet Point Configuration
            • FloPro/FloNet Point Configuration
            • General Point Properties
            • Device Point Properties
        • Advanced Configuration Requirements
          • Advanced Configuration Requirements
          • FLOPRO_STATIC_MODEL
          • FLOPRO_RESPONSE_TIMEOUT
          • DC_RETRY_ONE_DEVICE
      • Genius PCI Communications
        • About Genius PCI Communications
        • Supported Genius Devices
        • Supported Genius Memory Types
          • Supported Genius Memory Types
          • Series 90 Datagram Communications
          • Block Datagram Communications
          • Global Communications
            • Global Communications
            • Special Note for Directed Outputs to Analog Blocks
        • Genius Hardware Configuration Requirements
        • Genius Related Documents
        • PCIM Card Installation Procedures
        • PCIM Configuration Application
        • Genius Application Configuration
          • About Genius Application Configuration
          • Genius Port Configuration
            • Genius Port Configuration
            • Genius General Port Properties
            • Genius Port Properties
          • Genius Device Configuration
            • Genius Device Configuration
            • Genius General Device Properties
            • Genius Default Device Properties
          • Genius Device Point Configuration
            • Genius Device Point Configuration
            • Genius General Point Properties
            • Genius Device Point Properties
        • Enabling Directed Outputs to Analog Blocks
        • Enabling Outputs to BIUs
        • Configuring Global Data Points on Programmable Controllers
          • Configuring Global Data Points on Programmable Controllers
          • Configuring Global Data from Digital Blocks
          • Configuring Global Data from Analog Blocks
        • Genius Fault Data
          • Genius Fault Data
          • Configuring Fault Points for IC660BBD020 Blocks
          • Configuring Fault Points for IC660BBA100 Blocks
          • Decoding Fault Data
            • Decoding Fault Data
            • Decoding IC660BBD020 Block Fault Data
            • Decoding IC660BBA100 Block Fault Data
        • PCIM Port Global Data Broadcast
          • PCIM Port Global Data Broadcast
          • PCIM Port Configuration
          • PCIM Device Configuration
          • PCIM Memory Addressing
          • PCIM Special Cautions
        • Monitoring Broadcast Data from Generic Devices
      • Honeywell IPC 620 Communications
        • About Honeywell IPC 620 Communications
        • Supported Devices
        • Additional Documentation
        • Supported Memory Types
        • Hardware Configuration Requirements
          • Hardware Configuration Requirements
          • Custom Cable
        • CIMPLICITY System Configuration
        • Hardware Checklist
        • Installation Verification Procedures
          • Installation Verification Procedures
          • Honeywell ABC Diagnostics
        • CIMPLICITY Configuration for Honeywell IPC 620
          • CIMPLICITY Configuration for Honeywell IPC 620
          • Honeywell IPC Communications 620 Port Configuration
            • Honeywell IPC Communications 620 Port Configuration
            • Honeywell IPC 620 General Port Properties
            • Honeywell IPC 620 Serial Port Properties
          • Honeywell IPC Communications 620 Device Configuration
            • Honeywell IPC Communications 620 Device Configuration
            • Honeywell IPC 620 General Device Properties
            • Honeywell IPC 620 Default Device Properties
          • Honeywell IPC 620 Communications Point Configuration
            • Honeywell IPC 620 Communications Point Configuration
            • General Point Memory Types
            • Honeywell IPC 620 Device Point Properties
      • Johnson Controls N2 Bus Communications
        • About Johnson Controls N2 Bus Communications
        • Supported Devices
        • Additional Documentation
        • Supported Memory Types
          • Supported Memory Types
          • Unitary Controller Memory Types
          • DX9100 Memory Types
        • Hardware Configuration Requirements
          • Hardware Configuration Requirements
          • Custom Cable
          • N2 Bus Cabling
        • Hardware Installation External to the Computer
        • Installation Verification Procedures
          • Installation Verification Procedures
          • Probe N2 Network
          • Select a Device
          • Parse an Address
          • Dump XT Configuration
          • Read a Value
          • Write a Value
        • NT System Configuration
        • CIMPLICITY Configuration for Johnson Controls
          • CIMPLICITY Configuration for Johnson Controls
          • Johnson Controls Port Configuration
            • Johnson Controls Port Configuration
            • General Port Properties
            • N2 Serial Connection Port
            • N2 Telnet or TCP Connection Port
          • Johnson Controls Device Configuration
            • Johnson Controls Device Configuration
            • General Device Properties
            • Default Device Properties
          • Johnson Controls Point Configuration
            • Johnson Controls Point Configuration
            • General Point Properties
            • Device Point Properties
        • Point Types
          • Point Types
          • Memory
          • System Data
        • Releasing DX9100 Output Holds
          • Releasing DX9100 Output Holds
          • Supervisory Control
          • Analog Control and Status
          • Hold Control
        • DX9100 I/O Map
          • DX9100 I/O Map
          • Region Analog Input (AI)
          • Region Binary Input (BI)
          • Region Analog Output (AO)
          • Region Binary Output (BO)
          • Region Internal Floating Point Data (ADF)
          • Region Internal Integer Data (ADI)
          • Region Internal Byte Data (BD)
          • Region Logic Results (LRS)
          • Region Programmable Module Constants (PMK)
          • Region Programmable Module Outputs (PMO)
          • Region Programmable Module Logic (PML)
          • Region Programmable Module Accumulator (PMA)
      • Marquee Driver Operation
        • About the Marquee Driver
        • Add the Marquee Driver to a Project
        • Marquee Types
          • Marquee Type Configuration
          • 1. Open a Marquee Type Information Dialog Box
            • 1. Open a Marquee Type Information Dialog Box
            • 1.1. Create a new Marquee Type
            • 1.2. Open an existing Marquee Type Information Dialog Box
          • 2. Enter Marquee Type Details
            • 2. Enter Marquee Type Details
            • Marquee Control Characters
          • 3. Delete a Marquee Type
          • 4. Copy a Marquee Type
          • 5. Filter the Marquee Type List
        • Marquee Ports
          • Marquee Port Configuration
          • 1. Open a Marquee Port Dialog Box
            • 1. Open a Marquee Port Dialog Box
            • 1.1. Create a new Marquee Port
            • 1.2. Open an existing Marquee Port Dialog Box
          • 2. Enter Marquee Port Details
          • 3. Delete a Marquee Port
          • 4. Copy a Marquee Port
          • 5. Filter the Marquee Port List
        • Marquee Devices
          • Marquee Device Configuration
          • 1. Open the Marquee Groups - Configuration Window
          • 2. Change Marquee Device Configuration Display Attributes
          • 3. Add a Marquee Device
            • 3. Add a Marquee Device
            • Marquee Control Characters
          • 4. Modify a Marquee Device
          • 5. Cut a Marquee Device
          • 6. Copy a Marquee Device
          • 7. Search the Tree View
          • 8. Add a Marquee Device Group
          • 9. Rename a Marquee Device Group
          • 10. Cut a Marquee Device Group
          • 11. Copy a Marquee Device Group
        • Marquee Messages
          • Marquee Message Configuration
          • 1. View existing Marquee Messages
          • 2. Change Marquee Message Configuration Display Fields
          • 3. Add a Marquee Message
            • 3. Add a Marquee Message
            • 3.1. General Message Properties
            • 3.2. Device Properties
            • 3.3. Attributes Properties
            • 3.4. Additional Points
          • 4. Modify a Marquee Message
          • 5. Delete a Marquee Message
          • 6. Copy a Marquee Message
          • 7. Filter the Marquee Message List
          • 8. Configure Marquee Messages Dynamically
          • 9. Change Marquee Message Configuration Display Fields
        • Add Entries to the MarqAtts.cfg File
          • Add Entries to the MarqAtts.cfg File
        • Route Marquee Messages between CIMPLICITY Projects
          • Route Marquee Messages between CIMPLICITY Projects
          • Extensions to the Basic Control Engine
            • Extensions to the Basic Control Engine
            • MarqueeMessageGenerate (Function)
            • MarqueeMessageClear (Function)
            • Sample Program
          • Use Remote Marquee Ports
            • Use Remote Marquee Ports
            • Configure a Local Marquee Port to Send Remote Messages
            • Important Details when Using Remote Ports
        • Import/Export of Marquee Messages
          • Import/Export of Marquee Messages
          • 1. Export Configuration Data to a Comma Separated File
          • 2. Import Configuration Data from a comma Separated File
          • 3. Format of the Comma-Separated File
        • Marquee Driver Global Parameters
        • Modify log_names.cfg
        • Network Marquees Configuration
          • Network Marquees Configuration
          • 1. Set up the Terminal Server
          • 2. Configure a CIMPLICITY Terminal Server Port
            • 2. Configure a CIMPLICITY Terminal Server Port
            • TSERV_<PORT>
            • TSERV_<COM>
          • 3. Verify the Port Configuration
      • Mitsubishi A-Series Serial Communications
        • About Mitsubishi A-Series Serial Communications
        • Supported Mitsubishi A-Series Devices
        • Supported Mitsubishi A-Series Memory (Device) Areas
        • Mitsubishi A-Series Required
        • Mitsubishi Hardware Configuration Requirements
          • Mitsubishi Hardware Configuration Requirements
          • Supported Computer Link Modules
          • Default Communication Parameters
        • Mitsubishi A-Series PLC Cable Diagrams
          • Mitsubishi A-Series PLC Cable Diagrams
          • RS-232 Interface Cables
            • RS-232 Interface Cables
            • Serial Board DB-9 Connector to DB-25 Connector
            • Serial Board DB-25 Connector to DB-25 Connector
            • Serial Board DB-9 Connector to DB-9 Connector
            • Serial Board DB-25 Connector to DB-9 Connector
          • RS-422 Interface Cables
            • RS-422 Interface Cables
            • Serial Board DB-15 Connector to 6 Pin Terminal
            • Serial Board DB-25 Connector to 6 Pin Terminal
        • CIMPLICITY Configuration for Mitsubishi A-Series Serial
          • CIMPLICITY Configuration for Mitsubishi A-Series Serial
          • Mitsubishi A-Series Serial Port Configuration
            • Mitsubishi A-Series Serial Port Configuration
            • General Port Properties
            • Default Port Properties
          • Mitsubishi A-Series Serial Device Configuration
            • Mitsubishi A-Series Serial Device Configuration
            • General Device Properties
            • Mitsubishi A-Series Serial Default Device Properties
          • Mitsubishi A-Series Serial Point Configuration
            • Mitsubishi A-Series Serial Point Configuration
            • Address Formats
            • Notes on Addressing
        • Adjusting the Communications Time-out Parameter
        • Default Protocol Parameters
      • Mitsubishi TCP/IP Communications
        • About Mitsubishi TCP/IP Communications
        • Mitsubishi TCP/IP Supported Devices
        • Mitsubishi TCP/IP Supported Memory Types
        • Mitsubishi TCP/IP Hardware Configuration Requirements
          • Mitsubishi TCP/IP Hardware Configuration Requirements
          • A1SJ71E71-B2 Settings
          • AJ71E71 Settings
        • Mitsubishi TCP/IP Related Documents
        • Mitsubishi TCP/IP Communications Configuration Checklist
          • Mitsubishi TCP/IP Communications Configuration Checklist
          • Using the Mitsubishi TCP/IP Test Program
        • CIMPLICITY Configuration for Mitsubishi TCP/IP
          • CIMPLICITY Configuration for Mitsubishi TCP/IP
          • Mitsubishi TCP/IP Port Configuration
            • Mitsubishi TCP/IP Port Configuration
            • New Port
            • Mitsubishi TCP/IP General Port Properties
          • Mitsubishi TCP/IP Device Configuration
            • Mitsubishi TCP/IP Device Configuration
            • General Device Properties
            • Melsec Device Properties
          • Mitsubishi TCP/IP Point Configuration
            • Mitsubishi TCP/IP Point Configuration
            • General Point Properties
            • Device Point Properties
              • Device Point Properties
              • Note on Unsolicited Point Addresses
              • Note on Addressing Formats
              • Note on Arrays
        • Unsolicited Data
        • Advanced Configuration Requirements
          • Advanced Configuration Requirements
          • Change Timing and Performance Characteristics
            • Change Timing and Performance Characteristics
            • DCQ_DEAD_TIME
            • DC_TCP_POLL_MS
            • DC_CONNECT_URETRY_CNT
            • DC_CONNECT_MS
            • MSYNC_TICKS and MMAX_SYNC_TICKS
          • Match Addresses with Unsolicited Messages
            • Match Addresses with Unsolicited Messages
            • <prcnam>_UNSO_HEX
            • <prcnam>_UNSO_DEC
            • <prcnam>_UNSO_ALL_TYPES
            • <PRCNAM>_UNSO_EITHER
        • Mitsubishi TCP/IP Troubleshooting
          • Mitsubishi TCP/IP Troubleshooting
          • Gethostname failed
          • Unable to get a socket
          • Bind for port failed
      • Modbus RTU
        • About Modbus RTU
        • Modbus RTU Supported Devices
        • Modbus RTU Supported Memory Types
          • Modbus RTU Supported Memory Types
          • Series Six Controllers
          • 3720 ACM Electronic Power Meter
          • Modicon Controllers
          • Double Precision Notes
        • Modbus RTU Required Documents
        • Modbus RTU Hardware Configuration Requirements
          • Modbus RTU Hardware Configuration Requirements
          • Modbus RTU Hardware Installation
          • Modbus RTU Serial Port Configuration
        • Validating Modbus RTU Communications
          • Validating Modbus RTU Communications
          • Modbus RTU Communications Problem Checklist
        • CIMPLICITY Configuration for Modbus RTU
          • CIMPLICITY Configuration for Modbus RTU
          • Modbus RTU Port Configuration
            • Modbus RTU Port Configuration
            • General Port Properties
            • Serial Port Properties: Serial Port Connection
            • Serial Port Properties: Telnet or TCP Connection
            • Saved Settings Startup Action
            • Saved Settings Deletion
            • Terminal Server Setup
          • Modbus RTU Device Configuration
            • Modbus RTU Device Configuration
            • General Device Properties
            • MODBUS RTU Device Properties
            • Modbus RTU Advanced Properties
            • Modbus RTU Domains Properties
          • Modbus RTU Point Configuration
            • Modbus RTU Point Configuration
            • General Point Properties
            • Device Point Properties
        • Modbus RTU Advanced Configuration
          • Modbus RTU Advanced Configuration
          • MB_COMM_TIMEOUT
          • MDBC
      • Modbus RTU Slave Communications
        • About Modbus RTU Slave Communications
        • Modbus RTU Slave Specifications
          • Modbus RTU Slave Specifications
          • CIMPLICITY Specifications for Modbus RTU Slave
          • Modbus RTU Slave Protocol
            • Modbus RTU Slave Protocol
            • Transmission Mode Supported by Modbus RTU Slave
            • Message Framing Supported by Modbus RTU Slave
            • Modbus RTU Slave Device Emulation
            • Memory Types Supported by Modbus RTU Slave
            • Function Codes Supported by Modbus RTU Slave
          • Modbus RTU Slave Cabling Requirements
        • Modbus RTU Slave Required Documents
        • Modbus RTU Slave Getting Started Steps
          • Modbus RTU Slave Getting Started Steps
          • Step 1. Identify CIMPLICITY Points
          • Step 2. Map Points to Modbus Data Addresses
          • Step 3. Select the Modbus RTU Slave Option
          • Step 4. Start the CIMPLICITY Project
          • Step 5. Start the Modbus Master
          • Step 6. Validate Communications
        • Modbus RTU Slave Configuration Overview Steps
          • Modbus RTU Slave Configuration Overview Steps
          • Step 1. Edit the Modbus RTU Slave Configuration File
            • Step 1. Edit the Modbus RTU Slave Configuration File
            • File Naming Convention
            • Types of Modbus RTU Slave Configuration Records
              • Types of Modbus RTU Slave Configuration Records
              • Communications Port Parameters Record
              • Trace Log Parameters Record
              • Modbus Register Limits Record
              • Register Mapping Records
            • Sample Configuration File
            • Register Mappings Guidelines
          • Step 2. Select the Modbus RTU Slave Protocol
          • Step 3 of 3: Implement the Modbus RTU Slave Configuration
            • Step 3. Implement the Modbus RTU Slave Configuration
            • Start the Associated CIMPLICITY Project
        • Modbus RTU Slave Troubleshooting
          • Modbus RTU Slave Troubleshooting
          • Expected Modbus RTU Slave Runtime Behavior
            • Expected Modbus RTU Slave Runtime Behavior
            • Data Address Space
            • Data Types
            • Data Flow
            • Data Coercion
            • Write Response Time
            • Dynamic CIMPLICITY Configuration Changes
          • CIMPLICITY Status Log
            • CIMPLICITY Status Log
            • Modbus RTU Slave Interface Startup Error Messages
            • Modbus RTU Slave Interface Runtime Error Messages
          • Protocol Stack Trace Log
          • Modbus Exception Codes
        • Modbus RTU Slave Test Program
      • Modbus TCP/IP Communications
        • About Modbus TCP/IP Communications
        • Modbus TCP/IP Required Documents
        • Modbus TCP/IP Technical Notes
        • Supported Modbus TCP/IP Devices
          • Supported Modbus TCP/IP Devices
          • Functionality Differences Among Models
        • Supported Modbus TCP/IP Memory Types
          • Supported Modbus TCP/IP Memory Types
          • VersaMax ENIU Memory Map
          • VersaPoint Memory Map
          • Double Precision Notes
        • Set up Modbus TCP/IP Communications
          • Set up Modbus TCP/IP Communications
          • Step 1. Install the Modbus TCP/IP Option
            • Step 1. Install the Modbus TCP/IP Option
            • Option 1.1. Set up using Modbus TCP/IP Diagnostics
            • Option 1.2. Set up Advanced Modbus TCP/IP Configurations
              • Option 1.2. Set up Advanced Modbus TCP/IP Configurations
              • Step 1.2.1. Enter Model Information
              • Step 1.2.2. Enter Required Configuration Data
              • Sample Alternate Configuration File
              • Step 1.2.3. Edit INI Files
                • Step 1.2.3. Edit INI Files
                • Step 1.2.3.1. Create the Generic PLC Model
                • Step 1.2.3.2. Configure INI Parameters
                • Sample .INI File
              • Maintain Files
          • Step 2. Verify the Modbus TCP/IP Installation
            • Step 2. Verify the Modbus TCP/IP Installation
            • Step 2.1. Connect to a PLC
            • Configure a Destination ID
          • Step 3. Test Communication
            • Step 3. Test Communication
            • Option 3.1. Read Modbus TCP/IP Test Data
            • Option 3.2 Write Modbus TCP/IP Test Data
            • Option 3.3. Show Device Statistics
            • Option 3.4. Clear Device Statistics
          • Step 4. Configure CIMPLICITY for Modbus TCP/IP
            • Step 4. Configure CIMPLICITY for Modbus TCP/IP
            • Step 4.1 Configure Modbus TCP/IP Ports
              • Step 4.1. Configure Modbus TCP/IP Ports
              • Step 4.1.1. Set General Port Properties
              • Step 4.1.2. Saved Settings Startup Action
              • Step 4.1.3. Saved Settings Deletion
            • Step 4.2. Configure Modbus TCP/IP Devices
              • Step 4.2. Configure Modbus TCP/IP Devices
              • Step 4.2.1. Set General Device Properties
              • Step 4.2.2. Set Modbus TCP/IP Properties
            • Step 4.3. Configuring Modbus TCP/IP Points
              • Step 4.3. Configure Modbus TCP/IP Points
              • Step 4.3.1. Set General Point Properties
              • Step 4.3.2. Set Device Point Properties
        • Modbus TCP/IP Unsolicited Data
          • Modbus TCP/IP Unsolicited Data
          • MSTR Block Data Area Format
            • MSTR Block Data Area Format
            • Compressed Time-Stamp Format
            • Uncompressed Time-Stamp Format
            • Compressed Time-Stamp with mSecs Format
            • Uncompressed Time-Stamp with mSecs Format
          • Sample MSTR Block - No Timestamping
            • Sample MSTR Block -No Timestamping
            • Control Block - No Timestamping
            • Data Block - No Timestamping
          • Sample MSTR Block - Compressed Timestamping
            • Sample MSTR Block - Compressed Timestamping
            • Control Block - Compressed Timestamping
            • Data Area - Compressed Timestamping
          • Sample MSTR Block - Uncompressed Timestamping
            • Sample MSTR Block - Uncompressed Timestamping
            • Control Block - Uncompressed Timestamping
            • Data Area - Uncompressed Timestamping
          • Sample MSTR Block - Compressed Timestamping with mSecs
            • Sample MSTR Block - Compressed Timestamping with mSecs
            • Control Block- Compressed Timestamping with mSecs
            • Data Area - Compressed Timestamping with mSecs
          • Sample MSTR Block - Uncompressed Timestamping with mSecs
            • Sample MSTR Block - Uncompressed Timestamping with mSecs
            • Control Block - Uncompressed Timestamping with mSecs
            • Data Area - Uncompressed Timestamping with mSecs
        • Modbus TCP/IP Global Parameters
          • Modbus TCP/IP Global Parameters
          • Modbus Ethernet Bridge Behavior
          • Unsolicited Communication
            • Unsolicited Communication
            • Enable/Disable Unsolicited Data
            • Unsolicited Data Queue Size
            • Asynchronous Connection
            • Request Millisecond Timeout
          • Enable/Disable Protocol Level Diagnostics
          • Read Request Retry
          • Timeout Retry Delay
          • Read Request Timeout
          • Additional Global Parameters
      • Modbus TCP Slave Communications
        • About Modbus TCP Slave Communications
        • Modbus TCP Slave Specifications
          • Modbus TCP Slave Specifications
          • CIMPLICITY Specifications for Modbus TCP Slave
          • Modbus TCP Slave Protocol
            • Modbus TCP Slave Protocol
            • Transmission Mode Supported by Modbus TCP Slave
            • Message Framing Supported by Modbus TCP Slave
            • Modbus TCP Slave Device Emulation
            • Memory Types Supported by Modbus TCP Slave
            • Function Codes Supported by Modbus TCP Slave
        • Modbus TCP Slave Required Documents
        • Modbus TCP Slave Getting Started Steps
          • Modbus TCP Slave Getting Started Steps
          • Step 1. Identify CIMPLICITY Points
          • Step 2. Map Points to Modbus Data Addresses
          • Step 3. Select the Modbus TCP Slave Option
          • Step 4. Start the CIMPLICITY Project
          • Step 5. Start the Modbus Master
          • Step 6. Validate Communications
        • Modbus TCP Slave Configuration Overview Steps
          • Modbus TCP Slave Configuration Overview Steps
          • Step 1. Edit the Modbus TCP Slave Configuration File
            • Step 1. Edit the Modbus TCP Slave Configuration File
            • File Naming Convention
            • Types of Modbus TCP Slave Configuration Records
              • Types of Modbus TCP Slave Configuration Records
              • IP Address Parameters Record
              • Trace Log Parameters Record
              • Modbus Register Limits Record
              • Register Mapping Records
            • Sample Configuration File
            • Register Mappings Guidelines
          • Step 2. Select the Modbus TCP Slave Protocol
          • Step 3. Implement the Modbus TCP Slave Configuration
            • Step 3. Implement the Modbus TCP Slave Configuration
            • Start the Associated CIMPLICITY Project
        • Modbus TCP Slave Troubleshooting
          • Modbus TCP Slave Troubleshooting
          • Expected Modbus TCP Slave Runtime Behavior
            • Expected Modbus TCP Slave Runtime Behavior
            • Data Address Space
            • Data Types
            • Data Flow
            • Data Coercion
            • Write Response Time
            • Dynamic CIMPLICITY Configuration Changes
          • CIMPLICITY Status Log
            • CIMPLICITY Status Log
            • Modbus TCP Slave Interface Startup Error Messages
            • Modbus TCP Slave Interface Runtime Error Messages
          • Protocol Stack Trace Log
          • Modbus Exception Codes
        • Modbus TCP Slave Test Program
      • OMRON Host Link Communications
        • About OMRON Host Link Communications
        • Supported Protocols
        • Supported OMRON Devices
        • Supported Addresses
          • Supported Addresses
          • Read/Write Areas for C-Series on Local Host Link
          • Read-only Areas for C-Series on Local Host Link
          • Read/Write Areas for CV-Series
          • Read-only Areas for CV-Series
        • OMRON Required Documents
        • OMRON Hardware Configuration Requirements
          • OMRON Hardware Configuration Requirements
          • Supported Host Link Units
          • Default Communication Parameters
        • OMRON PLC Cabling Diagrams
          • OMRON PLC Cabling Diagrams
          • C-Series Host Link Adapters
            • C-Series Host Link Adapters
            • RS-232 Host Link Unit to DB-9 Connector
            • RS-232 Host Link Unit to DB-25 Connector
            • RS-422 Interface for C-Series Host Link Adapters
          • CV-Series Host Link Adapters
            • CV-Series Host Link Adapters
            • RS-422 Interface for CV-Series Host Link Adapters
        • CIMPLICITY Configuration for OMRON Host Link
          • CIMPLICITY Configuration for OMRON Host Link
          • OMRON Host Link Port Configuration
            • OMRON Host Link Port Configuration
            • General Port Properties
            • Default Port Properties
          • OMRON Host Link Device Configuration
            • OMRON Host Link Device Configuration
            • Domain Size Validation
            • Determining the Protocol
            • General Device Properties
            • Default Device Properties
          • OMRON Host Link Point Configuration
            • OMRON Host Link Point Configuration
            • General Point Properties
            • Device Point Properties
          • Point Address Formats
            • Point Address Formats
            • C-Series Point Addresses
            • CV-Series Point Addresses
            • Notes on Addressing
        • Advanced Configuration Topics-Adjust the Communications Time-out Parameter
          • Advanced Configuration Topics-Adjust the Communications Time-out Parameter
          • COM<PORT>_TO
          • OMRON_MAX_BUFFER_SIZE
        • Default Protocol Parameters
      • OMRON TCP/IP Communications
        • About OMRON TCP/IP Communications
        • Supported OMRON Devices
        • Supported Addresses
          • Supported Addresses
          • Read/Write Areas for C Series on Sub Network
          • Read-only Areas for C Series on Local Ethernet
          • Read/Write Areas for CS1 Series
          • Read-only Areas for CS1 Series
          • Read/Write Areas for CV Series
          • Read-only Areas for CV Series
        • OMRON TCP/IP Required Documents
        • OMRON TCP/IP Application Notes
          • OMRON TCP/IP Application Notes
          • Datagrams
          • IP Addresses
          • Source Computer ID
          • Port Numbers
        • OMRON TCP/IP Communications Validation
          • OMRON TCP/IP Communications Validation
          • Open a Communication Socket
          • Select a Target Programmable Controller
          • Read Data
          • Write Data
          • Diagnose Communication Problems
            • Diagnose Communication Problems
            • Time-out Errors
          • Close Communication Socket and/or Changing the Service Name/SNA/SA1 Setup
          • Exit the Diagnostic Program
        • CIMPLICITY Configuration for OMRON TCP/IP
          • CIMPLICITY Configuration for OMRON TCP/IP
          • OMRON TCP/IP Port Configuration
            • OMRON TCP/IP Port Configuration
            • General Port Properties
          • OMRON TCP/IP Device Configuration
            • OMRON TCP/IP Device Configuration
            • General Device Properties
            • Domain Size Validation
            • OMRON TCP/IP Device Properties
          • Point Configuration
            • OMRON TCP/IP Point Configuration
            • General Point Properties
            • Device Point Properties
          • Point Address Formats
            • Point Address Formats
            • C-Series Point Addresses
            • CS1 series Point Addresses
            • CV-Series Point Addresses
            • Notes on Addressing
        • Adjust the Communications Time-out Parameter
        • Set Required Protocol Parameters
        • Default Protocol Parameters
        • OMRON TCP/IP Global Parameters
        • Technical Support Worksheet
          • Technical Support Worksheet
          • CIMPLICITY Project Information
          • OMRON Ethernet Module Configuration Information
          • Targeted OMRON Controller Information
          • Test Results
          • Status Log Messages
      • OPC Client
        • About CIMPLICITY OPC Client
        • OPC Client Required Documentation
        • CIMPLICITY Configuration for the OPC Client
          • CIMPLICITY Configuration for the OPC Client
          • OPC Client Configuration Checklist
          • Step 1. Configure the OPC Client Port
            • Step 1. Configure the OPC Client Port
            • Step 1.1. Create a New OPC Port
            • Step 1.2. Set Port Properties
            • Step 1.3 Set OPC Port Settings Properties
          • Step 2. Configure an OPC Client Device
            • Step 2. Configure an OPC Client Device
            • Step 2.1. Create a new OPC Device
            • Step 2.2. Set Device General Properties
            • Step 2.3. Set OPC Device Settings Properties
            • Step 2.4. Select OPC Server
            • Step 2.5. Set OPC Group Settings Properties
          • Step 3. Configure OPC Client Points
            • Step 3. Configure OPC Client Points
            • Step 3.1. Set General Point Properties
            • Step 3.2. Set Device Point Properties
            • Step 3.3 Select OPC Item
            • Guidelines for Configuring Group Addresses
        • DCOM Overview
          • DCOM Overview
          • Requirements for Distributed COM
          • CIMPLICITY and OPC Server Nodes' DCOM Setup
        • Optional OPC Client Debug Tracing
          • Optional OPC Client Debug Tracing
          • Enable Tracing
          • Viewing Trace Information
        • OPC Client Technical Notes
          • OPC Client Technical Notes
          • Supported CIMPLICITY Features
          • Supported OPC Servers
          • Supported OPC Client Types
          • OPC Client Unsolicited Data
          • OPC Client Diagnostic Points
      • Proficy Driver Server
        • About Proficy Driver Server
        • Proficy Driver Server Required Documentation
        • CIMPLICITY Configuration for the Proficy Driver Server
          • CIMPLICITY Configuration for the Proficy Driver Server
          • Proficy Driver Server Configuration Checklist
          • Step 1. Enable the Proficy Driver Server
          • Step 2. Configure the CIMPLICITY Proficy Driver Server Port
            • Step 2. Configure the CIMPLICITY Proficy Driver Server Port
            • Step 2.1. Create a CIMPLICITY New Proficy Driver Server Port
            • Step 2.2. Set Port General Properties
            • Step 2.3. Set Port Settings Properties
          • Step 3. Configure the CIMPLICITY Proficy Driver Server Device
            • Step 3. Configure the CIMPLICITY Proficy Driver Server Device
            • Step 3.1. Create a new CIMPLICITY Proficy Driver Server Device
            • Step 3.2. Set Device General Properties
            • Step 3.3. Set Device Settings Properties
            • Step 3.4.1 Configure the Navigator Tree
            • Step 3.4.2 Configure the Properties Page
            • Step 3.5. Set Group Settings Properties
          • Step 4. Configure the CIMPLICITY Proficy Driver Server Points
            • Step 4. Configure the CIMPLICITY Proficy Driver Server Points
            • Step 4.1. Set General Point Properties
            • Step 4.2. Set Device Point Properties
            • Step 4.3. Point Address Configuration
            • Guidelines for Configuring Group Addresses
        • Optional Debug Tracing
          • Optional Debug Tracing
          • Enable Tracing
          • Viewing Trace Information
        • Proficy Driver Server Technical Notes
          • Technical Notes Overview
          • Supported CIMPLICITY Features
          • Supported Proficy Driver Server Types
          • Proficy Driver Server Technical Notes
          • Diagnostic Points
          • Proficy Driver Server vs. Triplex Driver
      • Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex Communications
        • About Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex
        • Series 90TCP/IP Triplex Standard Configurations
        • Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex Supported Devices
        • Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex Supported Memory Types
        • Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex Hardware Configuration Requirements
        • Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex Redundancy
          • Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex Redundancy
          • PLC Redundancy
          • Cabling Redundancy
        • Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex Redundancy Failure Conditions and Action
          • Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex Redundancy Failure Conditions and Action
          • Communication/PLC Failure
          • Communication/PLC Recovery
          • Mode bits: No Current Master
          • Mode bits: Multiple Masters
        • Series 90 PLC Fault Table
          • Series 90 PLC Fault Table
          • Toggle Between Data Update Modes
          • Request Manual Reads of Domain Data
          • Write Test Data to the Programmable
          • Check Series 90 Status
          • Perform a Read Load Test
          • Perform a Write Load Test
          • Open the Series 90 Fault Table
          • Obtain Series 90 PLC Fault Information
          • Series 90 Fault Table Default View
          • Series 90 Fault Table Detailed View
        • CIMPLICITY Configuration for Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex
          • CIMPLICITY Configuration for Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex
          • Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex Port Configuration
            • Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex Port Configuration
            • Port General Properties
            • Port TCP/IP Properties
          • Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex Device Configuration
            • Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex Device Configuration
            • General Device Properties
            • TCP_IP Device Properties
          • Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex Point Configuration
            • Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex Point Configuration
            • General Point Properties
            • Device Point Properties
          • Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex Privpage
        • Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex Diagnostic Points
          • Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex Diagnostic Points
          • Mode Diagnostic Points
          • Status Diagnostic Point
          • Data Source Diagnostic Point
          • %PLC FAULT Diagnostic Points
          • %IO_FAULT Diagnostic Points
        • Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex Unsolicited Data Support
          • Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex Unsolicited Data Support
          • Unsolicited Messages
          • Unsolicited Compound Messages with Timestamps
            • Unsolicited Compound Messages with Timestamps
            • Transmission Area Format in a PLC
            • Sample Compound Message
            • Timestamp Calculation
        • Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex Advanced Configuration Topics
          • Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex Advanced Configuration Topics
          • TcpMaxConnectRetransmissions
          • Recommended Configuration for VERSAMAX SE Devices
          • Recommended Configuration for RX7i Devices
        • Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex Enabler used with Server Redundancy
          • Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex Enabler used with Server Redundancy
          • Failure Conditions and Actions using Triplex Enabler
        • Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex Global Parameters
          • Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex Global Parameters
          • Allow Multiple Messages
          • Disable/Enable KEEPALIVE
          • Maximum Outstanding Messages
          • Maximum Cache
          • Maximum Request Cache
          • Allow Unsolicited Communication
          • Device Bit Reverse
          • Device ID is SE
          • Reconnect Delay
      • Sharp TCP/IP Communications
        • About Sharp TCP/IP Communications
        • Sharp TCP/IP Communications Supported Devices
        • Sharp TCP/IP Communications Supported Memory Types
        • Sharp TCP/IP Communications Hardware Configuration Requirements
        • Sharp TCP/IP Communications Related Documents
        • Sharp PLC Communications Configuration Checklist
        • Sharp TCP/IP Communications Test Program
          • Sharp TCP/IP Communications Test Program
          • Verify the PLC Connection
          • Test PLC Communications
        • CIMPLICITY Configuration for Sharp TCP/IP
          • CIMPLICITY Configuration for Sharp TCP/IP
          • Sharp TCP/IP Port Configuration
            • Sharp TCP/IP Port Configuration
            • General Port Properties
          • Sharp TCP/IP Device Configuration
            • Sharp TCP/IP Device Configuration
            • General Device Properties
            • Device Properties
          • Sharp TCP/IP Point Configuration
            • Sharp TCP/IP Point Configuration
            • General Point Properties
            • Device Point Properties
          • Point Address Formats
        • Sharp TCP/IP Unsolicited Data
          • Sharp TCP/IP Unsolicited Data
          • Sample Ladder
        • Sharp TCP/IP Communications Troubleshooting
      • Siemens TI Serial Communications
        • About Siemens TI Serial Communications
        • Siemens TI Serial Communications Supported Devices
        • Siemens TI Serial Communications Supported Memory Types
        • Siemens TI Serial Communications Related Documents
        • Siemens TI Serial Communications RS-232 Cable Configuration
        • CIMPLICITY Configuration for Siemens TI Serial
          • CIMPLICITY Configuration for Siemens TI Serial
          • Siemens TI Communications Port Configuration
            • Siemens TI Communications Port Configuration
            • General Port Properties
            • Default Port Properties
          • Siemens TI Communications Device Configuration
            • Siemens TI Communications Device Configuration
            • General Device Properties
            • Default Device Properties
          • Siemens TI Communications Point Configuration
            • Siemens TI Communications Point Configuration
            • General Point Properties
            • Device Point Properties
        • Siemens TI Performance Notes
          • Optimize Point Configuration
      • Smarteye Electronic Assembly Communications
        • About Smarteye Electronic Assembly Communications
        • Smarteye Electronic Assembly Supported Data Types
        • Smarteye Electronic Assembly Related Documents
        • Smarteye Electronic Assembly Configuration
        • CIMPLICITY Configuration for Smarteye Electronic Assembly
          • CIMPLICITY Configuration for Smarteye Electronic Assembly
          • SEA Port Configuration
            • SEA Port Configuration
            • General Port Properties
            • Serial Port Properties - Serial
            • SEA Serial Port Properties - Telnet or TCP Connection
            • Terminal Server Setup
          • SEA Device Configuration
            • SEA Device Configuration
            • General Device Properties
            • Default Device Properties
          • SEA Point Configuration
            • SEA Point Configuration
            • General Point Properties
            • Device Point Properties
          • Point Address Formats
            • Point Address Formats
            • Labels
            • Errors
            • Diagnostics
            • Conveyance System ID's
            • System Data
        • Conveyance System IDs
        • Command Points
        • Advanced Configuration Requirements
          • Advanced Configuration Requirements
          • <port>_MODE
          • <port>_POLL_LIMIT
          • <port>_RESTART_SEA
          • SEA_HANDSHAKE_TIMEOUT
          • SE_LABEL_LEN
        • Smarteye Reader Errors
          • Smarteye Reader Errors
          • Status Log Entries
          • Configuring Reader Error Alarms
      • SNP and SNPX Communications
        • About SNP and SNPX Communications
        • SNP and SNPX Performance Comparison
        • Supported SNP Devices
        • Supported SNPX Devices
        • Supported SNP and SNPX Memory Types
        • SNP Hardware Configuration Requirements
        • SNPX Hardware Configuration Requirements
        • Required SNP and SNPX Documents
        • SNP and SNPX Hardware Installation (External)
          • SNP and SNPX Hardware Installation (External)
          • Cabling Diagrams for Point-to-Point Configurations
            • Cabling Diagrams for Point-to-Point Configurations
            • Diagram A
            • Diagram B
            • Diagram C
            • Diagram D
            • Diagram E
            • Diagram F
            • Diagram G
            • Diagram H
          • Cabling Diagrams for Multi-drop Configurations
            • Cabling Diagrams for Multi-drop Configurations
            • Diagram I
            • Diagram J
            • Diagram K
            • Diagram L
            • Diagram M
            • Diagram N
          • Cable Configurations
            • Cable Configurations
            • Cable A
            • Cable B
            • Cable C
            • Cable D
            • Cable E
            • Cable F
            • Cable G
            • Cable H
            • Cable I
            • Cable J
            • Cable K
            • Cable L
            • Cable M
            • Cable N
            • Cable O
            • Cable P
        • SNP and SNPX Hardware Installation
        • CIMPLICITY Configuration for SNP and SNPX
          • CIMPLICITY Configuration for SNP and SNPX
          • SNP and SNPX Port Configuration
            • SNP and SNPX Port Configuration
            • SNP Port Configuration
              • SNP Port Configuration
              • General Port Properties
              • Port Properties
            • SNPX Port Configuration
              • SNPX Port Configuration
              • General Port Properties
              • Serial Connection Port
              • Telnet or TCP Connection Port
              • Saved Settings Startup Action
              • Saved Settings Deletion
          • SNP and SNPX Device Configuration
            • SNP and SNPX Device Configuration
            • General Device Properties
            • SNP/SNPX Device Properties
          • SNP and SNPX Point Configuration
        • SNP Performance Notes
          • SNP Performance Notes
          • Impact on Series 90 Performance
          • Performance Using the SNP Communications Enabler
          • Tune SNP Protocol Throughput
          • SNP Special Notes
        • SNP Global Parameters
        • SNPX Global Parameters
      • Square D SY/MAX Communications
        • About Square D SY/MAX Communications
        • Square D SY/MAX Required Documents
        • Square D SY/MAX Supported Devices
        • Square D SY/MAX Supported Memory Types
        • Square D SY/MAX Installation Requirements
        • Square D SY/MAX Test Program
          • Square D SY/MAX Test Program
          • Test Program Banner Page
          • Test Program Applications Examples
        • CIMPLICITY Configuration for Square D SY/MAX
          • CIMPLICITY Configuration for Square D SY/MAX
          • Square D SY/MAX Port Configuration
            • Square D SY/MAX Port Configuration
            • SY/MAX General Port Properties
            • Serial Port Properties: Serial Port Connection
            • Serial Port Properties: Telnet or TCP Connection
          • Square D SY/MAX Device Configuration
            • Square D SY/MAX Device Configuration
            • General Device Properties
            • Default Device Properties
          • Square D SY/MAX Point Configuration
            • Square D SY/MAX Point Configuration
            • General Point Properties
            • Device Point Properties
        • SY/MAX Advanced Configuration Topics
      • Toyopuc Ethernet Device Communication Module
        • About Toyopuc Ethernet Device Communication Module
        • Toyopuc Supported Devices
        • Toyopuc Required Hardware/Software
        • Toyopuc Programmable Controller Configuration Requirements
        • Toyopuc Module Related Documents
        • Communication Configuration Checklist
        • Toyopuc_diag
        • CIMPLICITY Configuration for Toyopuc
          • CIMPLICITY Configuration for Toyopuc
          • Toyopuc Port Configuration
          • Toyopuc Device Configuration
            • Toyopuc Device Configuration
            • General Device Properties
            • Device Address Specification
            • Host Name Specification
            • Device Address Specification Example
          • Toyopuc Point Configuration
            • Toyopuc Point Configuration
            • General Point Properties
            • Device Point Properties
        • Toyopuc Supported Memory Types
        • Toyopuc Global Parameters
    • Device Diagnostic Utilities
      • About Device Diagnostic Utilities
      • Allen-Bradley DF1 Setup Utility
        • About the Allen Bradley DF-1 Setup Utility
        • PLC Setup Utility Properties
        • Port Setting Setup Utility Properties
        • Read/Write Data Setup Utility Properties
      • Mitsubishi A-Series Serial Communications Diagnostics
        • Mitsubishi A-Series Serial Communications Diagnostics
        • Step 1. Open a Communications Port
        • Step 2. Select a Target Programmable Controller
          • Step 2. Select a Target Programmable Controller
          • Option 2.1. Read Data
          • Option 2.2. Write Data
        • Step 3. Diagnose Communication Problems
        • Step 4. Close a Communication Port and/or Changing Ports and Configuration
        • Step 5. Exit the Diagnostic Program
      • OMRON Host Link Communications Diagnostics
        • OMRON Host Link Communications Diagnostics
        • Step 1. Open a Communication Port
        • Step 2. Select a Target Programmable Controller
          • Step 2. Select a Target Programmable Controller
          • Option 2.1. Read Data
          • Option 2.2. Write Data
        • Step 3. Diagnose Communication Problems
        • Step 4. Close a Communication Port and/or Change Ports and Configuration
        • Step 5. Exit the Diagnostic Program
      • OMRON TCP/IP Communications
        • About OMRON TCP/IP Communications
        • Supported OMRON Devices
        • Supported Addresses
          • Supported Addresses
          • Read/Write Areas for CV-Series
          • Read-Only Areas for CV-Series
          • Read/Write Areas for C-Series on Sub-network
          • Read-Only Areas for C-Series on Local Ethernet
        • OMRON TCP/IP Required Documents
        • OMRON TCP/IP Application Notes
          • OMRON TCP/IP Application Notes
          • Datagrams
          • IP Addresses
          • Source Computer ID
          • Port Numbers
        • Validating OMRON TCP/IP Communications
          • Validating OMRON TCP/IP Communications
          • Opening A Communication Socket
          • Selecting A Target Programmable Controller
          • Reading Data
          • Writing Data
          • Diagnosing Communication Problems
            • Diagnosing Communication Problems
            • Time-out Errors
          • Closing Communication Socket and/or Changing the Service Name/SNA/SA1 Setup
          • Exiting the Diagnostic Program
        • OMRON TCP/IP Application Configuration
          • OMRON TCP/IP Application Configuration
          • OMRON TCP/IP Port Configuration
            • Port Configuration
            • Port General Properties
          • Device Configuration
            • Device Configuration
            • Device General Properties
            • Domain Size Validation
            • OMRON TCP/IP Properties
          • Point Configuration
            • Point Configuration
            • Point General Properties
            • Device Point Properties
          • Point Address Formats
            • Point Address Formats
            • C-Series Point Addresses
            • CV-Series Point Addresses
            • Notes on Addressing
        • Adjust the Communications Time-out Parameter
        • Set Required Protocol Parameters
        • Default Protocol Parameters
        • Technical Support Worksheet
          • Technical Support Worksheets
          • CIMPLICITY Project Information
          • OMRON Ethernet Module Configuration Information
          • Targeted OMRON Controller Information
          • Testing Results
          • Status Log Messages
      • Series 90 Triplex Installation Verification Procedures
        • Series 90 Triplex Installation Verification Procedures
        • Toggle Between Data Update Modes
        • Request Manual Reads of Domain Data
        • Write Test Data to the Programmable Controller
        • Check Series 90 Triplex Status
        • Perform a Read Load Test
        • Perform a Write Load Test
        • Series 90 TCP/IP Supported Memory Types
      • S90 Triplex Communications Device Conversion
        • S90 Triplex Communications Device Conversion
        • Step 1. Open the Convert Project to Series 90 Triplex Dialog Box
        • Step 2. Select Conversion to S90 Triplex Project Options
        • Step 3. Convert the Project to use an S90 Triplex Communications Device
  • Security and Routing
    • About Security and Routing
    • Resource Configuration
      • About Resources
      • Resource Configuration
        • Resource Configuration
        • Step 1. Open a Resource Definition Dialog Box
          • Step 1. Open a Resource Definition Dialog Box
          • Option 1.1. Create a New Resource
          • Option 1.2. Open an Existing Resource Definition Dialog Box
        • Step 2. Configure a Resource Definition
    • Role Configuration
      • About Roles
      • Role Configuration
        • Role Configuration
        • Step 1. Open a Role's Role Properties Dialog Box
          • Step 1. Open a Role's Role Properties Dialog Box
          • Option 1.1. Create a New Role
          • Option 1.2. Open a Properties Dialog Box for an Existing Role
        • Step 2. Assign Role Privileges
          • Step 2. Assign Role Privileges
          • Option 2.1 Assign Role Application Privileges
          • Option 2.2. Assign Role Calendar Privileges
          • Option 2.3. Assign Role Configuration Privileges
          • Option 2.4. Assign Role Broadcast Privileges
          • Option 2.5. Assign Role Query Privileges
          • Option 2.6. Assign Role TADB Privileges
          • Option 2.7. Assign Role Tracker UI Privileges
          • Option 2.8. Assign Role RCO UI Privileges
    • User Configuration
      • About Users
      • Windows Authentication Configuration
        • Windows Authentication Configuration
        • Step 1. Open the Windows Authentication Window
        • Step 2. List Groups in a Selected Domain
        • Step 3. Select Groups that will be Authenticated for CIMPLICITY
        • Step 4. Map a role for each Group
        • Step 5. Prioritize Groups
        • Step 6. Enable Windows Authentication
        • Step 7. Save or Cancel the Windows Authentication Configuration
      • User Configuration
        • User Configuration
        • Step 1. Open a User Properties Dialog Box
          • Step 1. Open a User Properties Dialog Box
          • Option 1.1. Create a New User
          • Option 1.2. Open a Properties Dialog Box for an Existing User
        • Step 2. Configure User General Properties
        • Step 3. Configure User Resource Availability
      • User Runtime Properties
    • Client Configuration
      • About Client Configuration
      • Configure Client Properties
        • Configure Client Properties
        • Step 1. Open a Client Properties dialog box
          • Step 1. Open a Client Properties Dialog Box
          • Option 1.1. Create a new Client
          • Option 1.2. Open an existing Client Properties Dialog Box
        • Step 2. Specify Automatic Access Capability Based On User Identification
        • Step 3. Enter a Unique Client Authorization Code
        • Step 4. Close the Client Properties Dialog Box
  • Points
    • Points
      • About Points
      • Open a Point Properties Dialog Box
        • Open a Point Properties Dialog Box
        • Option 1. Open a New Point Dialog Box
        • Option 2. Open an Existing Point Properties Dialog Box
      • Device Points
        • Device Point Only Configuration
        • Step 1. Enter Specifications for a new Device Point
        • Step 2. Enter Device Point General Properties
          • Step 2. Enter Device Point General Properties
          • Step 2.1. Enter Device Point Basic General Properties
          • Step 2.2. Enter Device Point Advanced General Properties
        • Step 3. Enter Device Point Device Properties
          • Step 3. Enter Device Point Device Properties
          • Step 3.1. Enter Device Point Basic Device Properties
            • Step 3.1. Enter Device Point Basic Device Properties
            • Step 3.1.1. Select a Device ID
            • Step 3.1.2. Enter a Customized Address
            • Step 3.1.3. Select Update Criteria for a Device Point
          • Step 3.2. Enter Device Point Advanced Device Properties
            • Step 3.2. Enter Device Point Advanced Device Properties
            • Option 3.2.1. Enter Device Point Trigger Settings
              • Option 3.2.1. Enter Device Point Trigger Settings
              • Example: Scanned Values with and without Trigger Points
            • Option 3.2.2. Specify a Device Point Scan Rate
            • Option 3.2.3. Select Device Point Analog Deadband/Poll after Set/Delay Load
        • Device Point Quality Support at Runtime
      • Virtual Points
        • Virtual Point Only Configuration
        • Step 1. Enter Specifications for a new Virtual Point
        • Step 2. Enter Virtual Point General Properties
          • Step 2. Enter Virtual Point General Properties
          • Step 2.1. Enter Virtual Point Basic General Properties
          • Step 2.2. Enter Virtual Point Advanced General Specifications
        • Step 3. Enter Virtual Point Virtual Properties
          • Step 3. Enter Virtual Point Virtual Properties
          • Step 3.1. Specify Initialization for Virtual Points
          • Step 3.2. Configure Virtual Calculations
            • Step 3.2. Configure Virtual Calculations
            • Option 3.2.1. Equation
            • Option 3.2.2. Delta Accum
            • Option 3.2.3. Value Accum
            • Option 3.2.4. Average
            • Option 3.2.5. Max Capture
            • Option 3.2.6. Min Capture
            • Option 3.2.7. Trans-High Accum
            • Option 3.2.8. Equation w/Override
            • Option 3.2.9. Timer/Counter
            • Option 3.2.10. Histogram
            • Examples: Virtual Calculation and Trigger Points
      • Device and Virtual Point Configuration
        • Device and Virtual Point Configuration
        • Step 1. Configure View for Points
        • Step 2. Enter Point Limits
        • Step 3. Select Point Conversions and Enumeration
          • Step 3. Select Point Conversions and Enumeration
          • Step 3.1. Configure Base Point Engineering Units for a Point
          • Step 3.2. Configure the Conversion Type for a Device Point
            • Step 3.2. Configure the Conversion Type for a Device Point
            • Option 3.2.1. No Conversion
            • Option 3.2.2. Linear Conversion
            • Option 3.2.3. Custom Conversion
          • Step 3.3. Select a Point as an Enumeration Point
            • Step 3.3. Select a Point as an Enumeration Point
            • Option 3.3.1. Select an Existing Enumeration Set for a Point
            • Option 3.3.2. Create a new Enumeration Set
              • Option 3.3.2. Create a new Enumeration Set
              • Option 3.3.2.1. Open a new Point Enumerations Dialog Box
              • Option 3.3.2.2. Configure a new Enumeration Set
            • Option 3.3.3. Edit an Existing Enumeration Set
            • Enumeration Point Application Examples
              • Enumeration Point Application Examples
              • Enumeration Point Example in the Point Control Panel
              • Enumeration Point Example in CimEdit/CimView
        • Step 4. Configure Point Alarms
          • Step 4. Configure Point Alarms
          • Step 4.1. Select the Alarm Tab in the Point Properties Dialog Box
          • Step 4.2. Configure the Basic Alarm Tab
          • Step 4.3. Display the Advanced Group of Alarm Tabs
          • Step 4.4. Configure the Advanced Alarm Tab
            • Step 4.4. Configure the Advanced Alarm Tab
            • Step 4.4.1. Enter a Detailed Alarm Definition
            • Step 4.4.2. Select Alarm Criteria
              • Step 4.4.2. Select Alarm Criteria
              • Option 4.4.2.1. Absolute Alarming
              • Option 4.4.2.2. Deviation Alarming
              • Option 4.4.2.3. On Update Alarming
              • Option 4.4.2.4. Rate of Change Alarming
            • Step 4.4.3. Select Alarm Logging Conditions
            • Step 4.4.4. Specify an Alarm Conditions Deadband
            • Step 4.4.5. Provide an Alarm Viewer Help File
          • Step 4.5. Configure Alarm Routing
          • Step 4.6. Set Alarm Options
      • Point Technical Reference
        • Point Technical Reference
        • 1. Name Points
        • 2. Point Setup
          • 2. Point Setup
          • Step 2.1. Open the Point Setup Dialog Box
          • Step 2.2. Select Point Settings
            • Step 2.2. Select Point Settings
            • Option 2.2.1. Set Point Security
            • Option 2.2.2. Virtual Value Storage
            • Option 2.2.3. Allow Set Points for Read-only Manual Mode Points
        • 3. Virtual Point Expressions
          • 3. Virtual Point Expressions
          • Expression Editor Operations
    • Point Attributes
      • About Point Attributes
      • User Defined Point Attributes
        • User Defined Point Attributes
        • USER_FLAGS (Attribute)
        • View a Project's Existing Point Attribute Sets
        • Create a New Point Attribute Set
          • Create a New Point Attribute Set
          • Step 1. Open a New Attribute Set dialog box
          • Step 2. Name a New Attribute Set
          • Step 3. Add Fields to the new Attribute Set
          • Step 4. Associate the Attribute Set with One or More Points
          • Step 5. Use an Attribute Set Field, for Example, in a CimView Screen
        • Open an Existing Attribute Set Dialog Box
      • Quality Attributes
        • Quality Attributes
        • QUALITY (Attribute)
        • QUALITY.MANUAL_MODE (Attribute)
        • QUALITY.ALARMED (Attribute)
        • QUALITY.ALARMS_ENABLED (Attribute)
        • QUALITY.DISABLE_WRITE (Attribute)
        • QUALITY.IS_AVAILABLE (Attribute)
        • QUALITY.IS_IN_RANGE (Attribute)
        • QUALITY.LAST_UPD_MAN (Attribute))
        • QUALITY.STALE_DATA (Attribute)
      • Runtime Attributes
        • Runtime Attributes
        • $RAW_VALUE
        • TIMESTAMP
      • Configuration Attributes
        • Configuration Attributes
        • ACCESS_FLAG
        • ACK_TOUT
        • ADDR
        • ADDR_OFFSET
        • ALARM_CRITERIA
        • ALARM_DELAY
        • ALARM_HIGH and ALARM_HIGH_N
        • ALARM_LOW and ALARM_LOW_N
        • ALARM_STATE
        • ANALOG_DEADBAND and ANALOG_DEADBAND_N
        • CALCULATION_TYPE
        • CLR_TOUT
        • CONV_TYPE
        • DEADBAND and DEADBAND_N
        • DEL_OPT
        • DESCRIPTION
        • DEVIATION_PTID
        • DEVICE_ID
        • DISPLAY_LIM_HIGH and DISPLAY_LIM_HIGH_N
        • DISPLAY_LIM_LOW and DISPLAY_LIM_LOW_N
        • DP_FLAG
        • EU_LABEL
        • EU_EXPRESSION
        • EU_REV_EXP
        • EXTRA
        • FLAGS
        • FORMAT_WID
        • FORMAT_PREC
        • FR_ID
        • INIT_VALUE
        • LEVEL
        • LOCAL
        • MEASUREMENT_UNIT_ID
        • POINT_ID
        • PROCESS_ID
        • PTMGMT_PROCESS_ID
        • POINT_SET_TIME
        • POINT_SET_INTERVAL
        • POINT_STATE
        • RATE_TIME_INTERVAL
        • RANGE_HIGH and RANGE_HIGH_N
        • RANGE_LOW and RANGE_LOW_N
        • REP_TOUT
        • RESET_POINT_ID
        • ROLLOVER_VALUE
        • SCAN_POINT
        • SCAN_RATE
        • SETPOINT_HIGH and SETPOINT_HIGH_N
        • SETPOINT_LOW and SETPOINT_LOW_N
        • SETPT_CHECK_PTID
        • TRIGGER_POINT
        • TRIGGER_TYPE
        • TRIGGER_VALUE
        • VARIANCE_VALUE
        • WARNING_HIGH and WARNING_HIGH_N
        • WARNING_LOW and WARNING_LOW_N
      • Apply Attributes (CimView Example)
        • Apply Attributes (CimView Example)
        • Step 1. Configure the Point Value Display for CimView
        • Step 2. Configure the Timestamp Display for CimView
        • Step 3. View the Point's Values and Timestamps in CimView
      • Point Attribute Security
    • System Points
      • About System Points
      • $ALARM.ACKED
      • $ALARM.ACTIVE
      • $ALARM.TOTAL
      • $ALARM.UNACKED
      • $CLASS_<Alarm class name>.ALARMS
      • $CLASS_<Alarm class name>.UNACKED
      • $CLASS_<Alarm class name>.UNRESET
      • $LOCAL.COMPUTER
      • $LOCAL.DATE.AMPM
      • $LOCAL.DATE.DAY
      • $LOCAL.DATE.DAYOFWEEK
      • $LOCAL.DATE.DAYOFYEAR
      • $LOCAL.DATE.HOUR
      • $LOCAL.DATE.HOUR12
      • $LOCAL.DATE.MINUTE
      • $LOCAL.DATE.MONTH
      • $LOCAL.DATE.SECOND
      • $LOCAL.DATE.SECONDOFDAY
      • $LOCAL.DATE.WEEK
      • $LOCAL.DATE.YEAR
      • $LOCAL.DATETIME
      • $LOCAL.WINUSER
      • $PROJECT
      • $PROJECT.AVAILABLE
      • $PROJECT.COMPUTER
      • $PROJECT.DATE.AMPM
      • $PROJECT.DATE.DAY
      • $PROJECT.DATE.DAYOFWEEK
      • $PROJECT.DATE.DAYOFYEAR
      • $PROJECT.DATE.HOUR
      • $PROJECT.DATE.HOUR12
      • $PROJECT.DATE.MINUTE
      • $PROJECT.DATE.MONTH
      • $PROJECT.DATE.SECOND
      • $PROJECT.DATE.SECONDOFDAY
      • $PROJECT.DATE.WEEK
      • $PROJECT.DATE.YEAR
      • $PROJECT.DATETIME
      • $PROJECT.DEVICES
      • $PROJECT.LOGGEDIN
      • $PROJECT.USERS
      • $ROLE
      • $ROLE.LEVEL
      • $USER
      • $USER.ALARMS
    • Point Cross Reference
      • About Point Cross Reference
      • Step 1. Open the Point Cross Reference Window
      • Step 2. View Points in the Point Cross Reference Window
        • Step 2. View Points in the Point Cross Reference Window
        • Option 2.1. Review Point Cross Reference Right Pane Views
        • Option 2.2. Review Point Cross Reference Point List
        • Option 2.3. Specify the Point Cross Reference View
        • Option 2.4. Change the Point Cross Reference Subsystem Display
        • Option 2.5. Refresh the Point Cross Reference Screen
      • Step 3. Work with a Point in Point Cross Reference
        • Step 3. Work with a Point in Point Cross Reference
        • Option 3.1. Work in the Point Cross Reference Tree View
        • Option 3.2. Work in the Point Cross Reference Text View
      • Step 4. Print a Point Cross Reference Report
      • Step 5. Maintain a Current Point Cross Reference Database
      • Step 6. Open a Different CIMPLICITY Project
    • Measurement Units
      • About Measurement Units
      • Measurement Systems and Units Configuration
        • Measurement Systems and Units Configuration
        • 1. Start Measurement Units
        • 2. Toggle Dynamic Configuration
        • 3. Add a New Measurement System
          • 3. Add a New Measurement System
          • Measurement System Properties Defined
        • 4. Copy a Measurement System
        • 5. Rename a Measurement System
        • 6. Delete a Measurement System
        • 7. Create a Base Measurement Unit
          • 7. Create a Base Measurement Unit
          • Measurement Unit Properties Defined
        • 8. Edit Base Measurement Unit Properties
        • 9. Define an Equivalent Unit
        • 10. Copy a Measurement Unit
        • 11. Rename a Measurement Unit
        • 12. Delete a Measurement Unit
        • 13. Specify the Active Measurement System
        • 14. Close the Measurement Unit Window
      • Measurement Unit Guidelines
        • Measurement Unit Guidelines
        • Floating Point Numbers vs. Integers
        • Derived Points
        • CimEdit Management of Animated Objects
        • CimView Scripts
        • Event Manager and Basic Control Engine
    • Import/Export Configuration
      • About Import/Export Configuration
      • Import/Export Data File Format
        • Import/Export Data File Format
        • Sample Data File
        • Edit .csv Files in Notepad
        • Edit .csv Files in Excel
        • Example. Import Export Data File Format
      • Import/Export Configuration Files
        • Import/Export Configuration Files
        • Import Field Defaults (ie_deflds.cfg)
          • Import Field Defaults (ie_deflds.cfg)
          • Initial Version of ie_deflds.cfg
          • Change Information in ie_deflds.cfg
        • Export Field Formats (ie_formats.cfg)
          • Export Field Formats (ie_formats.cfg)
          • Initial Version of ie_formats.cfg
          • Change Information in ie_formats.cfg
      • Import/Export Log File
        • Import/Export Log File
        • Import/Export Log File Name
        • Import/Export Log File Format
      • Configuration Data Imported
        • Configuration Data Imported
        • Import Procedure
        • Dynamic Mode Imports
        • Additional Roles {<filename>.rol} file Imported
      • Configuration Data Exported
        • Configuration Data Exported
        • Export Configuration Data
        • Wildcard Characters Specified for Export
      • Configuration Data Deleted
        • Configuration Data Deleted
        • Wildcard Characters Specified for Delete
      • Import/Export Field Names
        • Import/Export Field Names
        • Import/Export Required Fields
        • Import/Export Optional Fields
          • Import/Export Optional Fields
          • Note about Field List
          • ACCESS
          • ACCESS_FILTER
          • ACK_TIMEOUT
          • ADDR
          • ADDR_OFFSET
          • ADDR_TYPE
          • ALM_CLASS
          • ALM_CRITERIA
          • ALM_DEADBAND
          • ALM_DELAY
          • ALM_ENABLE
          • ALM_HIGH_1
          • ALM_HIGH_2
          • ALM_HLP_FILE
          • ALM_LOW_1
          • ALM_LOW_2
          • ALM_MSG
          • ALM_ROUTE_OPER
          • ALM_ROUTE_SYSMGR
          • ALM_ROUTE_USER
          • ALM_STR
          • ALM_TYPE
          • ALM_UPDATE_VALUE
          • ANALOG_DEADBAND
          • BFR_COUNT
          • BFR_DUR
          • CALC_TYPE
          • CONV_LIM_HIGH
          • CONV_LIM_LOW
          • CONV_TYPE
          • DELAY_LOAD
          • DELETE_REQ
          • DESC
          • DEVIATION_PT
          • DEVICE_ID
          • DISP_LIM_HIGH
          • DISP_LIM_LOW
          • DISP_TYPE
          • DISP_WIDTH
          • ELEMENTS
          • ENG_UNITS
          • ENUM_ID
          • EQUATION
          • EXTRA
          • FW_CONV_EQ
          • GR_SCREEN
          • INIT_VAL
          • JUSTIFICATION
          • LEVEL
          • LOCAL
          • LOG_ACK
          • LOG_DATA
          • LOG_DEL
          • LOG_GEN
          • LOG_RESET
          • MAX_STACKED
          • MEASUREMENT_UNIT_ID
          • MISC_FLAGS
          • POLL_AFTER_SET
          • PRECISION
          • PROC_ID
          • PTMGMT_PROC_ID
          • PT_ENABLED
          • PT_ORIGIN
          • PT_SET_INTERVAL
          • PT_SET_TIME
          • PT_TYPE
          • RANGE_HIGH
          • RANGE_LOW
          • RAW_LIM_HIGH
          • RAW_LIM_LOW
          • REP_TIMEOUT
          • RESET_ALLOWED
          • RESET_COND
          • RESET_PT
          • RESET_TIMEOUT
          • RESOURCE_ID
          • REV_CONV_EQ
          • ROLLOVER_VAL
          • SAFETY_PT
          • SAMPLE_INTV
          • SAMPLE_INTV_UNIT
          • SCAN_RATE
          • SETPOINT_HIGH
          • SETPOINT_LOW
          • TRIG_CK_PT
          • TRIG_PT
          • TRIG_REL
          • TRIG_VAL
          • UAFSET
          • UPDATE_CRITERIA
          • VARIANCE_VAL
          • VARS
      • Logicmaster 90 Support
  • Alarms
    • Alarm Configuration
      • About Alarms
      • CIMPLICITY Event Alarms
      • Event Alarm Configuration
        • Event Alarm Configuration
        • Step 1. Open an Alarm Definition Dialog Box
          • Step 1. Open an Alarm Definition Dialog Box
          • Option 1.1. Create a new Event Alarm
          • Option 1.2. Open an existing Alarm Definition Dialog Box
        • Step 2. Configure an Event Alarm
        • Step 3. Configure Alarm Routing
        • Step 4. Configure Alarm Options
        • Step 5. Set Global Alarm Settings
    • Alarm Classes Configuration
      • About Alarm Classes
      • Alarm Class Configuration
        • Alarm Class Configuration
        • Step 1. Open the Alarm Class Configuration Dialog Box
          • Step 1. Open the Alarm Class Configuration Dialog Box
          • Option 1.1. Create a new Alarm Class
          • Option 1.2. Open an existing Alarm Class Configuration Dialog Box
        • Step 2. Enter Alarm Class Specifications
          • Step 2. Enter Alarm Class Specifications
          • Step 2.1. Enter Alarm Class General Specifications
          • Step 2.2. Select Colors and Blink Rates for the Alarm States
        • Step 3. Select Sound for an Alarm Class
          • Step 3. Select Sound for an Alarm Class
          • Step 3.1. Display the Audio Tab
          • Step 3.2. Configure .wav Files for an Alarm Class Sound
      • Alarm Class Color Assignments
        • Alarm Class Color Assignments
        • Default Alarm Color Mappings
        • Procedure to Map Alarm Class Colors in rgb.dat
    • Alarm Strings Configuration
      • About Alarm Strings
      • Alarm String Configuration
        • Alarm String Configuration
        • Step 1. View Existing Alarm Strings
        • Step 2. Open the Alarm String Index Dialog Box
          • Step 2. Open the Alarm String Index Dialog Box
          • Option 2.1. Create a new Alarm String Set
          • Option 2.2. Open an existing Alarm String Index Dialog Box
        • Step 3. Configure an Alarm String Index Set
    • Alarm Blocking Configuration
      • About Alarm Blocking
      • Alarm Blocking Configuration
        • Alarm Blocking Configuration
        • 1. Create a new Alarm Blocking Group
        • 2. Open an Existing Alarm Blocking Dialog Box
        • 3. Configure an Alarm Blocking Group
        • 4. Add/Remove/Modify Alarms
    • Alarm Printer Configuration
      • About Alarm Printer Configuration
      • Steps to Configure Alarm Printers
        • Steps to Configure Alarm Printers
        • Step 2. Open an Alarm Printer Dialog Box
          • Step 1. Open an Alarm Printer Dialog Box
          • Option 1.1. Add an Alarm Printer
          • Option 1.2. Open the Dialog Box for an Existing Alarm Printer
        • Step 2. Configure General Alarm Printer Properties
        • Step 3. Configure Alarm Printer Layout Properties
        • Step 4. Configure Alarm Printer Date/Time Format
        • Step 5. Continue for Serial, Redundant or Network Printers
          • Step 5. Continue for Serial, Redundant or Network Printers
          • Option 5.1. Continue for Serial Alarm Printers
          • Option 5.2. Continue for Redundant Alarm Printers
          • Option 5.3. Continue for Network Alarm Printers
      • About Alarm Printer Global Parameters
    • CIMPLICITY Language Mapper
      • About CIMPLICITY Language Mapping
      • CIMPLICITY Language Mapper Window Overview
      • Step 1. Review Alarm Messages that are Available for Translation
        • Step 1. Review Alarm Messages and Strings that are Available for Translation
        • Step 1.1. Open the CIMPLICITY Language Mapper Window
        • Step 1.2. Make New Point Alarm Messages Available for Translation
        • Step 1.3. Make a New Alarm String Available for Translation
      • Step 2. Make CimEdit Text Available for Translation
        • Step 2. Make CimEdit Text Available for Translation
        • Step 2.1. Select Text Strings on CimEdit Screens
          • Step 2.1. Select Text Strings on CimEdit Screens
          • Option 2.1.1. Plain Text Available for Translation
          • Option 2.1.2. Text Buttons Available for Translation
          • Option 2.1.3. Animated Text Available for Translation
          • Option 2.1.4. Expressions Available for Translation
            • Option 2.1.4. Expressions Available for Translation
            • Option 2.1.4.1. Expression Literals
            • Option 2.1.4.2. Enumeration Point Values
          • Option 2.1.5. Execution Condition Messages
          • Option 2.1.6. Advanced Procedure Messages Available for Translation
          • Option 2.1.7. Popup Menu Items Available for Translation
        • Step 2.2. Automatically Enter CimEdit Text Strings into a Map File
          • Step 2.2. Automatically Enter CimEdit Text Strings into a Translation File
          • Step 2.2.1. Emit Text into a New File
          • Step 2.2.2. Emit Text into an Existing File
      • Step 3. Translate Keys into other Languages or other English Strings
        • Step 3. Translate Keys into other Languages or other English Strings
        • Step 3.1. Open the CIMPLICITY Language Mapper Window
        • Step 3.2. Select a Translation File
        • Step 3.3. Select a Font
        • Step 3.4. Select Languages or other English Strings
        • Step 3.5. Translate Keys that should Display in Selected Languages
      • Step 4. Work with Keys in a Translation File
        • Step 4. Work with Keys in a Translation File
        • Option 4.1. Add a New Key Manually to a Translation File
        • Option 4.2. Copy and Paste Keys in a Translation File
          • Option 4.2. Copy and Paste Keys in a Translation File
          • Option 4.2.1. Copy and Paste a Key from another Translation File
          • Option 4.2.2. Copy and Paste a Key in the Same Translation File
        • Option 4.3. Delete a Key in a Translation File
      • Step 5. Print a Translation File Configuration
        • Step 5. Print a Translation File Configuration
        • Step 5.1. Preview the Printed File
        • Step 5.2. Print the Translation File Configuration
      • Step 6. Configure Translation Options for Runtime
        • Step 6. Configure Translation Options for Runtime
        • Step 6.1. Configure Translation Options for CimView Users
          • Step 6.1. Configure Translation Options for CimView Users
          • Step 6.1.1. Configure Buttons to Change Languages or English Strings
          • Step 6.1.2. Test your Screen Translations in CimView
        • Step 6.2. Configure an Alarm Viewer Control for Translation
          • Step 6.2. Configure an Alarm Viewer Control for Translation
          • Step 6.2.1. Configure an Alarm Viewer Control
          • Step 6.2.2. Test your Alarm Viewer Control Translations in CimView
    • Historical Alarm Viewer Control
      • About the Historical Alarm Viewer Control
      • Steps to Configure the Historical Alarm Viewer Control
      • Step 1. Place an Historical Alarm Viewer Control on a CimEdit Screen
        • Step 1. Place an Historical Alarm Viewer Control on a CimEdit Screen
        • Step 1.1. Insert an HAV Control on a CimEdit Screen
        • Step 1.2. Resize the Historical Alarm Viewer Control
      • Step 2. Open the CIMPLICITY Historical Alarm Viewer Properties Dialog Box
      • Step 3. Enter General Specifications for the HAV
      • Step 4. Configure Connection Options for the CIMPLICITY Historical Alarm Viewer
      • Step 5. Configure the SQL Display
        • Step 5. Configure the SQL Display
        • Step 5.1. Make General Specifications
        • Step 5.2. Select the Fields that will display in the HAV
        • Step 5.3. Select the Data Filters
        • Step 5.4. Specify the Sort Order
      • Step 6. Select Column Justification
      • Step 7. Configure Row Styles
        • Step. 7 Configure Row Styles
        • Step 7.1. Add/Remove Row Styles
        • Step 7.2. Configure Row Style Foreground and Background Colors
        • Step 7.3. Select Conditions for Row Styles
      • Step 8. Specify Runtime Configuration Capability
      • Technical Reference: Historical Alarm Viewer
        • Technical Reference: Historical Alarm Viewer
        • 1. Default Historian Tables and Field Options
          • 1. Default Historian Tables and Field Options
          • 1.1. Default Historian\\ihAlarms Fields
          • 1.2. Default Historian\\ihArchives Fields
          • 1.3. Default Historian\\ihCalculationDependencies Fields
          • 1.4. Default Historian\\ihCollectors Fields
          • 1.5. Default Historian\\ihComments Fields
          • 1.6. Default Historian\\ihMessages Fields
          • 1.7. Default Historian\\ihQuerySettings Fields
          • 1.8. Default Historian/ihRawData Fields
          • 1.9. Default Historian\\ihTags Fields
          • 1.10. Default Historian/ihTrend Fields
        • 2. <Local> or <Project Name> Tables and Field Options
          • 2. <Local> or <Project Name> Tables and Field Options
          • 2.1.< Local> or <Project Name>\\ALARM_LOG Fields
          • 2.2.< Local> or <Project Name>\\DATA_LOG Fields
          • 2.3.< Local> or <Project Name>\\EM_LOG Fields
          • 2.4.< Local> or <Project Name>\\EVENT_LOG Fields
          • 2.5. <Local> or <Project Name>\\Historian Alarms Fields
          • 2.6. <Local> or <Project Name>\\Historian Data Fields
    • OPC Alarm and Event Server and Client
      • About the OPC Alarm and Event Server and Client
      • Alarm Categories for an OPC Alarm and Event Server
      • Configure the OPC Alarm and Event Server and Client
        • Configure the OPC Alarm and Event Server and Client
        • Step 1. Configure the OPC Alarm and Event Server
          • Step 1. Configure the OPC Alarm and Event Server
          • Step 1.1. Open the OPC Alarm and Event Server Window
          • Step 1.2. Configure Projects
            • Step 1.2. Configure Projects
            • Step 1.2.1. Open the Security Dialog
            • Step 1.2.2. Add a Project
          • Step 1.3. Apply the Changes to the OPC Alarm and Event Server
          • Step 1.4. Configure the OPC Alarm and Event Server Sampling Rate
          • Step 1.5. Select Trace Options
          • Step 1.6. Close the OPC Alarm and Event Server
        • Step 2. Configure the OPC Alarm and Event Client
          • Step 2. Configure the OPC Alarm and Event Client
          • Step 2.1. Open an OPC A&E Client Dialog Box
            • Step 2.1. Open an OPC A&E Client Dialog Box
            • Option 2.1.1. Open a New OPC A&E Client Dialog Box
            • Option 2.1.2. Open an Existing OPC A&E Dialog Box
          • Step 2.2. Select the Client Alarm Viewer Display Criteria
            • Step 2.2. Select the Client Alarm Viewer Display Criteria
            • Step 2.2.1. Create a New Connection to an OPC Alarm and Event Server
            • Step 2.2.2. Filter Alarms that Display in the A & E OPC Client Alarm Viewer
            • Step 2.2.3. Change the Display in the Alarm Viewer Message Field
          • Step 2.3. Modify Source Alarms Default Logging and Deletion Requirements for the Client Display
          • Step 2.4. Configure Source Alarms on the Client Computer
            • Step 2.4. Configure Source Alarms on the Client Computer
            • Step 2.4.1. Create Source Alarms on the Client Computer
            • Step 2.4.2. Define Source Alarms on the Client Computer
        • Step 3. Use the OPC Alarm and Event Client and Server at Runtime
          • Step 3. Use the OPC Alarm and Event Client and Server at Runtime
          • Step 3.1. Start the Source and Client Projects
          • Step 3.2. Use the OPC Alarm and Event Client Alarm Viewer
          • Step 3.3. Review Runtime Statistics in the OPC Alarm and Event Server Window
          • Step 3.4. Disconnect Clients
      • OPC Alarm and Event Server Technical Notes
  • Logging and Archiving
    • Historian OPC Interface
      • About CIMPLICITY Integration with Historian
      • Step 1. Select Archive Features during Historian Installation
      • Step 2. Enable the Historian OPC Interface(s)
        • Step 2. Enable the Historian OPC Interface(s)
        • Step 2.1. Select the Historian Logging Option(s)
        • Step 2.2. Specify the Historian Server and Users
      • Step 3. Select Points to be Logged to Historian
      • Step 4. Open the Historian Administrator System Statistics Window
      • Step 5. Review CIMPLICITY Point (Tag) Details in Historian
        • Step 5. Review CIMPLICITY Point (Tag) Details in Historian
        • Step 5.1. Search the Historian Tag Database for CIMPLICITY Tags
        • Step 5.2. Display CIMPLICITY Tag Details that can be Revised
      • Step 6. Display CIMPLICITY Alarm Data in Historian
      • Technical Reference: Historian Integration
        • Technical Reference: Historian Integration
        • CIMPLICITY Data Files' Location in Historian
        • CIMPLICITY Data Types vs. Historian Data Types
        • CIMPLICITY Tags Selected for Collection
          • CIMPLICITY Tags Selected for Collection
          • Option 4.1. Single CIMPLICITY Tag for Collection
          • Option 4.2. Several CIMPLICITY Tags for Collection
    • Database Logger Configuration
      • About the Database Logger
      • Database Logger Configuration Overview
        • Database Logger Configuration Overview
        • Hardware and Database Logger Performance
        • Start Database Logger Configuration
          • Start Database Logger Configuration
          • Step 1. Enable Database Logger Options
          • Step 2. Open the Database Logger Window
        • Database Logger Configuration Hierarchy
          • Database Logger Configuration Hierarchy
          • Level 1 Configuration-Database Logger Defaults
          • Level 2 Configuration-Database Logger Table
          • Level 3 Configuration-Item in a Database Logger Table
          • Log Reports included with CIMPLICITY
          • Logging Table Columns Guidelines
      • Database Logger File Management Functions
        • Database Logger File Management Functions
        • 1. Create a new Logging Table
        • 2. Open an Existing Logging Table
        • 3. Copy an Existing Logging Table to a New Logging Table
        • 4. Rename a Logging Table
        • 5. Delete a Logging Table
        • 6. Filter Log Table Lists
        • 7. Activate Dynamic Configuration
        • 8. Reconcile a CIMPLICITY table with a Logging Database
        • 9. Close a CIMPLICITY Logging Table
          • 9. Close a CIMPLICITY Logging Table
          • Option 9.1. Return to the Database Logger Configuration Window
          • Option 9.2. Exit the Database Logger from an Open Table
        • 10. Exit the Database Logger Configuration Window
      • Database Logger Default Logging Properties
        • Database Logger Default Logging Properties
        • Open the Logging Properties Dialog Box
        • Database Logger Default General Parameters
        • Database Logger Defaults for Alarm, Event and Application Logs
        • Database Logger Defaults for Point and Group Point Logs
      • Point Data Logging
        • Point Data Logging
        • Indexes, Columns, Rows in CIMPLICITY Data Log Tables
        • Step 1. Add Points to a Data Log Table
          • Step 1. Add Points to a Data Log Table
          • Step 1.1. Add Points to Log Tables via a Point Properties Dialog Box
          • Step 1.2. Add Points to Data Log Tables through Database Logger
        • Step 2. Configure CIMPLICITY Point Data Logging Properties
          • Step 2. Configure CIMPLICITY Point Data Logging Properties
          • Step 2.1 Open a Table Properties Dialog Box
          • Step 2.2. Configure Default Logging Conditions
            • Step 2.2. Configure Default Logging Conditions
            • Option 2.2.1. Timed/Gated Logging and Timed/Gated Maintenance
              • Option 2.2.1. Timed/Gated Logging and Timed/Gated Maintenance
              • Option 2.2.1.1. Periodic and Synchronized
              • Option 2.2.1.2. Periodic and on Digital Point State
              • Option 2.2.1.3. Synchronized and On Digital Point State
              • Option 2.2.1.4. Periodic, Synchronized and On Digital Point State
            • Option 2.2.2. Data Triggered Logging
          • Step 2.3. Configure Data Logging Attributes
          • Step 2.4. Configure Logging Maintenance Events
          • Step 2.5. Configure the Logging Maintenance Actions
          • Step 2.6. Configure the Logging Connection
            • Step 2.6. Configure the Logging Connection
            • Option 2.6.1. Default Logging Connection
            • Option 2.6.2. Logging Connection Selected for a Single Table
          • Step 2.7. Do advanced Logging Configuration
        • Step 3. Configure Logging Conditions for a Single Point
      • Group Point Logging
        • Group Point Logging
        • Indexes, Columns, Rows in Group Tables
        • Step 1. Add Points to a CIMPLICITY Group Table
        • Step 2. Configure Group Logging Properties
          • Step 2. Configure Group Logging Properties
          • Step 2.1. Open a Group Table Properties Dialog Box
          • Step 2.2. Configure Group Logging Conditions
          • Step 2.3. Configure Group Logging Attributes
          • Step 2.4. Configure Group Maintenance Events
          • Step 2.5. Configure Group Maintenance Actions
          • Step 2.6. Configure the Group Connection
          • Step 2.7. Do Advanced Group Log Configuration
        • Step 3. Configure Logging Attributes for a Single Point in a Group Table
      • Alarm Logging
        • Alarm Logging
        • Step 1. Review System Alarms in the ALARM_LOG
          • Step 1. Review System Alarms in the ALARM_LOG
          • Indexes, Columns, Rows in the ALARM_LOG Table
        • Step 2. Add Point Alarms and Alarms to the ALARM_LOG Table
          • Step 2. Add Point Alarms and Alarms to the ALARM_LOG Table
          • Option 2.1. Add Point Alarms to the ALARM_LOG Table via a Point Properties Dialog
          • Option 2.2. Add Alarms to ALARM_LOG through the Database Logger
        • Step 3. Configure Alarm Logging Properties
          • Step 3. Configure Alarm Logging Properties
          • Step 3.1. Open the ALARM_LOG Table Properties Dialog Box
          • Step 3.2. Configure Default Alarm Logging Conditions
          • Step 3.3. Configure Alarm Logging Attributes
          • Step 3.4. Configure Alarm Log Maintenance Events
          • Step 3.5. Configure Alarm Log Maintenance Actions
          • Step 3.6. Configure the Alarm Log Connection
          • Step 3.7. Do Advanced Alarm Logging Configuration
        • Step 4. Configure Logging Conditions for a Single Alarm
      • Event Alarm Logging
        • Event Alarm Logging
        • Step 1. Review System Alarms in the EVENT_LOG
          • Step 1. Review System Alarms in the EVENT_LOG
          • Indexes, Columns, Rows in the EVENT_LOG Table
        • Step 2. Add Event Alarms through the Database Logger
        • Step 3. Configure Event Alarm Logging Properties
          • Step 3. Configure Event Alarm Logging Properties
          • Step 3.1. Open the EVENT_LOG Table Properties Dialog Box
          • Step 3.2. Configure Event Logging Attributes
          • Step 3.3. Configure EVENT_LOG Maintenance Events
          • Step 3.4. Configure the EVENT_LOG Maintenance Actions
          • Step 3.5. Configure the EVENT_LOG Connection
          • Step 3.6. Advanced Event Logging Configuration
        • Step 4. Configure Logging Conditions for a Single Event Alarm
      • Event Management Logging
        • Event Management Logging
        • Indexes, Columns and Rows in EM_LOG Tables
        • Step 1. Add Event Actions to the EM_LOG
        • Step 2. Configure EM_LOG Properties
          • Step 2. Configure EM_LOG Properties
          • Step 2.1. Open the EM_LOG Properties Dialog Box
          • Step 2.2. Configure Event Management Logging Attributes
          • Step 2.3. Configure Event Management Logging Maintenance Events
          • Step 2.4. Configure Event Management Logging Maintenance Actions
          • Step 2.5. Configure an EM_LOG Connection
          • Step 2.6. Do advanced EM_LOG Configuration
      • Application Logging
        • Application Logging
        • Indexes, Columns, Rows in Application Logging Tables
      • Proficy Historian Migration
        • Proficy Historian Migration
        • Proficy Historian Migration Mapping
        • Step 1. Open the Historian Migration Utility
        • Step 2. Select Data to Migrate
        • Step 3. Enter Advanced Migration Specifications
        • Step 4. View Migration Reports
      • CIMPLICITY Log Reports
        • CIMPLICITY Log Reports
        • Using Excel Reports
        • Install MS Query to Use with Database Logging
          • Install MS Query to Use with Database Logging
          • Step 1. Install MS Query for Microsoft Excel 2000
          • Step 2. Place MS Query files in the Correct Location for Database Logger.
          • Step 3. Install the Sample Reports using Microsoft Excel 2000
        • Report Individual Point Logged Data
          • Report Individual Point Logged Data
          • Step 1. Open the SQLDATA.XLS Excel file
          • Step 2. Set the CIMPLICITY Data Report Parameters
          • Step 3. Generate a CIMPLICITY Data Report
          • Step 4. View Point Data
        • Report Group Logged Data in a Trend Report
          • Report Group Logged Data in a Trend Report
          • Step 1. Open the SQLGROUP.XLS File
          • Step 2. Set the CIMPLICITY Trend Report Parameters
          • Step 3. Generate a CIMPLICITY Trend Report
          • Step 4. View the Report Data for GROUP_LOG Data
          • Step 5. View Charted Trends in a CIMPLICITY Trend Report
        • Report Alarm or Event Alarms Logged Data
          • Report Alarm or Event Alarms Logged Data
          • Step 1. Open the SQLALARM.XLS Excel file
          • Step 2. Set the CIMPLICITY Alarm Report Parameters
          • Step 3. Generate a Report for ALARM_LOG or EVENT_LOG Data
          • Step 4. View the Report Data for ALARM_LOG or EVENT_LOG
        • Automatic Report Printing Configuration
          • Automatic Report Printing Configuration
          • Step 1. Configure the CIMPLICITY Service to Access a Printer
          • Step 2. Create a Script to Generate the Report and Print it
          • Step 3. Create an Event to Trigger an Automatic Report
            • Step 3. Create an Event to Trigger an Automatic Report
            • Option 3.1. Use the Database Logger Maintenance Actions
            • Option 3.2. Use the Event Manager
    • Database Logging Management
      • About Database Logging Management
      • ODBC Configuration
        • ODBC Configuration
        • ODBC Drivers and Data Sources for Database Logging Overview
          • ODBC Drivers and Data Sources for Database Logging Overview
          • ODBC Drivers for Database Logging
          • CIMPLICITY Default ODBC Data Sources
          • Custom ODBC Data Sources
          • ODBC Configuration and Moving Projects
        • SQL Server Data Sources Configuration
        • Proficy SQL
        • Microsoft Access Data Sources Configuration
        • Oracle Configuration Guidelines
        • Oracle for CIMPLICITY Configuration
          • Oracle for CIMPLICITY Configuration
          • Step 1. Turn on Allow Service to Interact with Desktop
          • Step 2. Setup CIMPLICITY Software to Log to an Oracle database.
      • Database Management for SQL Server
        • Database Management for SQL Server
        • Additional Locks Configuration
        • Check if Microsoft SQL Server Service is Running
        • Default Database Server Limitations
        • Transaction Log
      • Create Tables
        • Create Tables
        • Microsoft Access Note
        • Table Characteristics
      • Database-Disconnect-Recovery
        • Database-Disconnect-Recovery
        • Reconnect Wait Period
        • Store and Forward
          • Store and Forward
          • Store and Forward Enabled
          • Store and Forward File Names
          • How Maximum Number of Records Works
          • Change Directory and Record Defaults
  • Screens
    • About CIMPLICITY Screens
    • CimEdit Configuration
      • About CimEdit
      • Open CimEdit through the Workbench
        • Open CimEdit through the Workbench
        • Option 1. Open a new CimEdit Screen
        • Option 2. Open an existing CimEdit Screen
      • CimEdit Configuration Overview
        • CimEdit Configuration Overview
        • Look over the CimEdit Window
        • Information Requirements for CimView
        • CimEdit Configuration Choices
        • CimEdit Screen Configuration Example
      • CimEdit Workspace Tools and Object Identifiers
        • CimEdit Workspace Tools and Object Identifiers
        • CimEdit Workspace Tools
          • CimEdit Workspace Tools
          • 1. Ribbon Bar: Overview
          • 2. CimEdit Quick Access Tools
            • 2. CimEdit Quick Access Tools
            • 2.1. Quick Access: Toolbar Buttons
            • 2.2. Quick Access: Toolbar Position and Ribbon Bar Display
            • 2.3. Quick Access: Default Keyboard Shortcuts
          • 3. Zoom the CimEdit Screen Display Size
            • 3. CimEdit Screen Display Size
            • 3.1. CimEdit Screen Zoom Tools
            • 3.2. Precise CimEdit Screen Zoom Tool
            • 3.3. Fit the CimEdit Window to Zoom
          • 4. Horizontal and Vertical Grid
          • 5. Status Bar Information
          • 6. Screen Compile and Thumbnails for Viewers
        • Help for a CimEdit Screen or Object
          • Help for a CimEdit Screen or Object
          • Designate a Help File for a Screen or Object
          • Create Popup Menu Items for the Screen or Objects
        • CimEdit/CimView File Types and Search Paths
          • CimEdit/CimView File Types and Search Paths
          • Decide the Format for a CimEdit Screen
            • Decide the Format for a CimEdit Screen
            • CimEdit Binary, Editable .cim Screen
            • CimEdit Binary, Protected .cimrt Runtime-Only Screen
            • CimEdit, Text, Editable .ctx Files
          • CimEdit/CimView Screen Search Sequence
            • CimEdit/CimView Screen Search Sequence
            • CimEdit/CimView Screen Search from an Editable Screen
            • CimEdit/CimView Screen Search from a Protected Screen
        • CimEdit Screen or Object Name
        • Ambient Properties
      • Preliminary Layout
        • Preliminary Layout
        • Available Objects
          • Available Objects
          • Basic Graphic Objects
            • Basic Graphic Objects
            • Basic Objects: Straight Lines
            • Basic Objects: Rectangles, Polygons
            • Basic Objects: Ellipses
            • Basic Objects: Arc Lines, Chords and Pies
            • Basic Objects: Pipe Tool
            • Tools to Create Several Objects Quickly
          • Object Explorer
            • Object Explorer
            • 1. Display the Symbols Libraries
            • 2. Place a Symbol Object on a CimEdit Screen
            • 3. Add Symbols Libraries to the Object Explorer
              • 3. Add Symbols Libraries to the Object Explorer
              • 3.1. Create Custom Screens for the Symbols Library
              • 3.2. Specify Folders for the Symbols Library
          • Text Objects
            • Text Objects
            • Text Object: On Screen Formatting
            • Text Object: Detailed Formatting
            • Text Button: On Screen Formatting
            • Text Button: Detailed Formatting
          • Graphic Images and Transparency
            • Graphic Images and Transparency
            • Step 1. Place a Graphic (Picture) Object on a CimEdit Screen
            • Step 2. Choose to Link or Embed the Graphic File
            • Step 3. Lock Aspect Ratio
            • Step 4. Change the Color in the Graphic Object
              • Step 4. Change the Color in the Graphic Object
              • Step 4.1. Select how the Color will be Changed
              • Step 4.2. Select the Color that will be Changed
          • Class Object Graphic
        • Object Form
          • Object Form
          • Change an Object Size
            • Change an Object's Size
            • Resize Several Items to the Same Dimensions
            • Resize a Selected Item
            • Scale a Selected Item
          • Reshape Objects
          • Change an Object's Display Angle
            • Change an Object's Display Angle
            • Precise Object Rotation (available for Lines, Text, Shapes or Groups)
            • Visual Object Rotation
            • Techniques for flipping
        • Object Layout
          • Object Layout
          • Object Sets
          • Groups of Objects
            • Groups of Objects
            • Step 1. Create a Group
            • Step 2. Configure the Group's Properties
            • Step 3. Select an Object in a Group
              • Step 3. Select an Object in a Group
              • Option 3.1. Configure an Object in an Open Group
              • Option 3.2. Select an Object through the Properties - Group Dialog Box
            • Step 4. Ungroup a Group
          • Move Objects on a CimEdit Screen
            • Move Objects on a CimEdit Screen
            • Move a Selected Object
            • Object Position in Front of/In Back of Other Objects
            • Objects Spaced Evenly Horizontally
            • Objects Aligned on a CimEdit Screen
          • Change Objects Tab Order
        • Object Color
          • Object Color
          • Color Palettes
            • Color Palettes
            • 1. Palette Tab in the CimEdit Color Palette
            • 2. Special Tab in the CimEdit Color Palette
            • 3. Index Colors Tab in the CimEdit Color Palette
              • 3. Index Colors Tab in the CimEdit Color Palette
              • 3.1. Select Colors on the Index Colors Tab
              • 3.2. Open the RGB Editor
              • 3.3. Index Custom Colors and Entries
                • 3.3. Index Custom Colors and Entries
                • 3.3.1. Add Additional Colors to the RGB Editor
                • 3.3.2. Modify an Existing Color Index
                • 3.3.3. Sort, Delete RGB Indexes
                • RGB Technical Reference
            • 4. Fixed Color Palette Options
          • Borders and Lines
            • Borders and Lines
            • Borders and Lines: On Screen Formatting
            • Borders and Lines: Detailed Formatting
          • No Fill for an Object
          • Solid Fill: Options
          • Pattern Fill: Options
            • Pattern Fill: Options
            • Pattern Fill: On Screen Formatting
            • Pattern Fill: Two Opaque Colors
            • Pattern Fill: One Opaque and one Transparent Color
          • Gradient Fill: Options
            • Gradient Fill: Options
            • Gradient Fill: On Screen Formatting
            • Gradient Fill: Two Colors
            • Gradient Fill: One Color
      • Points, Variables and Expressions
        • Points, Variables and Expressions
        • Points in CimEdit
          • Points in CimEdit
          • Points Configured through CimEdit
            • Points Configured in CimEdit
            • 1. Create and Edit Points through CimEdit
            • 2. Specify Unqualified or Fully Qualified Points for Information Source
          • Point Attributes in CimEdit
          • Point by Address in CimEdit
            • Point by Address in CimEdit
            • Point by Address Configuration
            • Point by Address Syntax
          • Point View
            • Point View
            • 1. Open the Point View Window
            • 2. Review the Point View Tree
            • 3. Display Options in the Point View Window
              • 3. Display Options in the Point View Window
              • 3.1. Display Points Associated with an Object
                • 3.1. Display Points Associated with an Object
                • 3.1.1. Base Object/Parent Levels Defined
                • 3.1.2. All Points for a Highlighted Object
              • 3.2. Display Objects used by a Selected Point
              • 3.3. Display Point Descriptions in Point View
              • 3.4. Find Invalid Points being used for a CimView Screen
            • 4. Make Changes through Point View
              • 4. Make Changes through Point View
              • 4.1. Open an Object's Properties Dialog Box through Point View
              • 4.2. Replace a Point through Point View
              • 4.3. Rename a Non-point Item through Point View
            • 5. Open Runtime Tools through Point View
              • 5. Open Runtime Tools through Point View
              • 5.1. Display Point Values in the Point Control Panel
              • 5.2. View Quick Trends through Point View
            • 6. Copy Point Lists to the Windows Clipboard
          • CimEdit Point Data in Point Cross Reference
        • CimEdit Variables
          • CimEdit Variables
          • Variable Evaluation Hierarchy
          • CimEdit System Variable: $ZOOM_LEVEL
          • Variables Configured and Used
            • Variables Configured and Used
            • Step 1. Configure Public or Private Variables
            • Step 2. Select a Variable ID
            • Step 3. Set the Value of a Variable ID
            • Variables Examples
              • Variables Examples
              • Example 1: Use a Variable in a Toggle Setpoint Action
                • Example 1: Use a Variable in a Toggle Setpoint Action
                • Step 1. Create a Variable to Hold the Selected Value
                • Step 2. Configure a Button to Toggle the Lights On/Off
                • Step 3. Apply Color Animation to the On/Off Button
                • Step 4. Configure a Rectangle Object to Reflect Lights On/Off
                • Step 5. Test the New Variable Configuration
              • Example 2: Use Variables in Scripts
        • Expressions in CimEdit
          • Expressions in CimEdit
          • 1. Expression Editor in CimEdit
            • 1. Expression Editor in CimEdit
            • 1.1. Open the Expression Editor in CimEdit
            • 1.2. Use Expression Editor Operations
          • 2. Expression View in CimEdit/CimView
            • 2. Expression View in CimEdit/CimView
            • 2.1. Open the Expression View Window
            • 2.2. Review the Expression View Tree
            • 2.3. Display Associated Expressions and Objects
              • 2.3. Display Associated Expressions and Objects
              • 2.3.1. Display Expressions Associated with an Object
                • 2.3.1. Display Expressions Associated with an Object
                • 2.3.1.1. Base Object/Parent Levels Defined
                • 2.3.1.2. All Expressions for a Highlighted Object
              • 2.3.2. Display Objects used by a Selected Expression
            • 2.4. Modify Expressions
              • 2.4. Make Changes through Expression View
              • 2.4.1. Open an Object's Properties Dialog Box through Expression View
              • 2.4.2. Replace an Expression through Expression View
              • 2.4.3. Rename an Object through Expression View
            • 2.5. Copy Expressions to the Windows Clipboard
      • Linked Objects
        • Linked Objects
        • Basic Principles about Linking Objects
          • Basic Principles about Linking Objects
          • Linked vs Unlinked Object Copies Overview
          • Public or Private Variables
        • Linked Object Configuration
          • Linked Object Configuration
          • Step 1. Create Linked Objects
          • Step 2. Create Links to a Source Object
          • Step 3. Change Linked Objects
        • Find a Linked Object Source
        • Protected Link Source Objects
          • Protected Link Source Objects
          • Example: Create a Link from a Protected Screen
            • Example: Create a Link from a Protected Screen
            • Step 1. Name the Rectangle Object
            • Step 2. Configure Properties for the Object
            • Step 3. Create a Runtime-only Screen
            • Step 4. Create a second .cim Screen
            • Step 5. Insert a Link Container on the new .cim Screen
            • Step 6. Enter a Value for the Link's Public Variable
            • Step 7. Configure Horizontal Scaling for the Link Container
            • Step 8. Test the Screens in CimView
      • Runtime Movement and Animation
        • Runtime Movement and Animation
        • 1. Object Movement
        • 2. Object Scaling
        • 3. Object Rotation
        • 4. Object Fill
        • 5. Object Transparency
        • 6. Attribute Animation
          • 6. Attribute Animation
          • 6.1. Animate the Color/Expression of an Object
          • 6.2. Animate the Visibility of an Object
          • 6.3. Animate an Object Alarm State
          • 6.4. Color Index for Animation
        • 7. Text Value Animation
          • 7. Text Value Animation
          • Execute Condition for a Text Setpoint
        • 8. Frame Animation
          • 8. Frame Animation
          • Step 1. Open a Frame Container
          • Step 2. Create New Frames
          • Step 3. Customize Frame Container Names
          • Step 4. Configure Objects that are in Frames
          • Step 5. Configure Frame Animation
          • Step 6. Configure Frame Container Properties
      • Events, Procedures and Scripts
        • Events, Procedures and Scripts
        • CimEdit Events
          • CimEdit Events
          • Event Configuration
            • Event Configuration
            • Example: Events Triggering Actions
          • Available Events
            • Available Events
            • ActiveX Event
            • Before Context Menu
            • Before Editor Context Menu
            • Dialog Close
            • Expression High Event
            • Expression Update Event
            • Key Events
              • Key Events Overview
              • Key Down Event
              • Key Up Event
              • While Key Down Event ( Keystroke+Periodic)
            • Highlight Event
            • Unhighlight Event
            • Mouse Down Event
            • Mouse Up Event
            • While Mouse Down Event (Mouse Button + Periodic)
            • Object Events
              • Object Events Overview
              • Object Inserted Event
              • Object Removed Event
              • Smart Object Event
              • Example: Object Inserted and Smart Object
                • Example: Object Inserted and Smart Object
                • Step 1. Configure an Object to Fill
                • Step 2. Turn the Object into a SmartObject with a SmartObject Event
                • Step 3. Create an Object Inserted Event
                • Step 4. Place the SmartObject in the Object Explorer Library
                • Step 5. Test using the Object Inserted Event
                • Step 6. Test using the Smart Object Event in CimEdit
                • Step 7. Test using the Smart Object Event in CimView
              • Trigger a Smart Object
            • Periodic Event
            • Screen Close Event
            • Screen Open Event
        • CimEdit Procedures
          • CimEdit Procedures
          • Actions Available to Build Procedures
          • Procedure Access Locations for a Selected Object
          • Procedure Configuration
            • Procedure Configuration
            • 1. Create a New Procedure
              • 1. Create a New Procedure
              • 1.1. Open a New Procedure Information Dialog Box
              • 1.2. List Actions for the Procedure
            • 2. Edit a Procedure
            • 3. Duplicate or Delete an Object's Procedure
            • 4. Configure a Procedure's Advanced Properties
              • 4. Configure a Procedure's Advanced Properties
              • Execution Condition for a Procedure
            • Available Actions
              • Available Actions
              • Execute Command Action
              • Screen Actions
                • Screen Actions
                • Close Screen (Terminal)
                • Home Screen (Terminal)
                • Open Screen
                • Overlay Screen (Terminal):
                • Previous Screen (Terminal):
                • Print Screen
              • Invoke Method
              • Invoke Script
              • Absolute Setpoint
              • Ramp Setpoint
              • Relative Setpoint
              • Toggle Setpoint
              • Variable Setpoint
              • Variable Assign
        • CimEdit Scripts
          • CimEdit Scripts
          • Script Configuration
            • Script Configuration
            • 1. Work with CimEdit Scripts
              • 1. Work with CimEdit Scripts
              • 1.1. Open an Edit Script Window
              • 1.2. Configure a CimEdit Script
                • 1.2. Configure a CimEdit Script
                • Access Script Entry Points
              • 1.3. Invoke the CimEdit Script
                • 1.3. Invoke the CimEdit Script
                • 1.3.1. Invoke a Script (Basic Procedure)
                • 1.3.2. Invoke a CimEdit Script (Advanced Entries)
            • 2. Work with Global Scripts through CimEdit
              • 2. Work with Global Scripts through CimEdit
              • 2.1. Create a Global Script
              • 2.2. Load a Global Script
              • 2.3. Edit a Global Script
              • 2.4. Create CimEdit Runtime-only Global Scripts
            • 3. Test CimEdit Scripts
          • Script Editor Reference Files
          • Basic Extensions for CimEdit Scripts
            • Basic Extensions for CimEdit Scripts
            • Basic Extensions
              • Basic Extensions
              • CimCreateSafeArray (function)
              • CimEdit (function)
              • CimGetEventContext (function)
              • CimGetObject (function)
              • CimGetScreen (function)
              • cimOleObj (constant)
              • CimView (function)
            • Obsolete Basic Extensions
              • Obsolete Basic Extensions
              • CimAutoUpdateScreen (function)
              • CimEvent (object)
              • CimEvent.GetMouseEvent (function)
              • CimEvent.GetOleParmName (function)
              • CimEvent.GetOleParm (function)
              • CimEvent.OleParmsCount (read-only property)
              • CimEvent.TriggerObject (read-only property
              • CimEvent.Type (read-only property)
              • CimEvent.UserParameter (read-only property)
              • CimGetEvent (function)
              • CimGetRootObject (function)
              • CimGetScriptOwner (function)
              • CimObject (object)
              • CimObject.Container (read-only property)
              • CimObject.GetObject (method)
              • CimObject.GetVariable (method)
              • CimObject.Name (read-only property)
              • CimObject.ObjectCount (read-only property)
              • CimObject.OleObject (read-only property)
              • CimObjectVariable (object)
              • CimObjectVariable.GetValueAsNumber (method)
              • CimObjectVariable.GetValueAsString (method)
              • CimObjectVariable.ID (read-only property)
              • CimObjectVariable.Value (read/write property)
              • CimOwnerObj (constant)
      • CimEdit Global Specifications
        • CimEdit Global Specifications
        • 1. General Features that can be Shared Globally
        • 2. Global Scripts Load List
          • 2. Global Scripts Load List
          • 2.1. Add Scripts to the Global Scripts List
          • 2.2. Revise the Global Scripts List
          • 2.3. Create CimEdit Runtime-only Global Scripts
        • 3. Before Context Menu/Before Editor Context Menu Global Events
          • 3. Before Context Menu/Before Editor Context Menu Global Events
          • 3.1. Create Scripts for Before Context Menu/Before Editor Context Menu Events
          • 3.2. Edit Before Context Menu/Before Editor Context Menu Scripts
        • 4. Undo Stack Size for a CimEdit Screen
        • 5. Compatibility
      • ActiveX Controls
        • ActiveX Controls
        • Special Pasting Objects onto a CimEdit Screen
        • Insert an ActiveX Control on a CimEdit Screen
        • ActiveX Control's Properties
        • Other OLE Objects
          • Other OLE Objects
          • 1. Insert an OLE Object on a CimEdit Screen
          • 2. Close, Edit or Open an OLE Object on a CimEdit Screen
          • 3. Convert an OLE Object on a CimEdit Screen
        • Metafile Objects to CimEdit Objects
      • Text File Format Syntax
        • Text File Format Syntax
        • BNF Syntax
          • BNF Syntax
          • AnyAction
          • AnyAttributeAnim
          • AnyEventList
          • AnyObject
          • AnyPositionAnim
          • AnySingleEvent
          • AttributeAnimationTable
          • Bool
          • Empty
          • EventOptionTable
          • ExecCond
          • ExprEventList
          • FillMode
          • GmmiAbsoluteSetpointAction
          • GmmiAction
          • GmmiActionAnim
          • GmmiActionList
          • GmmiAnnunOptionTable
          • GmmiArcObject
          • GmmiBackdrop
          • GmmiBlink
          • GmmiBlinkAnnunAttr
          • GmmiBorderAnnunAttr
          • GmmiButtonObject
          • GmmiColorAnnunAttr
          • GmmiContainer
          • GmmiDefaultAnnun
          • GmmiDocument
          • GmmiEllipseShapeObject
          • GmmiEvent
          • GmmiExecAction
          • GmmiExpr
          • GmmiExprAnim
          • GmmiExprAnnun
          • GmmiExprAnnunElement
          • GmmiExprEvent
          • GmmiExprHighEvent
          • GmmiExprUpdateEvent
          • GmmiExprValueAnnun
          • GmmiFAContainerObject
          • GmmiFAFrameObject
          • GmmiFileCloseAction
          • GmmiFileOpenAction
          • GmmiFillAnim
          • GmmiFontAnnunAttr
          • GmmiGraphicObject
          • GmmiGroupObject
          • GmmiHomeScreenAction
          • GmmiHorizMoveAnim
          • GmmiHorizScaleAnim
          • GmmiInteriorAnnunAttr
          • GmmiInvokeDispMethod Action
          • GmmiInvokeScriptAction
          • GmmiKeyDownEvent
          • GmmiKeyEvent
          • GmmiKeyUpEvent
          • GmmiLineObject
          • GmmiMethodParam
          • GmmiMouseDownEvent
          • GmmiMouseUpEvent
          • GmmiMoveAnim
          • GmmiObject
          • GmmiOleEvent
          • GmmiOleObject
          • GmmiParameterBlock
          • GmmiPoint
          • GmmiPointMap
          • GmmiPrevScreenAction
          • GmmiPrintScreenAction
          • GmmiProcedure
          • GmmiProcedureMap
          • GmmiRampSetpointAction
          • GmmiRectShapeObject
          • GmmiRelativeSetpointAction
          • GmmiRotateAnim
          • GmmiScaleAnim
          • GmmiScreenOpenEvent
          • GmmiScreenCloseEvent
          • GmmiScript
          • GmmiSetpointAction
          • GmmiTabOrder
          • GmmiTextAnnunAttr
          • GmmiTextButtonObject
          • GmmiTextObject
          • GmmiTimedEvent
          • GmmiToggleSetpointAction
          • GmmiValueAnim
          • GmmiVariableAssignAction
          • GmmiVariableMap
          • GmmiVariables
          • GmmiVariableSetpointAction
          • GmmiVertMoveAnim
          • GmmiVertScaleAnim
          • GmmiVisibilityAnim
          • GmmiWhileKeyDownEvent
          • GmmiWhileMouseDownEvent
          • GRArc
          • GRArcDim
          • GRAttrib
          • GRBitmapButton
          • GRBorderAttr
          • GRBorderRes
          • GRBoundGraphic
          • GRButton
          • GRColorAttr
          • GRColorObjAttr
          • GRFontAttr
          • GRFontRes
          • GRGraphic
          • GRInteriorAttr
          • GRInteriorRes
          • GRObjAttr
          • GRObjRes
          • GROleClientItem
          • GROleControl
          • GROleGraphic
          • GROleGraphicData
          • GRPolyLine
          • GRRectShapeDim
          • GRResource
          • GRShape
          • GRShapeResources
          • GRSimpleRect
          • GRText
          • GRTextAttributes
          • GRTextButton
          • Help
          • HexBlob
          • KeyDownEventList
          • KeyUpEventList
          • OleCurrency
          • OleDate
          • OleEventList
          • OleI64
          • OleItemData
          • OlePropBag
          • OlePropStream
          • OleSafeArray
          • OleU64
          • Point
          • PointArray
          • PointAttr
          • PointValue
          • PositionAnimationTable
          • PropElement
          • PropElementData
          • Rect
          • RootOptionTable
          • Scaler
          • Size
          • TextFileFormat
          • TimedEventList
          • ToplevelDocument
          • ToplevelDocumentPO
          • WhileKeyDownEventList
        • Token Syntax
          • Token Syntax
          • alpha-char
          • digit
          • exponent-char
          • guid
          • hex-digit
          • mantissa
          • named-char
          • non-negative-integer
          • number
          • octal-digit
          • sign
          • string
          • string-char
          • symbol
          • symbol-char
          • token
      • CimEdit/CimView Screen Management
        • CimEdit/CimView Screen Management
        • Screen Performance Issues
        • Create a CimView Screen Shortcut
        • Add Arguments to the Command Line for a CimView Shortcut
        • Command Line Options
          • Command Line Options
          • Command Line Arguments
            • Command Line Arguments
            • /alwaysmaximized
            • /autostart
            • /captive
            • /geometry [<size>][<position>][<displaysurface>]
            • /keypad
            • /loadcache <cachefile>
            • /loadpassword <password configuration file name>
            • /LoadScript
            • /LoadScriptCfg<file to open>
            • /maximized
            • /minimized
            • /noexit
            • /nomenutitle
            • /noopen
            • /noPointTargets
            • /noresize
            • /project <name>
            • /setvar<name><value>
            • /TouchActive
            • /TouchDyn
            • /TouchStat
            • /wait [<time>]
            • /waitforproject <name>
            • /zoomtobestfit
          • Options for CimEdit Shortcuts
            • CimEdit Shortcut Options
            • /offline
            • /project <name>
          • Interactive Execution Options
            • Interactive Execution Options
            • /convert
            • /converttoctx
            • /convertocimrt
            • /dumppoints
        • CimEdit/CimView GMMI_SCREENS Libraries
          • CimEdit/CimView GMMI_SCREENS Libraries
          • Edit GMMI_SCREENS Logical Name
            • Edit GMMI_SCREENS Logical Name
            • Step 1. Edit the GMMI_SCREENS Logical Name
            • Step 2. Edit the GMMI_SCREENS Logical Name
    • Navigation Configuration
      • About Navigation Configuration
      • Step 1. Set up Navigation Configuration
        • Step 1. Set up Navigation Configuration
        • Step 1.1. Plan the Extended Menus and Quick Launch Buttons
        • Step 1.2. Set the Navigation Bar to Display by Default in CimView
        • Step 1.3. Open and Review the CIMPLICITY Navigation Configuration Editor
          • Step 1.3. Open and Review the CIMPLICITY Navigation Configuration Editor
          • Option 1.3.1. Open the CIMPLICITY Navigation Configuration Editor
            • Option 1.3.1. Open the CIMPLICITY Navigation Configuration Editor
            • Option 1.3.1.1. Create a New Navigation Configuration File
            • Option 1.3.1.2. Open an Existing Navigation Configuration File
          • Option 1.3.2. Review the CIMPLICITY Navigation Configuration Editor
            • Option 1.3.2. Review the CIMPLICITY Navigation Configuration Editor
            • 1.3.2.1. CIMPLICITY Navigation Configuration Editor: Menus
            • 1.3.2.2. CIMPLICITY Navigation Configuration Editor: Toolbar
            • 1.3.2.3. CIMPLICITY Navigation Configuration Editor: Left Pane
            • 1.3.2.4. CIMPLICITY Navigation Configuration Editor: Right Pane
        • Step 1.4. Enter General Navigation Specifications
          • Step 1.4. Enter General Navigation Specifications
          • Option 1.4.1. Configure Menu Translation
          • Option 1.4.2. Display Icons on Buttons during Runtime
          • Option 1.4.3. Select the Navigation Font
          • Option 1.4.4. Enter Configuration Comments
      • Step 2. Configure the Extended Menu
        • Step 2. Configure the Extended Menu
        • Step 2.1 Add Nodes for the Extended Menu
          • Step 2.1 Add Nodes for the Extended Menu
          • Step 2.1.1. Add the Root Node to the Extended Menu
          • Step 2.1.2. Add Children Nodes to the Extended Menu
        • Step 2.2. Define the Extended Menu Nodes
          • Step 2.2. Define the Extended Menu Nodes
          • Option 2.2.1. Select the Navigation Button's Foreground/Background Colors
          • Option 2.2.2. Add a Confirmation Message to the Navigation Button
          • Option 2.2.3. Define and Inherit Permissions in the Navigation Hierarchy
          • Option 2.2.4. Define and Inherit Variables in the Navigation Hierarchy
          • Option 2.2.5. Identify a Project Name to Qualify Points
          • Option 2.2.6. Add Additional Text for a CimView Navigation Button
          • Option 2.2.7. Add a Description for a Selected Node
          • Option 2.2.8. Specify a Title for the Node's CimView Screen
          • Option 2.2.9. (Overlay) Enter a Screen Name
          • Option 2.2.10. (Script) Specify a Script Entry Point
          • Option 2.2.11. (Script) Add Arguments
      • Step 3. Define Quick Launch Buttons
        • Step 3. Define Quick Launch Buttons
        • Step 3.1. Create a Quick Launch Button
        • Step 3.2. Configure a Quick Launch Button
      • Step 4. Use the Navigation Runtime Tools
        • Step 4. Use the Navigation Runtime Tools
        • Option 4.1. Hide/Display the Navigation Bars during Runtime
        • Option 4.2. Use the Child Menu Bar
        • Option 4.3. Use the Navigation Bar's Favorites Tool
        • Option 4.4. Review Navigation History
        • Option 4.5. Use the Navigation Previous, Forward and Shift Buttons
      • CimView Screen Navigation Error Messages
    • CimView
      • About CimView
      • CimView Opened
        • CimView Opened
        • Open CimView on a Configuration Server or Viewer
        • Open CimView on a Runtime Server or Viewer
      • Typical Windows Application Tasks Available in CimView
        • Typical Windows Application Tasks Available in CimView
        • 1. Open Other CimView Screens
        • 2. Flush Cached Screens
        • 3. Distribute Copies of CimView Screens and Files
        • 4. Display the Toolbar, Menu and/or Status Bar
        • 5. Go Back to Other CimView Screens
        • 6. Zoom and Fit a CimView Screen in a Window
      • CIMPLICITY Runtime Features in CimView
        • CIMPLICITY Runtime Features in CimView
        • Open the Point Control Panel through CimView
        • Open Quick Trends through CimView
        • Use Expression View in CimView
        • Use Point View in CimView
        • Review Screen Object Properties during Runtime
          • Review Screen Object Properties during Runtime
          • CimView Properties Dialog Box Tabs
      • Set Points or Variables
        • Set Points or Variables
        • Execute Slider Setpoints
        • Enter a Value for a Setpoint
        • Enter a Variable Assign Value
      • Help for a Selected Object
      • Standard Window Features
        • Standard Windows Features
    • Proficy Portal Control
      • About the Proficy Real-Time Information Portal Control
      • Proficy Portal Control in CimView Configuration Steps
        • Proficy Portal Control in CimView Configuration Steps
        • Step 1. Place a Proficy Real-Time Information Portal Control on a CimEdit Screen
        • Step 2. Resize and Move the Proficy Portal ActiveX Object
        • Step 3. Enter Proficy Portal Criteria for the Proficy Portal ActiveX Object
          • Step 3. Enter Proficy Portal Criteria for the Proficy Portal ActiveX Object
          • Option 3.1. Proficy Portal Criteria in the Proficy Portal Control Properties Dialog
          • Option 3.2. Proficy Portal Criteria in the CimEdit Properties Dialog Box
        • Step 4. Test the Proficy Portal CimEdit Screen
      • Proficy Portal Control in CimView Technical Notes
  • Classes and Class Objects
    • About Classes and Class Objects
    • Class-Object Evolution and Construction Overview
      • Class-Object Evolution and Construction Overview
      • Phase 1. Plan the Class
      • Phase 2. Configure the Class
      • Example: Summary of Class Configuration Features.
      • Phase 3. Enter Specifications for an Object in the Class
      • Example: An Object Dialog Box based on the Sample GefTank Class
      • Example: An Object Instantiated
    • Class Configuration
      • Class Configuration
      • Step 1. Plan a Class
        • Step 1. Plan a Class
        • Step 1. 1. Determine the Class Application
        • Step 1.2. Determine the Data to be Collected
        • Step 1.3. Map a Layout of how Memory is Stored in Class Devices
        • Step 1.4. Determine the Calculations needed for the Data
        • Step 1. 5. Define Class Scripts, Actions and Events
      • Step 2. Open a Class Dialog Box
        • Step 2. Open a Class Dialog Box
        • Option 2.1. Create a new Class
        • Option 2.2. Open an Existing Class Dialog Box
      • Step 3. Configure Class Attributes
        • Step 3. Configure Class Attributes
        • Step 3.1. Review CIMPLICITY Class Attributes
        • Step 3. 2. Create a Custom Attribute
        • Step 3.3. Configure a Class Attribute Definition
          • Step 3.3. Configure a Class Attribute Definition
          • Example: Configure a Class Attribute Definition
        • Step 3.4. Configure the Attribute's Field that displays in the Object Dialog Box...
          • Step 3.4. Configure the Attribute's Field that displays in the Object Dialog Box
          • Example: Configure a Class Attribute for an Object Dialog Box Field
      • Step 4. Configure Data Items
        • Step 4. Configure Data Items
        • Example: Data Item to Point
        • Step 4.1. Create a Data Item
        • Step 4.2. Begin Data Item Configuration
        • Step 4.3. Take Advantage of Data Item Class Features
          • Step 4.3. Take Advantage of Data Item Class Features
          • Option 4.3.1. Use CIMPLICITY Class Attributes
            • Option 4.3.1. Use CIMPLICITY Class Attributes
            • Example: Use a Class Attribute
          • Option 4.3.2. Use String Expressions
            • Option 4.3.2. Use String Expressions
            • About String Expressions
            • Supported String Substitution for Data Items
            • String Substitution Limitations
            • Procedure to use a String Expression
              • Procedure to use a String Expression
              • Example: Use a String Expression as a Point Description
          • Option 4.3.3. Use Numeric Expressions in Data Item Fields
            • Option 4.3.3. Use Numeric Expressions in Data Item Fields
            • CIMPLICITY Numeric data item attributes available for Numeric Expressions
            • Procedure to add a Numeric Expression to a Data Item
            • Example: Add a Numeric Expression to a Data Item
          • Option 4.3.4. Use Address Adjustment Expressions
          • Benefits and Disadvantages of Item Class Type
      • Step 5. Write Class Scripts
        • Step 5. Write Class Scripts
        • Example: Access a Script for a Class
        • Step 5.1. Create a Class Script
        • Step 5.2. Write a Class Script through the Scripts Tab
      • Step 6. Configure Class Actions
        • Step 6. Configure Class Actions
        • Step 6.1. Open a New Action Dialog Box
        • Step 6.2. Define a Class Action
        • Example: Configure a Class Action
      • Step 7. Configure Class Events
        • Step 7. Configure Class Events
        • Step 7.1. Open a New Event Dialog Box
        • Step 7.2. Configure a Class Event
        • Example: Use a Class Event
      • Step 8. Configure a Class CimEdit Screen
        • Step 8. Configure a Class CimEdit Screen
        • Step 8.1. Place the Required Objects on a Screen
        • Step 8.2. Group the Objects
        • Step 8.3. Configure the Top-level Group Object
          • Step 8.3. Configure the Top-level Group Object
          • Example: Source and Class Object Names Used
        • Step 8.4. Assign Properties to Objects within the Group
          • Step 8.4. Assign Properties to Objects within the Group
          • Example: Create a Source Object Expression
        • Step 8.5. Associate the Screen with its Class
          • Step 8.5. Associate the Screen with its Class
          • Example: Use Class CimEdit Screens with More than One Object
      • Step 9. Create a Class Help File
      • Step 10. Export or Import a Class
        • Step 10. Export or Import a Class
        • Option 10.1. Export a Class
        • Option 10.2. Import a Class
      • Definitions for Classes Terminology
        • Definitions for Classes Terminology
    • Class Object Configuration
      • About Class Objects
      • Review a Class to Object Evolution (Overview)
      • Class Object Configuration
        • Class Object Configuration
        • Step 1. Import a Class into your Project
        • Step 2. Open an Object Dialog Box
          • Step 2. Open an Object Dialog Box
          • Option 2.1. Create a new Class Object
          • Option 2.2. Open an Existing Object Dialog Box
        • Step 3. Assign Values to the Class Object
        • Step 4. Add a Class Object to a Project
          • Step 4. Add a Class Object to a Project
          • Example: Class Object Added to a Project
        • Step 5. Display Class Object Graphics in CimEdit/CimView
          • Step 5. Display Class Object Graphics in CimEdit/CimView
          • Example: Result of Class Object Configuration
        • Class Object Definitions
          • Class Object Definitions
  • Trend Charts and XY Plots
    • Trend Control Configuration
      • About Trends
      • Trend Chart Display
        • Trend Chart Display
        • Trend Features to Display or Hide
        • Trend Display Features
        • Color and Font Choices on a Trend Chart
          • Color and Font Choices on a Trend Chart
          • Font Dialog Box
      • Runtime Action Options
        • Runtime Action Options
        • Change Chart Properties during Runtime
        • Zoom into a Specific Area
        • Analyze Data at a Selected Point in Time
        • Scroll Lines Forward and Backward
          • Scroll Lines Forward and Backward
          • Non-array Data Scrolling
          • Array Data Scrolling
      • Configure a Trend Chart
        • Configure a Trend Chart
        • Step 1. Place a Trend Control on a CimEdit Screen
        • Step 2. Resize a New Trend Chart Control
        • Step 3. Open the CIMPLICITY Trend Chart Properties Dialog Box
          • Step 3. Open the CIMPLICITY Trend Chart Properties Dialog Box
          • The CIMPLICITY Trend Chart Properties Dialog Box
        • Step 4. Add a Trend Line
          • Step 4. Add a Trend Line
          • Option 4.1. Using Quick Lines to Create a Trend Chart Line
          • Option 4.2. Create a New Trend Chart Line (Overview of Detailed Method)
            • Option 4.2. Create a New Trend Chart Line (Overview of Detailed Method)
            • Option 4.2.1. Point Line
            • Option 4.2.2. Configure an Expression Line
            • Option 4.2.3. Configure a Logged Line
            • Option 4.2.4. Logged Expression Line
            • Option 4.2.5. CSV File Line
            • Option 4.2.6. Configure a Reference Line
              • Option 4.2.6. Configure a Reference Line
              • Reference File Configuration
              • Reference File Rows
            • Option 4.2.7. Configure an Historian Line
              • Option 4.2.7. Configure an Historian Line
              • Step 4.2.7.1. Install Required Software for Viewing Historian Lines
                • Step 4.2.7.1. Install Required Software for Viewing Historian Lines
                • Option 4.2.7.1.1. Historian Server and CIMPLICITY Server Installed on Separate Nodes
                • Option 4.2.7.1.2. Historian Server and CIMPLICITY Server Installed on Same Node
                • Option 4.2.7.1.3. Historian Server, CIMPLICITY Server and Viewer Installed on Same Node
                • Installation Troubleshooting
              • Step 4.2.7.2. Configure CIMPLICITY Projects for Data Collection
              • Step 4.2.7.3. Configure Historian for Trending
                • Step 4.2.7.3. Configure Historian for Trending
                • About Historian Tag Data Types
              • Step 4.2.7.4. Historian Line Configuration
        • Step 5. Specify Line Display Features
          • Step 5. Specify Line Display Features
          • Option 5.1. Trend Line Display Style
          • Option 5.2. Trend Line Compression or Sampling
            • Option 5.2. Trend Line Compression or Sampling
            • Option 5.2.1. Compression for Lines that do not have Historical Data
            • Option 5.2.2. Compression for Lines that have Historical Data
            • Option 5.2.3. Retrieval Mode and Sample Interval for Historian Lines
        • Step 6. Configure Axes
          • Step 6. Configure Axes
          • Option 6.1. Configure the X-axis
            • Option 6.1. Configure the X-axis
            • Option 6.1.1. Axis Tab in the Trend Control Properties Dialog Box
            • Option 6.1.2. X Axis Time Dialog Box
          • Option 6.2. Configure the Y-axis
            • Option 6.2. Configure the Y-axis
            • Option 6.2.1. Axis Tab in the Trend Control Properties Dialog Box
            • Option 6.2.2. Y-axis Limits Dialog Box
          • Option 6.3. Create a New Axis
          • Option 6.4. Map Axes to a Line
        • Step 7. Configure Chart Properties
          • Step 7. Configure Chart Properties
          • Option 7.1. Configure Basic Chart Properties
          • Option 7.2. Configure Advanced Chart Properties
        • Step 8. Configure Legend Properties
          • Step 8. Configure Legend Properties
          • Option 8.1 Legend Tab in the Trend Control Properties Dialog Box
          • Option 8.2. Legend Selections on Popup Menus
          • About Trend Chart Sliders
        • Step 9. Configure Grid Properties
          • Step 9. Configure Grid Properties
          • Option 9.1. Grid Tab in the Trend Control Properties Dialog Box
          • Option 9.2. Grid Selections on Popup Menus
        • Step 10. Configure Runtime Actions
      • Trend Methods
        • About Trend Methods
        • Configure Methods
          • Configure Methods
          • Step 1. Name a Trend Control
          • Step 2. Create an Invoke Method Action
        • Line Display Methods
          • Line Display Methods
          • AddDynPointLine Method
          • AddExpressionLine Method
          • AddiHistorianLine Method
          • AddLoggedLine Method
          • AddLoggedExpressionLine Method
          • DeleteTrendLine Method
          • SetLineAutoupdate
          • SetLineCompression Method
          • SetLineDisplay Method
            • SetLineDisplay Method
            • RGB Color Values
            • Standard RGB Color Value Table
          • SetLineVisible Method
          • WriteReferenceFile Method
        • Legend Methods
          • Legend Methods
          • SetLegendState Method
        • Axis Methods
          • Axis Methods
          • SetAxisTicks Method
        • X-axis (Time Related) Methods
          • X-axis (Time Related) Methods
          • JumpToCurrentTime Method
          • PauseUpdates Method
          • ScrollLines Method
          • SetXDuration Method
          • SetXStartTime Method
        • Y-axis Methods
          • Y-axis Methods
          • SetAxisLabel Method
          • SetLineYAxis Method
          • SetYAxisVisible Method
          • SetLineUseChartY Method
        • Visual Aid Methods
          • Visual Aid Methods
          • ResetZoom Method
          • SetGridState Method
        • Wait State Methods and Events
          • Wait State Methods and Events
          • EnableOutstandingLoggedRequestStateEvent Method
          • DisableOutstandingLoggedRequestStateEvent Method
          • EnteringOutstandingLoggedRequestState Event
          • LeavingOutstandingLoggedRequestState Event
          • Using Wait State Functionality Example
            • Using Wait State Functionality Example
            • Step 1. Create a Screen Level Variable
            • Step 2. Activate Trending's Wait State Feature
            • Step 3. Configure an EnteringOutstandingLoggedRequestState Event.
            • Step 4. Configure a LeavingOutstandingLoggedRequestState Event.
            • Step 5. Configure an Object to Report Trending's Request Status.
            • Step 6. Test the Request Configuration at Runtime.
        • Other Trend Methods
          • Other Trend Methods
          • AboutBox Method
          • ForceRedraw Method
          • SetCimplicityProject Method
    • Quick Trends
      • About Quick Trends
      • Start Quick Trends
      • Configure a Quick Trend Chart
      • Use Popup Menus to Make Quick Changes
    • XY Plot Configuration
      • About XY Plots
      • Overview of Available Features for XY Plots
      • Design an XY Plot
        • Design an XY Plot
        • Insert an XY Plot Control on a CimEdit Screen
        • Resize a new XY Plot Control
        • Open the CIMPLICITY XY Plot Properties Dialog Box
        • Color and Font Choices for an XY Plot Control
          • Color and Font Choices for an XY Plot Control
          • Font Dialog Box
        • XY Plot Foreground, Background and Chart Colors
          • XY Plot Foreground, Background and Chart Colors
          • Select XY Colors Individually
          • Select Ambient Colors for the XY Plot
        • XY Plot Axes Properties
          • XY Plot Axes Properties
          • Find Axes Properties
          • Design XY Plot Axes
            • Design XY Plot Axes
            • Step 1. Expand the tree under X or Y
            • Step 2. Expand a Selected X or Y Axis
            • Step 3. Configure an X or Y-axis Data Flow
            • Step 4. Define the X or Y-axis Format
            • Step 5. Design an X or Y-axis Pen
            • Step 6. Configure the X or Y-axes Ticks
            • Step 7. Configure the X or Y-axis Limits
            • Step 8. Add X or Y-axes
            • Step 9. Prioritize X or Y-axes
            • Step 10. Remove X or Y-axes
        • XY Plot Series Properties
          • XY Plot Series Properties
          • Find the Series Properties
          • Design a Series
            • Design a Series
            • Step 1. Add Additional Series
            • Step 2. Identify a Series
            • Step 3. Remove Series
            • Step 4. Expand the Tree Under Series
            • Step 5. Expand a Selected Series
            • Step 6. Select the Type of Series
            • Step 7. Configure a Fill for a Series
            • Step 8. Configure the Markers for a Series
            • Step 9. Configure the Line for a Series
            • Step 10. Configure the X and Y-axis for a Series
            • Step 11. Specify if Series Values Appear in the Legend
            • Step 12. Enter X and Y Values for a Series
        • XY Plot Slider Properties
          • XY Plot Slider Properties
          • Find the Sliders Properties
          • Design a Slider
            • Design a Slider
            • Step 1. Expand the Tree Under Sliders
            • Step 2. Expand a Selected Slider
            • Step 3. Select the Type of Slider
            • Step 4. Configure a slider line
            • Step 5. Specify a Slider's Initial Position And Visibility
            • Step 6. Display a Slider's Values in the Legend
            • Step 7. Add Additional Sliders
            • Step 8. Prioritize a Slider
            • Step 9. Remove Sliders
        • XY Plot Grid Properties
          • XY Plot Grid Properties
          • Find the Grid Properties
          • Design the Grid
            • Design the Grid
            • Step 1. Expand the Tree Under Grid
            • Step 2. Design a Grid Pen
            • Step 3. Specify a Grid's Density
            • Step 4. Specify a Grid's Visibility
        • XY Plot Legend Properties
          • XY Plot Legend Properties
          • Find the Legend Properties
          • Designing the XY Plot Legends
            • Design the XY Plot Legends
            • Step 1. Expand the Tree Under Legends
            • Step 2. Make the Legends Visible
            • Step 3. Specify the Legends' Location
            • Step 4. Design the Series Legend
            • Step 5. Design the Slider Legend
        • XY Plot Title Properties
          • XY Plot Title Properties
          • Find the XY Plot Title Properties
          • Design an XY Plot Title
            • Design an XY Plot Title
            • Step 1. Expand the Tree Under an XY Title
            • Step 2. Specify an XY Title
            • Step 3. Configure the Font for an XY title
            • Step 4. Make an XY Title Visible
        • XY Plot Updates
      • Plot XY Data
        • Plot XY Data
        • Create a Series of Data Values
        • Scripting Examples for XY Plots
          • Scripting Examples for XY Plots
          • Resize Series Vectors
          • Set Individual Data Values
          • Push one or more Data Values
          • Push Values from Points
          • Set Values from Points
      • XY Plot SmartObjects
        • XY Plot SmartObjects
        • XY Plot SmartObject Placement
        • XY Plot SmartObject Configuration
          • XY Plot SmartObject Configuration
          • Configure the XY Plot SmartObject Series
            • Configure the XY Plot SmartObject Series
            • Step 1. Add a Series to the Series Dialog Box
            • Step 2. Name the Series
            • Step 3. Specify the Data for the Series
            • Step 4. Specify the series display features
            • Step 5. Apply your Series Configuration
          • Configure the XY Plot SmartObject Axes
            • Configure the XY Plot SmartObject Axes
            • Step 1. Select an X and Y-axis for Configuration
            • Step 2. Specify the X or Y-axis Name and Limits
            • Step 3. Specify the X or Y-axis Format and Orientation
            • Step 4. Apply Your Axis Configuration
            • Step 5. Configure the Other Axis
            • Step 6. Add Additional Axes
            • Step 7: Apply the Axis Configuration
          • Configure an XY Plot SmartObject Name and Colors
          • Configure an XY SmartObject Grid
        • XY Plot SmartObject Enhancements
          • XY Plot SmartObject Enhancements
          • Configuring an XY Plot 1 Example
            • XY Plot 1 Example
            • Step 1. Configuring XY Plot 1 Example
            • Step 2. Configuring XY Plot 1 Example
          • Configure the Plot 2 Example
            • Configure the Plot 2 Example
            • Step 1. Configuring XY Plot 2 Example
            • Step 2. Configuring XY Plot 2 Example
  • Basic Control Engine/Scripting
    • Basic Control Engine
      • About the Basic Control Engine
      • About the Program Editor
      • Open the Program Editor
        • Open the Program Editor
        • Option 1. Open a Blank Program Editor
        • Option 2. Open the Program Editor with an Existing Script
      • Program Editor Window Components
        • Program Editor Window Components
        • Program Editor Menu Functions
        • Program Editor Toolbars and Status Bar
        • Program Editor Shortcut Keys
        • Set String and Stack Space
      • Edit Programs
        • Edit Programs
        • 1. Navigate within a Script
        • 2. Text Procedures
          • 2. Text Procedures
          • 2.1. Insert Text
          • 2.2. Select/Delete Text
          • 2.3. Cut/Copy/Paste Text
          • 2.4. Undo Editing Operations
          • 2.5. Search/Replace Text
        • 3. Point Tools
        • 4. Alarm Tools
        • 5. Log Status Tool
        • 6. Add Comments to a Script
        • 7. Enter a Statement across Multiple Lines
        • 8. Check the Syntax of a Script
        • 9. Add Dialog Boxes to a Script
      • Dialog Editor
        • Dialog Editor
        • 1. Use the Dialog Editor
          • 1. Use the Dialog Editor
          • 1.1. Dialog Editor Application Window
          • 1.2. Dialog Editor Toolbar
          • 1.3. Dialog Editor Menus
          • 1.4. Keyboard Shortcuts for the Dialog Editor
        • 2. Create a Custom Dialog Box
          • 2. Create a Custom Dialog Box
          • 2.1. Review Available Controls
          • 2.2. Add Controls to a Dialog Box
          • 2.3. Use the Grid to Position Controls within a Dialog Box
          • 2.4. Save the Custom Dialog Box
        • 3. Edit a Custom Dialog Box
          • 3. Edit a Custom Dialog Box
          • 3.1. Open a Dialog Box Template
          • 3.2. Select Items
          • 3.3 Specify Tabbing Order
          • 3.4. Use Information Dialog Boxes
            • 3.4. Use Information Dialog Boxes
            • 3.4.1. Dialog Box Information
            • 3.4.2. Control Information
              • 3.4.2. Control Information
              • 3.4.2.1. Check Box Information
              • 3.4.2.2. Combo Box Information
              • 3.4.2.3. Drop List Box Information
              • 3.4.2.4. Group Box Information
              • 3.4.2.5. List Box Information
              • 3.4.2.6. Picture Information
              • 3.4.2.7. Picture Button Information
              • 3.4.2.8. Push Button Information
              • 3.4.2.9. Option Button Information
              • 3.4.2.10. Text Information
              • 3.4.2.11. Text Box Information
          • 3.5. Change the Position of an Item
          • 3.6. Change the Size of an Item
          • 3.7. Change Titles and Labels
          • 3.8. Assign Accelerator Keys
          • 3.9. Duplicate and Delete Controls
        • 4. Insert/Paste a Dialog Box Template Code into a Script
        • 5. Edit an Existing Dialog Box
          • 5. Edit an Existing Dialog Box
          • 5.1. Paste an Existing Dialog Box into the Dialog Editor
          • 5.2. Capture a Dialog Box from Another Application
        • 6. Test a Dialog Box
          • 6. Test a Dialog Box
          • 6.1. Check for Basic Dialog Box Editing Errors
          • 6.2. Run the Dialog Box Test
        • 7. Exit from the Dialog Editor
        • 8. Use a Custom Dialog Box in a Script
          • 8. Use a Custom Dialog Box in a Script
          • 8.1. Create a Dialog Record
          • 8.2. Enter Information into the Custom Dialog Box
          • 8.3. Display the Custom Dialog Box
          • 8.4. Retrieve Values from the Custom Dialog Box
        • 9. Use a Dynamic Dialog Box in a Script
          • 9. Use a Dynamic Dialog Box in a Script
          • 9.1. Sample Script for a Dynamic Dialog Box
          • 9.2. Make a Dialog Box Dynamic
      • Debug Scripts
        • Debug Scripts
        • 1. Fabricate Event Information
        • 2. Step through Scripts
        • 3. Use Breakpoints
        • 4. Perform Traces in Scripts
        • 5. Use a Watch Variable
          • 5. Use a Watch Variable
          • 5.1. Add a Watch Variable to the Program Editor's Watch Variable List
          • 5.2. Modify the Value of a Watch Variable
          • 5.3. Use Quick Watch
          • 5.4. Delete a Watch Variable
      • Run a Program
      • Error Messages
        • Error Messages
        • 1. Visual Basic Compatible Error Messages
        • 2. Basic Control Engine-Specific Error Messages
        • 3. Error Message List
    • Basic Control Engine Language Reference
      • Using the Basic Control Engine Language Reference
      • Basic Control Engine Language Reference
      • About the Basic Control Syntax
      • Language Elements by Category
        • Language Elements By Category
        • Arrays
        • Clipboard
        • Comments
        • Comparison Operators
        • Controlling other Programs
        • Controlling Program Flow
        • Controlling the Operating Environment
        • Conversion
        • Data Types
        • Database
        • Date/time
        • DDE
        • Error Handling
        • File I/O
        • File System
        • Financial
        • Getting information from Basic Control Engine
        • INI Files
        • Logical/binary Operators
        • Math
        • Miscellaneous
        • Numeric Operators
        • Objects
        • Parsing
        • Predefined Dialogs
        • Printing
        • Procedures
        • String Operators
        • Strings
        • User Dialogs
        • Variables and Constants
        • Variants
      • Symbols
        • Symbols
        • ' (keyword)
        • - (operator)
        • #Const (directive)
        • #If...Then...#Else (directive)
        • & (operator)
        • () (keyword)
        • * (operator)
        • . (keyword)
        • / (operator)
        • \\ (operator)
        • ^ (operator)
        • _ (keyword)
        • + (operator)
        • < (operator)
        • <= (operator)
        • <> (operator)
        • = (operator)
        • = (statement)
        • > (operator)
        • >= (operator)
      • A
        • A
        • Abs (function)
        • And (operator)
        • AnswerBox (function)
        • Any (data type)
        • AppActivate (statement)
        • AppClose (statement)
        • AppFind, AppFind$ (functions)
        • AppGetActive$ (function)
        • AppGetPosition (statement)
        • AppGetState (function)
        • AppHide (statement)
        • AppList (statement)
        • AppMaximize (statement)
        • AppMinimize (statement)
        • AppMove (statement)
        • AppRestore (statement)
        • AppSetState (statement)
        • AppShow (statement)
        • AppSize (statement)
        • AppType (function)
        • ArrayDims (function)
        • Arrays (topic)
        • ArraySort (statement)
        • Asc, AscB, AscW (functions)
        • AskBox, AskBox$ (functions)
        • AskPassword, AskPassword$ (functions)
        • Atn (function)
      • B
        • B
        • Basic.Architecture$ (property)
        • Basic.Capability (method)
        • Basic.CodePage (property)
        • Basic.Eoln$ (property)
        • Basic.FreeMemory (property)
        • Basic.HomeDir$ (property)
        • Basic.Locale$ (property)
        • Basic.OperatingSystem$
        • Basic.OperatingSystemVendor$
        • Basid.OperatingSystemVersion$
        • Basic.OS (property)
        • Basic.PathSeparator$ (property)
        • Basic.Processor$ (Property)
        • Basic.ProcessorCount$ (property)
        • Basic.Version$ (property)
        • Beep (statement)
        • Begin Dialog (statement)
        • Boolean (data type)
        • ByRef (keyword)
        • ByVal (keyword)
      • C
        • C
        • Call (statement)
        • CDbl (function)
        • CBool (function)
        • CCur (function)
        • CDate, CVDate (functions)
        • ChDir (statement)
        • ChDrive (statement)
        • CheckBox (statement)
        • Choose (function)
        • Chr, Chr$, ChrB, ChrB$, ChrW, ChrW$ (functions)
        • CInt (function)
        • CancelButton (statement)
        • Clipboard$ (function)
        • Clipboard$ (statement)
        • Clipboard.Clear (method)
        • CreateObject (function)
        • Clipboard.GetFormat (method)
        • Clipboard.GetText (method)
        • Clipboard.SetText (method)
        • CLng (function)
        • Close (statement)
        • ComboBox (statement)
        • Command, Command$ (functions)
        • Comparison Operators (topic)
        • Const (statement)
        • Constants (topic)
        • Cos (function)
        • CSng (function)
        • CStr (function)
        • CurDir, CurDir$ (functions)
        • Currency (data type)
        • CVar (function)
        • CVErr (function)
        • Comments (topic)
      • D
        • D
        • Date (data type)
        • Date, Date$ (functions)
        • Date, Date$ (statements)
        • DateAdd (function)
        • DateDiff (function)
        • DatePart (function)
        • DateSerial (function)
        • DateValue (function)
        • Day (function)
        • DDB (function)
        • DDEExecute (statement)
        • DDEInitiate (function)
        • DDEPoke (statement)
        • DDERequest, DDERequest$ (functions)
        • DDESend (statement)
        • DDETerminate (statement)
        • DDETerminateAll (statement)
        • DDETimeout (statement)
        • Declare (statement)
        • DefType (statement)
        • DeleteSetting (statement)
        • Dialog (function)
        • Dialog (statement)
        • Dim (statement)
        • Dir, Dir$ (functions)
        • DiskDrives (statement)
        • DiskFree (function)
        • DlgCaption (function)
        • DlgCaption (statement)
        • DlgControlId (function)
        • DlgEnable (function)
        • DlgEnable (statement)
        • DlgFocus (function)
        • DlgFocus (statement)
        • DlgListBoxArray (function)
        • DlgListBoxArray (statement)
        • DlgProc (function)
        • DlgSetPicture (statement)
        • DlgText (statement)
        • DlgText$ (function)
        • DlgValue (function)
        • DlgValue (statement)
        • DlgVisible (function)
        • DlgVisible (statement)
        • Do...Loop (statement)
        • DoEvents (function)
        • DoEvents (statement)
        • Double (data type)
        • DropListBox (statement)
      • E
        • E
        • ebAbort (constant)
        • ebAbortRetryIgnore (constant)
        • ebApplicationModal (constant)
        • ebArchive (constant)
        • ebBold (constant)
        • ebBoldItalic (constant)
        • ebBoolean (constant)
        • ebCancel (constant)
        • ebCritical (constant)
        • ebCurrency (constant)
        • ebDataObject (constant)
        • ebDate (constant)
        • ebDefaultButton1 (constant)
        • ebDefaultButton2 (constant)
        • ebDefaultButton3 (constant)
        • ebDirectory (constant)
        • ebDos (constant)
        • ebDouble (constant)
        • ebEmpty (constant)
        • ebError (constant)
        • ebExclamation (constant)
        • ebHidden (constant)
        • ebIgnore (constant)
        • ebInformation (constant)
        • ebInteger (constant)
        • ebItalic (constant)
        • ebLong (constant)
        • ebNo (constant)
        • ebNone (constant)
        • ebNormal (constant)
        • ebNull (constant)
        • ebObject (constant)
        • ebOK (constant)
        • ebOKCancel (constant)
        • ebOKOnly (constant)
        • ebQuestion (constant)
        • ebReadOnly (constant)
        • ebRegular (constant)
        • ebRetry (constant)
        • ebRetryCancel (constant)
        • ebSingle (constant)
        • ebString (constant)
        • ebSystem (constant)
        • ebSystemModal (constant)
        • ebVariant (constant)
        • ebVolume (constant)
        • ebYes (constant)
        • ebYesNo (constant)
        • ebYesNoCancel (constant)
        • Empty (constant)
        • End (statement)
        • End Dialog (statement)
        • Environ, Environ$ (functions)
        • EOF (function)
        • Eqv (operator)
        • Erase (statement)
        • Erl (function)
        • Err (function)
        • Err (statement)
        • Error, Error$ (functions)
        • Error (statement)
        • Error Handling (topic)
        • Err.Clear (method)
        • Err.Description (property)
        • Err.HelpContext (property)
        • Err.HelpFile (property)
        • Err.LastDLLError (property)
        • Err.Number (property)
        • Err.Raise (method)
        • Err.Source (property)
        • Exit Do (statement)
        • Exit For (statement)
        • Exit Function (statement)
        • Exit Sub (statement)
        • Exp (function)
        • Expression Evaluation (topic)
      • F
        • F
        • False (constant)
        • FileAttr (function)
        • FileCopy (statement)
        • FileDateTime (function)
        • FileDirs (statement)
        • FileExists (function)
        • FileLen (function)
        • FileList (statement)
        • FileParse$ (function)
        • Fix (function)
        • For Each...Next (statement)
        • For...Next (statement)
        • Format, Format$ (functions)
        • FreeFile (function)
        • Function...End Function (statement)
        • Fv (function)
      • G
        • G
        • Get (statement)
        • GetAllSettings (function)
        • GetAttr (function)
        • GetObject (function)
        • GetSetting (function)
        • Global (statement)
        • GoSub (statement)
        • Goto (statement)
        • GroupBox (statement)
      • H
        • H
        • HelpButton (statement)
        • Hex, Hex$ (functions)
        • HLine (statement)
        • Hour (function)
        • HPage (statement)
        • HScroll (statement)
        • HWND (object)
        • HWND.Value (property)
      • I
        • I
        • If...Then...Else (statement)
        • IIf (function)
        • IMEStatus (function)
        • Imp (operator)
        • Inline (statement)
        • Input# (statement)
        • Input, Input$, InputB, InputB$ (functions)
        • InputBox, InputBox$ (functions)
        • InStr, InStrB (functions)
        • Int (function)
        • Integer (data type)
        • IPmt (function)
        • IRR (function)
        • Is (operator)
        • IsDate (function)
        • IsEmpty (function)
        • IsError (function)
        • IsMissing (function)
        • IsNull (function)
        • IsNumeric (function)
        • IsObject (function)
        • Item$ (function)
        • ItemCount (function)
      • K
        • K
        • Keywords (topic)
        • Kill (statement)
      • L
        • L
        • LBound (function)
        • LCase, LCase$ (functions)
        • Left, Left$, LeftB, LeftB$ (functions)
        • Len (function)
        • Let (statement)
        • Like (operator)
        • Line Input# (statement)
        • Line$ (function)
        • LineCount (function)
        • Line Numbers (topic)
        • ListBox (statement)
        • Literals (topic)
        • Loc (function)
        • Lock (statement)
        • Lof (function)
        • Log (function)
        • Long (data type)
        • LSet (statement)
        • LTrim, LTrim$ (functions)
      • M
        • M
        • Main (statement)
        • MCI (function)
        • Mid, Mid$, MidB, MidB$ (functions)
        • Mid, Mid$, MidB, MidB$ (statements)
        • Minute (function)
        • MIRR (function)
        • MkDir (statement)
        • Mod (operator)
        • Month (function)
        • Msg.Close (method)
        • Msg.Open (method)
        • Msg.Text (property)
        • Msg.Thermometer (property)
        • MsgBox (function)
        • MsgBox (statement)
      • N
        • N
        • Name (statement)
        • Named Parameters (topic)
        • Net.AddCon (method)
        • Net.Browse$ (method)
        • Net.CancelCon (method)
        • Net.GetCaps (method)
        • Net.GetCon$ (method)
        • Net.User$ (property)
        • New (keyword)
        • Not (operator)
        • Nothing (constant)
        • Now (function)
        • NPer (function)
        • Npv (function)
        • Null (constant)
      • O
        • O
        • Object (data type)
        • Objects (topic)
        • Oct, Oct$ (functions)
        • OKButton (statement)
        • On Error (statement)
        • Open (statement)
        • Option Default (statement)
        • Option Explicit (statement)
        • OpenFilename$ (function)
        • Operator Precedence (topic)
        • Operator Precision (topic)
        • Option Base (statement)
        • Option Compare (statement)
        • Option CStrings (statement)
        • OptionButton (statement)
        • OptionGroup (statement)
        • Or (operator)
      • P
        • P
        • Pi (constant)
        • Picture (statement)
        • PictureButton (statement)
        • Pmt (function)
        • PopupMenu (function)
        • PPmt (function)
        • Print (statement)
        • Print# (statement)
        • Private (statement)
        • Public (statement)
        • PushButton (statement)
        • Put (statement)
        • Pv (function)
      • Q
        • QueEmpty (statement)
      • R
        • R
        • Random (function)
        • Randomize (statement)
        • Rate (function)
        • RCPDownload (statement)
        • RCPDownloadEx (function)
        • RCPGroupExport (statement)
        • RCPGroupExportEx (function)
        • RCPGroupImport (statement)
        • RCPGroupImportEx (function)
        • RCPUpload (statement)
        • RCPUploadEx (function)
        • ReadIni$ (function)
        • ReadIniSection (statement)
        • Redim (statement)
        • Rem (statement)
        • Reset (statement)
        • Resume (statement)
        • Return (statement)
        • Right, Right$, RightB, RightB$ (functions)
        • RmDir (statement)
        • Rnd (function)
        • RSet (statement)
        • RTrim, RTrim$ (functions)
      • S
        • S
        • SaveFilename$ (function)
        • SaveSetting (statement)
        • Screen.DlgBaseUnitsX (property)
        • Screen.DlgBaseUnitsY (property)
        • Screen.Height (property)
        • Screen.TwipsPerPixelX (property)
        • Screen.TwipsPerPixelY (property)
        • Screen.Width (property)
        • Second (function)
        • Seek (function)
        • Seek (statement)
        • Select...Case (statement)
        • SelectBox (function)
        • SendKeys (statement)
        • Set (statement)
        • SetAttr (statement)
        • Sgn (function)
        • Shell (function)
        • Sin (function)
        • Single (data type)
        • Sleep (statement)
        • Sln (function)
        • Space, Space$ (functions)
        • Spc (function)
        • SQLBind (function)
        • SQLClose (function)
        • SQLError (function)
        • SQLExecQuery (function)
        • SQLGetSchema (function)
        • SQLOpen (function)
        • SQLQueryTimeout (statement)
        • SQLRequest (function)
        • SQLRetrieve (function)
        • SQLRetrieveToFile (function)
        • Sqr (function)
        • Stop (statement)
        • Str, Str$ (functions)
        • StrComp (function)
        • StrConv (function)
        • String (data type)
        • String, String$ (functions)
        • Sub...End Sub (statement)
        • Switch (function)
        • SYD (function)
        • System.Exit (method)
        • System.FreeMemory (property)
        • System.FreeResources (property)
        • System.MouseTrails (method)
        • System.Restart (method)
        • System.TotalMemory (property)
        • System.WindowsDirectory$ (property)
        • System.WindowsVersion$ (property)
      • T
        • T
        • Tab (function)
        • Tan (function)
        • Text (statement)
        • TextBox (statement)
        • Time, Time$ (functions)
        • Time, Time$ (statements)
        • Timer (function)
        • TimeSerial (function)
        • TimeValue (function)
        • Trim, Trim$, LTrim, LTrim$, RTrim, RTrim$ (functions)
        • True (constant)
        • Type (statement)
        • TypeOf (function)
        • TypeName (function)
      • U
        • U
        • UBound (function)
        • UCase, UCase$ (functions)
        • Unlock (statement)
        • User-Defined Types (topic)
      • V
        • V
        • Val (function)
        • Variant (data type)
        • VarType (function)
        • Viewport.Clear (method)
        • Viewport.Close (method)
        • Viewport.Open (method)
        • VLine (statement)
        • VPage (statement)
        • VScroll (statement)
      • W
        • W
        • Weekday (function)
        • While...Wend (statement)
        • Width# (statement)
        • WinActivate (statement)
        • WinClose (statement)
        • WinFind (function)
        • WinList (statement)
        • WinMaximize (statement)
        • WinMinimize (statement)
        • WinMove (statement)
        • WinRestore (statement)
        • WinSize (statement)
        • Word$ (function)
        • WordCount (function)
        • Write# (statement)
        • WriteIni (statement)
      • X
        • X or (operator)
      • Y
        • Year (function)
      • CIMPLICITY Extensions to Basic
        • CIMPLICITY Extensions to Basic
        • Acquire (Function)
        • Acquire, Release (statements)
        • AlarmGenerate (method)
        • AlarmUpdate (method)
        • ChangePassword (method)
        • CimEMAlarmEvent.AlarmID (property, read)
        • CimEMAlarmEvent.FinalState (property, read)
        • CimEMAlarmEvent.GenTime (property, read)
        • CimEMAlarmEvent.Message (property, read)
        • CimEMAlarmEvent (object)
        • CimEMAlarmEvent.PrevState (property, read)
        • CimEMAlarmEvent.RefID (property, read)
        • CimEMAlarmEvent.ReqAction (property, read)
        • CimEMAlarmEvent.ResourceID (property, read)
        • CimEMEvent.ActionID (property, read)
        • CimEMEvent.AlarmEvent (function)
        • CimEMEvent.EventID (property, read)
        • CimEMEvent (object)
        • CimEMEvent.ObjectID (property, read)
        • CimEMEvent.PointEvent
        • CimEMEvent.TimeStamp (property, read)
        • CimEMEvent.Type (property, read)
        • CimEMPointEvent.Id
        • CimEMPointEvent (object)
        • CimEmPointEvent.Quality (property, read)
        • CimEmPointEvent.QualityAlarmed (property, read)
        • CimEmPointEvent.QualityAlarms_Enabled (property, read)
        • CimEmPointEvent.QualityDisable_Write (property, read)
        • CimEmPointEvent.QualityIs_Available (property, read)
        • CimEmPointEvent.QualityIs_In_Range (property, read)
        • CimEmPointEvent.QualityLast_Upd_Man (property, read)
        • CimEmPointEvent.QualityManual_Mode (property, read)
        • CimEmPointEvent.QualityStale_Data (property, read)
        • CimEMPointEvent.State (property, read)
        • CimEMPointEvent.TimeStamp (property, read)
        • CimEmPointEvent.UserFlags (property, read}
        • CimEMPointEvent.Value (property, read)
        • CimGetEMEvent (function)
        • CimIsMaster (function)
        • CimLogin (procedure)
        • CimLogout (procedure)
        • CimProjectData.Attributes (property, read/write)
        • CimProjectData.Filters (property, read/write)
        • CimProjectData.GetNext (function)
        • CimProjectData.Entity (property, read/write)
        • CimProjectData (object)
        • CimProjectData.Project (property, read/write)
        • CimProjectData.Reset (method)
        • CimRemoveUnusedPoints (method)
        • GetKey (function)
        • GetSystemWindowsDirectory (function)
        • GetTSSessionId (function)
        • IsTerminalServices (function)
        • LogStatus (property, read/write)
        • Point.AlarmAck (property, read)
        • Point.Cancel (method)
        • Point.DataType (property, read)
        • Point.DisplayFormat (property, read)
        • Point.DownloadPassword (property, read)
        • Point.Elements (property, read)
        • Point.EnableAlarm (method)
        • Point.Enabled (property, read)
        • Point.EuLabel (property, read)
        • Point.Get (method)
        • Point.GetArray (method)
        • Point.GetNext (function)
        • Point.GetNext (method)
        • Point.GetRawArray (method)
        • Point.GetValue (property, read)
        • Point.HasEuConv (property, read)
        • Point.Id (property, read/write)
        • Point.InUserView (property, read)
        • Point.Length (property, read)
        • Point (object)
        • Point.OnAlarm (method)
        • Point.OnAlarmAck (method)
        • Point.OnChange (method)
        • Point.OnTimed (method)
        • Point.PointTypeId (property, read)
        • Point.Quality (property, read)
        • Point.QualityAlarmed (property, read)
        • Point.QualityAlarms_Enabled (property, read)
        • Point.QualityDisable_Write (property, read)
        • Point.QualityIs_Available (property, read)
        • Point.QualityIs_In_Range (property, read)
        • Point.QualityLast_Upd_Man (property, read)
        • Point.QualityManual_Mode (property, read)
        • Point.QualityStale_Data (property, read)
        • Point.RawValue (property, read/write)
        • Point.ReadOnly (property, read)
        • Point.Set (method)
        • Point.SetArray (method)
        • Point.SetElement (method)
        • Point.SetpointPriv (property, read)
        • Point.SetRawArray (method)
        • Point.SetValue (property, write)
        • Point.State (property, read)
        • Point (subject)
        • Point.TimeStamp (property, read)
        • Point.UserFlags (property, read)
        • Point.Value (property, read/write)
        • PointGet (function)
        • PointGetMultiple (function)
        • PointGetNext (function)
        • PointSet (statement)
        • Trace (command)
        • TraceEnable/TraceDisable (command)
    • Basic Control Engine User Interface
      • About the BCEUI
      • Open the BCEUI Window
      • BCEUI Menus
        • BCEUI Menus
        • BCEUI File Menu
        • BCEUI Events Menu
        • BCEUI Scripts Menu
        • BCEUI View Menu
        • BCEUI Help Menu
        • BCEUI Window Pop-up Menu
        • BCEUI Toolbar
        • BCEUI Shortcut Keys
      • Use the BCEUI Viewer
        • Use the BCEUI Viewer
        • 1. Select Events in the Browser
        • 2. Toggle the Auto Browse
        • 3. Connect to a Project
        • 4. Select Events
        • 5. Use the Event List
        • 6. Set the Maximum Number of Completed Actions
        • 7. Add Events to the View
        • 8. Remove Events from the View
        • 9. Trigger Events
      • Control Scripts
        • Control Scripts
        • Pause Scripts
        • Resume Scripts
        • Stop Scripts
    • Event Editor
      • About the Event Editor
      • Use the Event Editor
        • Use the Event Editor
        • Step 1. Open the Event Editor
        • Step 2. Review Event Editor Features
          • Step 2. Review Event Editor Features
          • Option 2.1. Event Editor Menus
          • Option 2.2. Event Editor Toolbar
          • Option 2.3. Event Editor Shortcut Keys
        • Step 3. Configure an Event
          • Step 3. Configure an Event
          • Step 3.1. Create an Event
            • Step 3.1. Create an Event
            • Alarm Acknowledged Events
            • Alarm Deleted Events
            • Alarm Generated Events
            • Alarm Reset Events
            • Point Change Events
            • Point Equals Events
            • Point Transition High Events
            • Point Transition Low Events
            • Point Unavailable Events
            • Point Update Events
            • Run Once
            • Timed Events
          • Step 3.2. Enter Advanced Event Specifications
        • Step 4. Create an Action
          • Step 4. Create an Action
          • Alarm Look-Up Actions
          • Log Only Actions
          • Point Alarm Acknowledge Actions
          • Point Alarm Disable Actions
          • Point Alarm Enable Actions
          • Recipe Upload/Download
          • Run Script Actions
          • Set Point Actions
          • Source Transition Set Actions
          • Transition Set Actions
        • Step 5. Associate Actions with an Event
        • Step 6. Work with Existing Events and Actions
          • Step 6. Work with Existing Events and Actions
          • Option 6.1. Modify an Event
          • Option 6.2. Modify an Action
          • Option 6.3. Copy an Event
          • Option 6.4. Copy an Action
          • Option 6.5. Filter Alarms and Events
          • Option 6.6. Select Event Display Fields
          • Option 6.7. Select Action Display Fields
          • Option 6.8. Search for an Event
          • Option 6.9. Search for an Action
      • Optimize Event Editor Performance
    • Action Calendar
      • About the Action Calendar
      • Planning for the Action Calendar
        • What the Action Calendar Does
        • When to use Other CIMPLICITY Tools
        • Action Calendar Interface Overview
          • Action Calendar Areas in a Facility
          • Projected Schedules for the Action Calendar
        • About the Action Calendar Scheduler
        • Action Calendar Planning Configuration
          • Action Calendar Planning Configuration
          • Setting up Areas
            • Setting up Areas
            • Definition of Areas to Group Action Calendar Events
            • Definition of Events Scheduled for Action Calendar Areas
          • Setting up Day Types with Assigned Days
            • Setting up Day Types with Assigned Days
            • Example of Assigning Days of the Week to Day Types
          • Making One Time Adjustments to Schedules
            • Making One Time Adjustments to Schedules
            • Day Type Overrides Definition
            • Event Overrides Definition
          • Expediting Schedule Adjustment through Offset Events
        • Production Shifts and Days
          • Production Shifts and Days
          • Changing Production Shift Parameters
          • Modifying Production Days
        • Configuration Changes Incorporated into the System
        • Sample Factory Configuration Example
          • Sample Factory Configuration Example
          • Sample Factory Production Day Schedule
          • Sample Factory Point Configuration
          • Sample Factory Area Configuration
          • Sample Factory Event Configuration
          • Sample Factory Assembly Event Configuration
          • Sample Factory Offset Event Configuration
          • Sample Factory Day Type Configuration
          • Sample Factory Schedule Configuration
          • Sample Factory Day of the Week Assignments
      • Configuring the Action Calendar
        • Action Calendar at a Glance
        • Action Calendar Data Entry Overview
        • Factory Action Calendar Schedule Example
        • Area Configuration
          • Area Configuration
          • Add New Areas
          • Edit Areas
          • Delete Areas
        • Day Type Legend
          • Day Type Legend
          • Creating New Day Types
          • Editing Day Types
            • Editing Day Types
            • Procedure to Change Day Type Color
            • Procedure to Edit Day Type Properties
          • Copy Day Types
          • Delete Day Types
          • Assign Days of the Week to Day Types
        • Event Configuration
          • Event Configuration
          • Create New Events
          • Modify Existing Events
          • View Events
          • Configure Offset Events
          • Create Offset Events
        • Schedules
          • Schedules
          • Adjust the Schedule View
          • Add/Modify/Delete a Scheduled Event in Day Type Mode
          • Configuring Schedule Overrides
            • Configure Schedule Overrides
            • Day Type Overrides
              • Day Type Overrides
              • Add a Day Type Override
              • Remove a Day Type Override
              • View Day Type Overrides
              • Edit a Day Type Override
              • Delete a Day Type Override
            • Event Overrides
              • Event Overrides
              • Add a Scheduled Event Override
              • Reschedule or skip an Event
              • Remove a Skip or Reschedule Override
              • View Event Overrides for a Specific Date
              • View all Event Overrides Viewed
              • Edit Event Overrides
              • Delete Event Overrides
        • Security
          • Security
          • Role Base Privileges
        • Procedure to set the Day Start Time
        • Command Line Parameters
  • Object Model
    • CIMPLICITY HMI Configuration Object Model
      • Object Hierarchy
      • Objects
        • CimAction (object)
          • CimAction.AlarmID (property)
          • CimAction.ID (property)
          • CimAction.ParameterFile (property)
          • CimAction.PointID (property)
          • CimAction.PointValue (property)
          • CimAction.ResourceID (property)
          • CimAction.ScriptName (property)
          • CimAction.SourcePointID (property)
          • CimAction.Type (property)
        • CimActionList (object)
          • CimActionList.Add (method)
          • CimActionList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimActionList.Delete (method)
          • CimActionList.Item (read-only property)
          • CimActionList.Modify (method)
        • CimAlarm (object)
          • CimAlarm.AckTimeout (property)
          • CimAlarm.AlarmClass (property)
          • CimAlarm.AlarmDescription (property)
          • CimAlarm.AlarmID (property)
          • CimAlarm.AlarmMessage (property)
          • CimAlarm.AlarmTypeID (property)
          • CimAlarm.DeleteOpt (property)
          • CimAlarm.HelpFileName (property)
          • CimAlarm.LogOpt (property)
          • CimAlarm.MaxStacked (property)
          • CimAlarm.RepeatTimeout (property)
          • CimAlarm.ResetAllowed (property)
          • CimAlarm.ResetTimeout (property)
          • CimAlarm.Routing (read-only property)
          • CimAlarm.Save (method)
          • CimAlarm.Severity (property)
        • CimAlarmClass (object)
          • CimAlarmClass.AckHiBGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AckHiBlinkBGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AckHiBlinkFGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AckHiBlinkRate (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AckHiFGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AckHiHiBGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AckHiHiBlinkBGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AckHiHiBlinkFGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AckHiHiBlinkRate (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AckHiHiFGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AckLoBGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AckLoBlinkBGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AckLoBlinkFGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AckLoBlinkRate (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AckLoFGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AckLoLoBGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AckLoLoBlinkBGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AckLoLoBlinkFGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AckLoLoBlinkRate (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AckLoLoFGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmHiBGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmHiBeepDelay (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmHiBeepDuration (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmHiBeepFreq (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmHiBeepNumber (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmHiBlinkBGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmHiBlinkFGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmHiBlinkRate (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmHiFGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmHiHiBGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmHiHiBeepDelay (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmHiHiBeepDuration (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmHiHiBeepFreq (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmHiHiBeepNumber (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmHiHiBlinkBGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmHiHiBlinkFGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmHiHiBlinkRate (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmHiHiFGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmHiHiWaveFile (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmHiWaveFile (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmLoBGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmLoBeepDelay (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmLoBeepDuration (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmLoBeepFreq (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmLoBeepNumber (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmLoBlinkBGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmLoBlinkFGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmLoBlinkRate (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmLoFGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmLoLoBGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmLoLoBeepDelay (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmLoLoBeepDuration (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmLoLoBeepFreq (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmLoLoBeepNumber (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmLoLoBlinkBGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmLoLoBlinkFGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmLoLoBlinkRate (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmLoLoFGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmLoLoWaveFile (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.AlarmLoWaveFile (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.ClassID (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.InvalidBGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.InvalidBlinkBGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.InvalidBlinkFGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.InvalidBlinkRate (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.InvalidFGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.NormalBGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.NormalBlinkBGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.NormalBlinkFGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.NormalBlinkRate (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.NormalFGColor (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.Order (property)
          • CimAlarmClass.Save (method)
          • CimAlarmClass.Title (property)
        • CimAlarmClassList (object)
          • CimAlarmClassList.Add (method)
          • CimAlarmClassList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimAlarmClassList.Item (read-only property)
          • CimAlarmClassList.Remove (method)
        • CimAlarmRoutingList (object)
          • CimAlarmRoutingList.Add (method)
          • CimAlarmRoutingList.AddAll (method)
          • CimAlarmRoutingList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimAlarmRoutingList.Item (read-only property)
          • CimAlarmRoutingList.Remove (method)
          • CimAlarmRoutingList.RemoveAll (method)
        • CimAttribute (object)
          • CimAttribute.DefaultValue (read-only property)
          • CimAttribute.ID (read-only property)
          • CimAttribute.Value (property)
        • CimAttributeList (object)
          • CimAttributeList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimAttributeList.Delete (method)
          • CimAttributeList.Item (read-only property)
          • CimAttributeList.Set (method)
        • CimBrowse (object)
          • CimBrowse.BrowseEntity (method)
          • CimBrowse.ClearBrowserFlags (method)
          • CimBrowse.Entity (property)
          • CimBrowse.Filter (property)
          • CimBrowse.SetBrowserProperty (method)
        • CimClassActionList (object)
          • CimClassActionList.Add (method)
          • CimClassActionList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimClassActionList.Delete (method)
          • CimClassActionList.Item (read-only property)
        • CimClassAttribute (object)
          • CimClassAttribute.BrowserType (property)
          • CimClassAttribute.HelpString (property)
          • CimClassAttribute.ID (read-only property)
          • CimClassAttribute.InstantiationType (property)
          • CimClassAttribute.Order (property)
          • CimClassAttribute.Prompt (property)
          • CimClassAttribute.PropertyPage (property)
          • CimClassAttribute.Reference (property)
          • CimClassAttribute.Type (property)
          • CimClassAttribute.Value (property)
        • CimClassAttributeList (object)
          • CimClassAttributeList.Add (method)
          • CimClassAttributeList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimClassAttributeList.Delete (method)
          • CimClassAttributeList.Item (read-only property)
        • CimClassDataItemExpression (object)
          • CimClassDataItemExpression.FirstOperandNum (property)
          • CimClassDataItemExpression.FirstOperandString (property)
          • CimClassDataItemExpression.ID (read-only property)
          • CimClassDataItemExpression.Operator (property)
          • CimClassDataItemExpression.SecondOperandNum (property)
          • CimClassDataItemExpression.SecondOperandString (property)
        • CimClassDataItemExpressionList (object)
          • CimClassDataItemExpressionList.Add (method)
          • CimClassDataItemExpressionList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimClassDataItemExpressionList.Delete (method)
          • CimClassDataItemExpressionList.Item (read-only property)
        • CimClassDataItemList (object)
          • CimClassDataItemList.Add (method)
          • CimClassDataItemList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimClassDataItemList.Delete (method)
          • CimClassDataItemList.Item (read-only property)
        • CimClassEventActionList (object)
          • CimClassEventActionList.Add (method)
          • CimClassEventActionList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimClassEventActionList.Delete (method)
          • CimClassEventActionList.Item (read-only property)
        • CimClassEventList (object)
          • CimClassEventList.Add (method)
          • CimClassEventList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimClassEventList.Delete (method)
          • CimClassEventList.Item (read-only property)
        • CimClassInstance (object)
          • CimClassInstance.Actions (read-only property)
          • CimClassInstance.AttributeDataType (method)
          • CimClassInstance.Attributes (read-only property)
          • CimClassInstance.DataItems (read-only property)
          • CimClassInstance.DefaultGraphic (property)
          • CimClassInstance.Description (property)
          • CimClassInstance.Events (read-only property)
          • CimClassInstance.GraphicsFile (property)
          • CimClassInstance.HelpFile (property)
          • CimClassInstance.ID (property)
          • CimClassInstance.Protect (method)
          • CimClassInstance.Scripts (read-only property)
        • CimClassList (object)
          • CimClassList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimClassList.Item (read-only property)
          • CimClassList.Save (method)
        • CimClassScript (object)
          • CimClassScript.ID (read-only property)
          • CimClassScript.LoadFromFile (method)
          • CimClassScript.RuntimeScript (read-only property)
          • CimClassScript.Text (property)
        • CimClassScriptList (object)
          • CimClassScriptList.Add (method)
          • CimClassScriptList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimClassScriptList.Delete (method)
          • CimClassScriptList.Item (read-only property)
        • CimDataItem (object)
          • CimDataItem.ID (read-only property)
          • CimDataItem.IsJIT (read-only property)
          • CimDataItem.PointID (read-only property)
        • CimDataItemList (object)
          • CimDataItemList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimDataItemList.Item (read-only property)
        • CimDatabase (object)
          • CimDatabase.AddDefaultLogging (method)
          • CimDatabase.AlarmLoggingPassword (property)
          • CimDatabase.AlarmLoggingSource (property)
          • CimDatabase.AlarmLoggingStoreForward (property)
          • CimDatabase.AlarmLoggingUser (property)
          • CimDatabase.AlarmLoggingWait (property)
          • CimDatabase.ClockAdjustmentMonitorRate (property)
          • CimDatabase.CreateTable (method)
          • CimDatabase.DatabaseQueueSize (property)
          • CimDatabase.DeleteTable (method)
          • CimDatabase.DisableTimeStampFilter (method)
          • CimDatabase.DiskFullScanRate (property)
          • CimDatabase.GetTable (method)
          • CimDatabase.GetTimeStampFilter (method)
          • CimDatabase.MaintActExportPath (property)
          • CimDatabase.MeasurementSystemsEnabled (property)
          • CimDatabase.PointLogScanRate (property)
          • CimDatabase.PointLoggingPassword (property)
          • CimDatabase.PointLoggingSource (property)
          • CimDatabase.PointLoggingStoreForward (property)
          • CimDatabase.PointLoggingUser (property)
          • CimDatabase.PointLoggingWait (property)
          • CimDatabase.RemoveDefaultLogging (method)
          • CimDatabase.SetTimeStampFilter (method)
          • CimDatabase.Tables (read-only property)
        • CimDerivedPoint (object)
          • CimDerivedPoint.CalculationType (property)
          • CimDerivedPoint.InitState (property)
          • CimDerivedPoint.InitValue (property)
          • CimDerivedPoint.Local (property)
          • CimDerivedPoint.PointExpression (property)
          • CimDerivedPoint.PointSetInterval (property)
          • CimDerivedPoint.PointSetTime (property)
          • CimDerivedPoint.ProcessID (property)
          • CimDerivedPoint.ResetPointID (property)
          • CimDerivedPoint.RolloverVal (property)
          • CimDerivedPoint.VarianceValue (property)
        • CimDevice (object)
          • CimDevice.Address (property)
          • CimDevice.CPUId (property)
          • CimDevice.Description (property)
          • CimDevice.Enable (property)
          • CimDevice.ID (read-only property)
          • CimDevice.Model (property)
          • CimDevice.Points (read-only property)
          • CimDevice.ProcessID (read-only property)
          • CimDevice.ProtocolObject (property)
          • CimDevice.ResourceID (property)
        • CimDeviceList (object)
          • CimDeviceList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimDeviceList.Delete (method)
          • CimDeviceList.Item (read-only property)
          • CimDeviceList.New (method)
          • CimDeviceList.Save (method)
        • CimDevicePoint (object)
          • CimDevicePoint.Address (property)
          • CimDevicePoint.AddressOffset (property)
          • CimDevicePoint.AddressType (property)
          • CimDevicePoint.AnalogDeadband (property)
          • CimDevicePoint.DelayLoad (property)
          • CimDevicePoint.DeviceID (property)
          • CimDevicePoint.JustInTime (property)
          • CimDevicePoint.PollAfterSetpoint (property)
          • CimDevicePoint.ScanRate (property)
          • CimDevicePoint.TriggerType (property)
          • CimDevicePoint.TriggerValue (property)
          • CimDevicePoint.UpdateCriteria (property)
        • CimEngineeringUnits (object)
          • CimEngineeringUnits.EuExpression (property)
          • CimEngineeringUnits.EuLabel (property)
          • CimEngineeringUnits.EuRevExp (property)
          • CimEngineeringUnits.HighConvValue (property)
          • CimEngineeringUnits.HighRawValue (property)
          • CimEngineeringUnits.LinearConversion (property)
          • CimEngineeringUnits.LowConvValue (property)
          • CimEngineeringUnits.LowRawValue (property)
        • CimEvent (object)
          • CimEvent.Actions (read-only property)
          • CimEvent.AlarmID (property)
          • CimEvent.AlarmOnOverflow (property)
          • CimEvent.ArrayIndex (property)
          • CimEvent.ClassID (property)
          • CimEvent.Enabled (property)
          • CimEvent.EventExecution (property)
          • CimEvent.EventTime (property)
          • CimEvent.ID (property)
          • CimEvent.LogErrorOnOverFlow (property)
          • CimEvent.MaxQueueSize (property)
          • CimEvent.PointID (property)
          • CimEvent.PointValue (property)
          • CimEvent.ResourceID (property)
          • CimEvent.TimeInterval (property)
          • CimEvent.Type (property)
        • CimEventAction (object)
          • CimEventAction.ActionID (property)
          • CimEventAction.ActionOrder (property)
          • CimEventAction.EventID (property)
          • CimEventAction.LogFlag (property)
        • CimEventActionList (object)
          • CimEventActionList.Add (method)
          • CimEventActionList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimEventActionList.Delete (method)
          • CimEventActionList.Item (method)
          • CimEventActionList.Modify (method)
        • CimEventList (object)
          • CimEventList.Add (method)
          • CimEventList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimEventList.Delete (method)
          • CimEventList.Item (read-only property)
          • CimEventList.Modify (method)
        • CimGlobalParm (object)
          • CimGlobalParm.ID (property)
          • CimGlobalParm.Value (property)
        • CimGlobalParmList (object)
          • CimGlobalParmList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimGlobalParmList.Delete (method)
          • CimGlobalParmList.Item (read-only property)
          • CimGlobalParmList.New (method)
          • CimGlobalParmList.Save (method)
        • CimMeasurementAssociation (object)
          • CimMeasurementAssociation.DisplayFormat (property)
          • CimMeasurementAssociation.EquivalentUnitID (property)
          • CimMeasurementAssociation.ForwardExpression (property)
          • CimMeasurementAssociation.ReverseExpression (property)
          • CimMeasurementAssociation.SystemID (read-only property)
          • CimMeasurementAssociation.UnitID (read-only property)
        • CimMeasurementAssociationList (object)
          • CimMeasurementAssociationList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimMeasurementAssociationList.Item (read-only property)
        • CimMeasurementManager (object)
          • CimMeasurementManager.Save (method)
          • CimMeasurementManager.Systems (read-only property)
          • CimMeasurementManager.Units (read-only property)
        • CimMeasurementSystem (object)
          • CimMeasurementSystem.Description (property)
          • CimMeasurementSystem.DisplayLabel (property)
          • CimMeasurementSystem.IsActive (read-only property)
          • CimMeasurementSystem.SystemID (property)
        • CimMeasurementSystemList (object)
          • CimMeasurementSystemList.Add (method)
          • CimMeasurementSystemList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimMeasurementSystemList.Item (read-only property)
          • CimMeasurementSystemList.Remove (method)
        • CimMeasurementUnit (object)
          • CimMeasurementUnit.Description (property)
          • CimMeasurementUnit.DisplayLabel (property)
          • CimMeasurementUnit.SystemAssociations (read-only property)
          • CimMeasurementUnit.UnitID (property)
        • CimMeasurementUnitList (object)
          • CimMeasurementUnitList.Add (method)
          • CimMeasurementUnitList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimMeasurementUnitList.Item (read-only property)
          • CimMeasurementUnitList.Remove (method)
        • CimObjectInstance (object)
          • CimObjectInstance.Attributes (read-only property)
          • CimObjectInstance.ClassID (property)
          • CimObjectInstance.DataItems (read-only property)
          • CimObjectInstance.Description (property)
          • CimObjectInstance.ID (property)
          • CimObjectInstance.Routing (read-only property)
          • CimObjectInstance.XML (property)
        • CimObjectList (object)
          • CimObjectList.ClassID (property)
          • CimObjectList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimObjectList.Delete (method)
          • CimObjectList.Item (read-only property)
          • CimObjectList.Save (method)
        • CimPoint (object)
          • CimPoint.AttributeSet (property)
          • CimPoint.DataLen (read-only property)
          • CimPoint.DataType (read-only property)
          • CimPoint.Deadband (property)
          • CimPoint.DerivedPoint (property)
          • CimPoint.Description (property)
          • CimPoint.DevicePoint (property)
          • CimPoint.DisplayFormat (property)
          • CimPoint.DisplayLimitHigh (property)
          • CimPoint.DisplayLimitLow (property)
          • CimPoint.Elements (property)
          • CimPoint.EngineeringUnits (property)
          • CimPoint.EnterprisePoint (property)
          • CimPoint.EnumerationID (property)
          • CimPoint.EuExists (property)
          • CimPoint.Expressions (property)
          • CimPoint.Extra (property)
          • CimPoint.InvertAvailabilityTrigger (property)
          • CimPoint.Level (property)
          • CimPoint.LogData (property)
          • CimPoint.MeasurementUnitID (property)
          • CimPoint.PointAlarm (read-only property)
          • CimPoint.PointID (property)
          • CimPoint.PointState (property)
          • CimPoint.PointTypeID (property)
          • CimPoint.RangeLimitHigh (property)
          • CimPoint.RangeLimitLow (property)
          • CimPoint.ReadOnly (property)
          • CimPoint.ResourceID (property)
          • CimPoint.SafetyPointID (property)
          • CimPoint.ScreenID (property)
          • CimPoint.SetpointLimitHigh (property)
          • CimPoint.SetpointLimitLow (property)
          • CimPoint.TrendBuffering (property)
          • CimPoint.TriggerCheckPointID (property)
          • CimPoint.TriggerPointID (property)
          • CimPoint.Type (property)
        • CimPointAlarm (object)
          • CimPointAlarm.Alarm (read-only property)
          • CimPointAlarm.AlarmConfigured (property)
          • CimPointAlarm.AlarmCriteria (property)
          • CimPointAlarm.AlarmDelay (property)
          • CimPointAlarm.AlarmHigh (property)
          • CimPointAlarm.AlarmLow (property)
          • CimPointAlarm.AlarmMessage (property)
          • CimPointAlarm.AlarmStrID (property)
          • CimPointAlarm.AlarmValueUpdate (property)
          • CimPointAlarm.DeviationPtID (property)
          • CimPointAlarm.TimeInterval (property)
          • CimPointAlarm.TimeUnit (property)
          • CimPointAlarm.WarningHigh (property)
          • CimPointAlarm.WarningLow (property)
        • CimPointEnum (object)
          • CimPointEnum.Description (property)
          • CimPointEnum.EnumID (property)
          • CimPointEnum.Fields (read-only property)
          • CimPointEnum.Save (method)
        • CimPointEnumField (object)
          • CimPointEnumField.Enum (read-only property)
          • CimPointEnumField.SetpointAllowed (property)
          • CimPointEnumField.Text (property)
          • CimPointEnumField.Value (property)
        • CimPointEnumFieldList (object)
          • CimPointEnumFieldList.Add (method)
          • CimPointEnumFieldList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimPointEnumFieldList.Item (read-only property)
          • CimPointEnumFieldList.Remove (method)
        • CimPointEnumList (object)
          • CimPointEnumList.Add (method)
          • CimPointEnumList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimPointEnumList.Item (read-only property)
          • CimPointEnumList.Remove (method)
        • CimPointList (object)
          • CimPointList.AddDevicePoint (method)
          • CimPointList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimPointList.Delete (method)
          • CimPointList.Item (read-only property)
          • CimPointList.NewPoint (method)
          • CimPointList.Save (method)
        • CimPort (object)
          • CimPort.Allow_EGD (read-only property)
          • CimPort.Allow_OnChange (read-only property)
          • CimPort.Allow_OnDemand (read-only property)
          • CimPort.Allow_OnDemand_Unsolicited (read-only property)
          • CimPort.Allow_OnReceipt (read-only property)
          • CimPort.Allow_Poll_Once (read-only property)
          • CimPort.Allow_Unsolicited (read-only property)
          • CimPort.BaudRate (property)
          • CimPort.DataBits (property)
          • CimPort.Description (property)
          • CimPort.Enable (property)
          • CimPort.FlowControl (property)
          • CimPort.Parity (property)
          • CimPort.PortID (read-only property)
          • CimPort.ProcessID (read-only property)
          • CimPort.ProtocolID (read-only property)
          • CimPort.ProtocolObject (read-only property)
          • CimPort.RetryCount (property)
          • CimPort.ScanRate (property)
          • CimPort.ScanUnit (property)
          • CimPort.StaleData (property)
          • CimPort.StopBits (property)
        • CimPortList (object)
          • CimPortList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimPortList.Delete (method)
          • CimPortList.Item (read-only property)
          • CimPortList.New (method)
          • CimPortList.Save (method)
        • CimProduct (object)
          • CimProduct.Description (read-only property)
          • CimProduct.ProductID (read-only property)
          • CimProduct.Type (read-only property)
        • CimProductList (object)
          • CimProductList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimProductList.Item (read-only property)
        • CimProject (object)
          • CimProject.Actions (read-only property)
          • CimProject.AlarmClasses (read-only property)
          • CimProject.ClassExport (method)
          • CimProject.ClassImport (method)
          • CimProject.Classes (read-only property)
          • CimProject.ConfigurationUpdate (method)
          • CimProject.Database (read-only property)
          • CimProject.Devices (read-only property)
          • CimProject.DynamicMode (property)
          • CimProject.EventActions (read-only property)
          • CimProject.EventManagerDynamicUpdate (method)
          • CimProject.Events (read-only property)
          • CimProject.GlobalParms (read-only property)
          • CimProject.InstallRoot (read-only property)
          • CimProject.MeasurementManager (read-only property)
          • CimProject.MeasurementSystem (property)
          • CimProject.NeedsConfigUpdate (read-only property)
          • CimProject.NeedsVersionUpgrade (read-only property)
          • CimProject.Objects (read-only property)
          • CimProject.OpenLocalProject (method)
          • CimProject.PCMInteractive (property)
          • CimProject.PCMPassword (property)
          • CimProject.PCMSaveAlarmSetups (property)
          • CimProject.PCMSavePasswords (property)
          • CimProject.PCMUsername (property)
          • CimProject.PointEnums (read-only property)
          • CimProject.Points (read-only property)
          • CimProject.Ports (read-only property)
          • CimProject.ProjectFile (read-only property)
          • CimProject.ProjectName (read-only property)
          • CimProject.ProjectPassword (property)
          • CimProject.ProjectUserName (property)
          • CimProject.Resources (read-only property)
          • CimProject.Roles (read-only property)
          • CimProject.SiteRoot (method)
          • CimProject.Users (read-only property)
          • CimProject.VersionNumber (read-only property)
          • CimProject.VersionUpgrade (method)
          • CimProject.XML (read-only property)
        • CimProjectInfo (object)
          • CimProjectInfo.ComputerName (read-only property)
          • CimProjectInfo.Description (read-only property)
          • CimProjectInfo.ID (read-only property)
          • CimProjectInfo.IPAddress (read-only property)
          • CimProjectInfo.ObjectName (read-only property)
          • CimProjectInfo.ProjectType (read-only property)
          • CimProjectInfo.XML (read-only property)
        • CimProjectList (object)
          • CimProjectList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimProjectList.Item (read-only property)
        • CimResource (object)
          • CimResource.Description (property)
          • CimResource.ID (property)
          • CimResource.Users (property)
        • CimResourceList (object)
          • CimResourceList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimResourceList.Delete (method)
          • CimResourceList.Item (read-only property)
          • CimResourceList.New (method)
          • CimResourceList.Save (method)
        • CimResourceUserList (object)
          • CimResourceUserList.Add (method)
          • CimResourceUserList.AddAll (method)
          • CimResourceUserList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimResourceUserList.Item (read-only property)
          • CimResourceUserList.Remove (method)
          • CimResourceUserList.RemoveAll (method)
        • CimRole (object)
          • CimRole.CalAreaResourceSecurity (property)
          • CimRole.CalConfiguration (property)
          • CimRole.CfgAlarms (property)
          • CimRole.CfgClasses (property)
          • CimRole.CfgClients (property)
          • CimRole.CfgDatabaseLogging (property)
          • CimRole.CfgDevices (property)
          • CimRole.CfgGlobalParameters (property)
          • CimRole.CfgObjects (property)
          • CimRole.CfgPoints (property)
          • CimRole.CfgPorts (property)
          • CimRole.CfgProjects (property)
          • CimRole.CfgRemoteProjects (property)
          • CimRole.CfgResources (property)
          • CimRole.CfgRoles (property)
          • CimRole.CfgUsers (property)
          • CimRole.CfgWorkbench (property)
          • CimRole.ID (property)
          • CimRole.Level (property)
          • CimRole.PrivDeleteAlarms (property)
          • CimRole.PrivDisableModifyAlarms (property)
          • CimRole.PrivDynamicConfiguration (property)
          • CimRole.PrivModifyAlarmSetups (property)
          • CimRole.PrivModifyAttributes (property)
          • CimRole.PrivPointByAddress (property)
          • CimRole.PrivPointTarget (property)
          • CimRole.PrivProcessControl (property)
          • CimRole.PrivRightMenu (property)
          • CimRole.PrivScriptControl (property)
          • CimRole.PrivSetpoint (property)
          • CimRole.PrivSetpointAuditTrail (property)
          • CimRole.PrivTriggerEvents (property)
          • CimRole.RCOUIAlarmingLogging (property)
          • CimRole.RCOUICancelDecision (property)
          • CimRole.RCOUIEnableDisableDecision (property)
          • CimRole.RCOUIEnableDisableSite (property)
          • CimRole.RCOUIExecuteCurrentDecision (property)
          • CimRole.RCOUIManualControl (property)
          • CimRole.RCOUIManualTrigger (property)
          • CimRole.RCOUIResetTrigger (property)
          • CimRole.RCOUISuspendSite (property)
          • CimRole.RCOUIUpdateTrigger (property)
          • CimRole.TADBConfiguration (property)
          • CimRole.TADBRuntime (property)
          • CimRole.TQEConfiguration (property)
          • CimRole.TrkUIAddAttribute (property)
          • CimRole.TrkUIAddInsertItem (property)
          • CimRole.TrkUIAddNamedHoldFlag (property)
          • CimRole.TrkUIAddProjects (property)
          • CimRole.TrkUIAdvanceItem (property)
          • CimRole.TrkUIAutolockRegion (property)
          • CimRole.TrkUIDeleteAttribute (property)
          • CimRole.TrkUIDeleteItem (property)
          • CimRole.TrkUIDeleteNamedHoldFlag (property)
          • CimRole.TrkUIFetchItem (property)
          • CimRole.TrkUIFindItem (property)
          • CimRole.TrkUIItemSetClearActive (property)
          • CimRole.TrkUIModifyAttribute (property)
          • CimRole.TrkUIModifyItem (property)
          • CimRole.TrkUIModifyNamedHoldFlag (property)
          • CimRole.TrkUIMoveReorderItem (property)
          • CimRole.TrkUIQuery (property)
          • CimRole.TrkUIRegionClearActive (property)
          • CimRole.TrkUIRegionSetActive (property)
          • CimRole.TrkUISelectView (property)
        • CimRoleList (object)
          • CimRoleList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimRoleList.Delete (method)
          • CimRoleList.Item (read-only property)
          • CimRoleList.New (method)
          • CimRoleList.Save (method)
        • CimS90_TCPIPDevice (object)
          • CimS90_TCPIPDevice.CableRedundant (property)
          • CimS90_TCPIPDevice.IPAddress (property)
          • CimS90_TCPIPDevice.SecondaryIPAddress (property)
        • CimS90_TCPIPPort (object)
          • CimS90_TCPIPPort.ConnectTimeoutMs (property)
          • CimS90_TCPIPPort.RequestTimeoutMs (property)
        • CimSystem (object)
          • CimSystem.ComputerName (read-only property)
          • CimSystem.Count (read-only property)
          • CimSystem.DumpObjects (method)
          • CimSystem.EnableClassCaching (method)
          • CimSystem.EnableSeparateLoginSession (method)
          • CimSystem.GlobalParms (read-only property)
          • CimSystem.InstalledProducts (read-only property)
          • CimSystem.IsCIMPLICITYRunning (read-only property)
          • CimSystem.OpenCimEdit (method)
          • CimSystem.OpenCimView (method)
          • CimSystem.OpenProjectByName (method)
          • CimSystem.OpenProjectFile (method)
          • CimSystem.OpenScadaDriver (method)
          • CimSystem.OpenSystem (method)
        • CimSystemList (object)
          • CimSystemList.GetFirstSystem (method)
          • CimSystemList.GetNextSystem (method)
        • CimTable (object)
          • CimTable.AddLoggedPoint (method)
          • CimTable.AlarmTriggerPointID (property)
          • CimTable.AlarmTriggerState (property)
          • CimTable.BulkInsertEnabled (property)
          • CimTable.BulkInsertMaxInserts (property)
          • CimTable.BulkInsertRate (property)
          • CimTable.CompactDatabase (property)
          • CimTable.DataLogDefaultDeadband (property)
          • CimTable.DataLogDefaultDeadbandType (property)
          • CimTable.DataSource (property)
          • CimTable.DataTriggerPointID (property)
          • CimTable.DeadbandEnabled (property)
          • CimTable.DefaultAlarmLogCond (property)
          • CimTable.DefaultLogAttributes (property)
          • CimTable.DeleteLoggedPoint (method)
          • CimTable.DeletedRecordFileID (property)
          • CimTable.DigitalMaintenancePointID (property)
          • CimTable.DigitalMaintenanceState (property)
          • CimTable.DigitalTriggerPointID (property)
          • CimTable.DigitalTriggerPointState (property)
          • CimTable.ExportFileID (property)
          • CimTable.ExportRecordAll (property)
          • CimTable.ExportRecordCount (property)
          • CimTable.ExportRecordTime (property)
          • CimTable.GetAlarmLogPtLogCond (method)
          • CimTable.GetDataLogPtAlarmTrigPt (method)
          • CimTable.GetDataLogPtAlarmTrigState (method)
          • CimTable.GetDataLogPtDataTrig (method)
          • CimTable.GetDataLogPtGateTrigPt (method)
          • CimTable.GetDataLogPtGateTrigState (method)
          • CimTable.GetDataLogPtSyncTime (method)
          • CimTable.GetDataLogPtTimedRate (method)
          • CimTable.GetDataLogPtTimedRateUnits (method)
          • CimTable.GetGroupLogArrayPtElem (method)
          • CimTable.GetGroupLogPointAttrib (method)
          • CimTable.GetGroupLogPtFieldPrefix (method)
          • CimTable.Items (read-only property)
          • CimTable.LoggingCount (property)
          • CimTable.LoggingEnabled (property)
          • CimTable.LowSpaceTriggerAmount (property)
          • CimTable.LowSpaceTriggerDrive (property)
          • CimTable.Name (read-only property)
          • CimTable.Password (property)
          • CimTable.PeriodicLogRate (property)
          • CimTable.PeriodicLogRateUnits (property)
          • CimTable.PeriodicMaintenanceRate (property)
          • CimTable.PeriodicMaintenanceRateUnits (property)
          • CimTable.ReconnectWaitPeriod (property)
          • CimTable.RetainRecordCount (property)
          • CimTable.RetainRecordTime (property)
          • CimTable.RunProgram (property)
          • CimTable.SQLcommand (property)
          • CimTable.SetAlarmLogPtLogCond (method)
          • CimTable.SetDataLogPtAlarmTrig (method)
          • CimTable.SetDataLogPtDataTrig (method)
          • CimTable.SetDataLogPtGateTrig (method)
          • CimTable.SetDataLogPtSyncTime (method)
          • CimTable.SetDataLogPtTimedRate (method)
          • CimTable.SetGroupLogArrayPtElem (method)
          • CimTable.SetGroupLogPointAttrib (method)
          • CimTable.SetGroupLogPtFieldPrefix (method)
          • CimTable.StoreForwardRecordsCount (property)
          • CimTable.SyncLogTime (property)
          • CimTable.SyncMaintenanceTime (property)
          • CimTable.TableType (read-only property)
          • CimTable.UserName (property)
          • CimTable.WriteQueueSize (property)
          • CimTable.count (read-only property)
        • CimTableItem (object)
          • CimTableItem.ID (read-only property)
        • CimTableItems (object)
          • CimTableItems.Count (read-only property)
          • CimTableItems.Item (read-only property)
        • CimTables (object)
          • CimTables.Add (method)
          • CimTables.Count (read-only property)
          • CimTables.Delete (method)
          • CimTables.Item (read-only property)
        • CimTrendPtBuffer (object)
          • CimTrendPtBuffer.Duration (property)
          • CimTrendPtBuffer.MaxBuffered (property)
        • CimUser (object)
          • CimUser.Enabled (property)
          • CimUser.ID (read-only property)
          • CimUser.Password (property)
          • CimUser.PasswordExpiresDays (property)
          • CimUser.PasswordNeeded (property)
          • CimUser.Resources (property)
          • CimUser.RoleID (property)
          • CimUser.UserName (property)
        • CimUserList (object)
          • CimUserList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimUserList.Delete (method)
          • CimUserList.Item (read-only property)
          • CimUserList.New (method)
          • CimUserList.Save (method)
        • CimUserResourceList (object)
          • CimUserResourceList.Add (method)
          • CimUserResourceList.AddAll (method)
          • CimUserResourceList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimUserResourceList.Item (read-only property)
          • CimUserResourceList.Remove (method)
          • CimUserResourceList.RemoveAll (method)
        • BrowserFlagsEnum (enum)
        • CimActionTypesEnum (enum)
        • CimAlarmClassColorEnum (enum)
        • CimAlarmDelOptEnum (enum)
        • CimAlarmLogOptEnum (enum)
        • CimAlarmStateEnum (enum)
        • CimBrowserTypesEnum (enum)
        • CimClassAttributeTypesEnum (enum)
        • CimClassInstantiationTypesEnum (enum)
        • CimDbDataLogDeadBandTypeEnum (enum)
        • CimDbTimestampFilterTypesEnum (enum)
        • CimDefaultTables (enum)
        • CimDeviceTriggerEnum (enum)
        • CimDigitalLevelEnum (enum)
        • CimDpInitStateEnum (enum)
        • CimEventTypesEnum (enum)
        • CimExpressionOperandTypesEnum (enum)
        • CimFlowControlEnum (enum)
        • CimLoggingAttributesEnum (enum)
        • CimMMSAddressTypeEnum (enum)
        • CimParityEnum (enum)
        • CimPointAlarmEnum (enum)
        • CimPointCalcTypesEnum (enum)
        • CimPointOriginEnum (enum)
        • CimPointTypesEnum (enum)
        • CimProductTypeEnum (enum)
        • CimTableEnum (enum)
        • CimTableWriteQValues (enum)
        • CimTimeUnitEnum (enum)
        • CimUpdateCriteriaEnum (enum)
        • EventExecutionTypesEnum (enum)
    • CIMPLICITY Visual Basic Extensions For CimBasic
      • Object Hierarchy
      • Objects
        • CimArray1 (object)
          • CimArray1.Clear (method)
          • CimArray1.Dimension (method)
          • CimArray1.IsDimmed (method)
          • CimArray1.Item (write-only property)
          • CimArray1.Lower (method)
          • CimArray1.Upper (method)
        • CimArray2 (object)
          • CimArray2.Clear (method)
          • CimArray2.Dimension (method)
          • CimArray2.IsDimmed (method)
          • CimArray2.Item (write-only property)
          • CimArray2.Lower (method)
          • CimArray2.Upper (method)
        • CimCollection (object)
          • CimCollection.Add (method)
          • CimCollection.AddObjects (method)
          • CimCollection.Clear (method)
          • CimCollection.Count (method)
          • CimCollection.Item (method)
          • CimCollection.Remove (method)
        • CimMisc (object)
          • CimMisc.Max (method)
          • CimMisc.Min (method)
          • CimMisc.RGB (method)
          • CimMisc.csObjectError (read-only property)
        • CimString (object)
          • CimString.Abbrev (method)
          • CimString.Copies (method)
          • CimString.DelStr (method)
          • CimString.Format (method)
          • CimString.FormatCurrency (method)
          • CimString.FormatDateTime (method)
          • CimString.FormatPercent (method)
          • CimString.Insert (method)
          • CimString.Join (method)
          • CimString.LCase (method)
          • CimString.LTrim (method)
          • CimString.Left (method)
          • CimString.Length (method)
          • CimString.Lft (method)
          • CimString.Mid (method)
          • CimString.MonthName (method)
          • CimString.Overlay (method)
          • CimString.RTrim (method)
          • CimString.Replace (method)
          • CimString.Rgt (method)
          • CimString.Right (method)
          • CimString.Space (method)
          • CimString.Str (method)
          • CimString.StrConv (method)
          • CimString.StrReverse (method)
          • CimString.Strip (method)
          • CimString.Strng (method)
          • CimString.Subword (method)
          • CimString.ToStr (method)
          • CimString.Translate (method)
          • CimString.Trim (method)
          • CimString.UCase (method)
          • CimString.WeekDayName (method)
          • CimString.WordIndex (method)
          • CimString.WordLength (method)
          • CimString.WordPos (method)
          • CimString.Words (method)
          • CimString.XRange (method)
          • CimString.csBack (read-only property)
          • CimString.csBinaryCompare (read-only property)
          • CimString.csBoth (read-only property)
          • CimString.csCr (read-only property)
          • CimString.csCrLf (read-only property)
          • CimString.csDatabaseCompare (read-only property)
          • CimString.csFalse (read-only property)
          • CimString.csFirstFourDays (read-only property)
          • CimString.csFirstFullWeek (read-only property)
          • CimString.csFirstJan1 (read-only property)
          • CimString.csFormFeed (read-only property)
          • CimString.csFriday (read-only property)
          • CimString.csFromUnicode (read-only property)
          • CimString.csGeneralDate (read-only property)
          • CimString.csHiragana (read-only property)
          • CimString.csKatakana (read-only property)
          • CimString.csLeading (read-only property)
          • CimString.csLf (read-only property)
          • CimString.csLongDate (read-only property)
          • CimString.csLongTime (read-only property)
          • CimString.csLowerCase (read-only property)
          • CimString.csMatch (read-only property)
          • CimString.csMonday (read-only property)
          • CimString.csNarrow (read-only property)
          • CimString.csNewLine (read-only property)
          • CimString.csNoMatch (read-only property)
          • CimString.csNullChar (read-only property)
          • CimString.csNullString (read-only property)
          • CimString.csProperCase (read-only property)
          • CimString.csSaturday (read-only property)
          • CimString.csShortDate (read-only property)
          • CimString.csShortTime (read-only property)
          • CimString.csSunday (read-only property)
          • CimString.csTab (read-only property)
          • CimString.csTextCompare (read-only property)
          • CimString.csThursday (read-only property)
          • CimString.csTrailing (read-only property)
          • CimString.csTrue (read-only property)
          • CimString.csTuesday (read-only property)
          • CimString.csUnicode (read-only property)
          • CimString.csUppercase (read-only property)
          • CimString.csUseDefault (read-only property)
          • CimString.csUseSystem (read-only property)
          • CimString.csUseSystemDayOfWeek (read-only property)
          • CimString.csVerticalTab (read-only property)
          • CimString.csWednesday (read-only property)
          • CimString.csWide (read-only property)
        • StripOptions (enum)
        • VerifyOptions (enum)
    • CimLangMapper Object Model
      • Object Hierarchy
      • Objects
        • CIMLangMap (object)
          • CIMLangMap.AddLanguage (method)
          • CIMLangMap.AddTranslationGroup (method)
          • CIMLangMap.CurrentLanguage (property)
          • CIMLangMap.CurrentLocaleID (read-only property)
          • CIMLangMap.FileName (property)
          • CIMLangMap.Languages (read-only property)
          • CIMLangMap.Load (method)
          • CIMLangMap.LookupTranslationGroup (method)
          • CIMLangMap.Save (method)
          • CIMLangMap.SaveCopyAs (method)
          • CIMLangMap.Translate (method)
          • CIMLangMap.TranslationGroups (read-only property)
        • CIMLanguage (object)
          • CIMLanguage.LangMap (read-only property)
          • CIMLanguage.LocaleID (property)
          • CIMLanguage.Name (property)
          • CIMLanguage.Parent (read-only property)
        • CIMLanguages (object)
          • CIMLanguages.AddLanguage (method)
          • CIMLanguages.Count (read-only property)
          • CIMLanguages.Item (read-only property)
          • CIMLanguages.Parent (read-only property)
          • CIMLanguages.RemoveLanguage (method)
        • CIMTranslation (object)
          • CIMTranslation.Group (read-only property)
          • CIMTranslation.Language (read-only property)
          • CIMTranslation.Parent (read-only property)
          • CIMTranslation.Value (property)
        • CIMTranslationGroup (object)
          • CIMTranslationGroup.AddTranslation (method)
          • CIMTranslationGroup.CurrentTranslationValue (read-only property)
          • CIMTranslationGroup.Key (property)
          • CIMTranslationGroup.Parent (read-only property)
          • CIMTranslationGroup.Translations (read-only property)
        • CIMTranslationGroups (object)
          • CIMTranslationGroups.AddTranslationGroup (method)
          • CIMTranslationGroups.Count (read-only property)
          • CIMTranslationGroups.Item (read-only property)
          • CIMTranslationGroups.Parent (read-only property)
          • CIMTranslationGroups.RemoveGroup (method)
        • CIMTranslations (object)
          • CIMTranslations.AddTranslation (method)
          • CIMTranslations.Count (read-only property)
          • CIMTranslations.Item (read-only property)
          • CIMTranslations.Parent (read-only property)
          • CIMTranslations.RemoveTranslation (method)
    • CimEdit / CimView Object Model
      • Object Hierarchy
      • Objects
        • GefAlarmStateColorAnim (object)
          • GefAlarmStateColorAnim.Application (read-only property)
          • GefAlarmStateColorAnim.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefAlarmStateColorAnim.PointID (property)
        • GefApplication (object)
          • GefApplication.ActiveScreen (read-only property)
          • GefApplication.Application (read-only property)
          • GefApplication.CancelScreenCachePointUpdates (method)
          • GefApplication.Caption (property)
          • GefApplication.CaptivePopup (method)
          • GefApplication.ConvertToCTX (method)
          • GefApplication.ConvertToRuntimeScript (method)
          • GefApplication.DefaultFilePath (property)
          • GefApplication.DialogPopup (method)
          • GefApplication.FlushScreenCache (method)
          • GefApplication.FullName (read-only property)
          • GefApplication.GetMonitorRect (method)
          • GefApplication.GetMonitorWorkingRect (method)
          • GefApplication.GetProjectEnvironment (method)
          • GefApplication.HealthCheck (method)
          • GefApplication.Help (method)
          • GefApplication.Language (property)
          • GefApplication.MonitorCount (read-only property)
          • GefApplication.Name (read-only property)
          • GefApplication.Open (method)
          • GefApplication.OpenEx (method)
          • GefApplication.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefApplication.Path (read-only property)
          • GefApplication.Quit (method)
          • GefApplication.Screens (read-only property)
          • GefApplication.SessionID (read-only property)
          • GefApplication.SetProjectEnvironment (method)
          • GefApplication.TSSessionID (read-only property)
        • GefArcFormat (object)
          • GefArcFormat.Application (read-only property)
          • GefArcFormat.Direction (property)
          • GefArcFormat.EndAngle (property)
          • GefArcFormat.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefArcFormat.StartAngle (property)
          • GefArcFormat.Style (property)
        • GefButtonFormat (object)
          • GefButtonFormat.Application (read-only property)
          • GefButtonFormat.AutoSize (property)
          • GefButtonFormat.ColorAnimate (property)
          • GefButtonFormat.FaceColor (read-only property)
          • GefButtonFormat.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefButtonFormat.State (property)
        • GefChildScreens (object)
          • GefChildScreens.Application (read-only property)
          • GefChildScreens.Count (read-only property)
          • GefChildScreens.Item (read-only property)
          • GefChildScreens.Parent (read-only property)
        • GefClassFormat (object)
          • GefClassFormat.Application (read-only property)
          • GefClassFormat.GraphicCount (read-only property)
          • GefClassFormat.GraphicIndex (property)
          • GefClassFormat.GraphicName (property)
          • GefClassFormat.ObjectID (property)
          • GefClassFormat.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefClassFormat.Project (property)
          • GefClassFormat.SwitchToFirstGraphic (method)
          • GefClassFormat.SwitchToLastGraphic (method)
          • GefClassFormat.SwitchToNextGraphic (method)
          • GefClassFormat.SwitchToPreviousGraphic (method)
        • GefColorFormat (object)
          • GefColorFormat.ARGB (property)
          • GefColorFormat.Application (read-only property)
          • GefColorFormat.IndexColor (property)
          • GefColorFormat.MakeInvisible (method)
          • GefColorFormat.MakeMixed (method)
          • GefColorFormat.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefColorFormat.RGB (property)
          • GefColorFormat.SystemColor (property)
          • GefColorFormat.Type (read-only property)
        • GefContextMenu (object)
          • GefContextMenu.Application (read-only property)
          • GefContextMenu.Displayable (property)
          • GefContextMenu.Left (property)
          • GefContextMenu.MenuItems (read-only property)
          • GefContextMenu.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefContextMenu.Top (property)
        • GefContextMenuItem (object)
          • GefContextMenuItem.Application (read-only property)
          • GefContextMenuItem.Checked (property)
          • GefContextMenuItem.Enabled (property)
          • GefContextMenuItem.GetNativeCommandAction (method)
          • GefContextMenuItem.GetPointTargetAction (method)
          • GefContextMenuItem.GetProcedureAction (method)
          • GefContextMenuItem.GetScriptAction (method)
          • GefContextMenuItem.MakeSeparator (method)
          • GefContextMenuItem.MakeSubmenu (method)
          • GefContextMenuItem.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefContextMenuItem.SetActionToNativeCommand (method)
          • GefContextMenuItem.SetActionToPointTarget (method)
          • GefContextMenuItem.SetActionToProcedure (method)
          • GefContextMenuItem.SetActionToScript (method)
          • GefContextMenuItem.SubMenu (read-only property)
          • GefContextMenuItem.Text (property)
          • GefContextMenuItem.Translated (property)
          • GefContextMenuItem.Type (read-only property)
        • GefContextMenuItems (object)
          • GefContextMenuItems.Add (method)
          • GefContextMenuItems.Application (read-only property)
          • GefContextMenuItems.Count (read-only property)
          • GefContextMenuItems.Item (read-only property)
          • GefContextMenuItems.MoveAfterMenuItem (method)
          • GefContextMenuItems.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefContextMenuItems.Remove (method)
          • GefContextMenuItems.RemoveAll (method)
        • GefEventContext (object)
          • GefEventContext.Application (read-only property)
          • GefEventContext.CloseReason (read-only property)
          • GefEventContext.ContextMenu (read-only property)
          • GefEventContext.GetMouseEvent (method)
          • GefEventContext.GetOleParm (method)
          • GefEventContext.GetOleParmName (method)
          • GefEventContext.HighlightReason (read-only property)
          • GefEventContext.OleParmsCount (read-only property)
          • GefEventContext.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefEventContext.TriggerObject (read-only property)
          • GefEventContext.Type (read-only property)
          • GefEventContext.UserParameter (read-only property)
        • GefExecutionCondition (object)
          • GefExecutionCondition.Application (read-only property)
          • GefExecutionCondition.DisabledMessage (property)
          • GefExecutionCondition.Expression (property)
          • GefExecutionCondition.Parent (read-only property)
        • GefExprListAnim (object)
          • GefExprListAnim.Add (method)
          • GefExprListAnim.Application (read-only property)
          • GefExprListAnim.Count (read-only property)
          • GefExprListAnim.Item (read-only property)
          • GefExprListAnim.MoveItem (method)
          • GefExprListAnim.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefExprListAnim.Remove (method)
        • GefExprListAnimElement (object)
          • GefExprListAnimElement.AnimatesBlink (property)
          • GefExprListAnimElement.AnimatesBlinkFill (property)
          • GefExprListAnimElement.AnimatesBlinkLine (property)
          • GefExprListAnimElement.AnimatesFill (property)
          • GefExprListAnimElement.AnimatesFont (property)
          • GefExprListAnimElement.AnimatesLine (property)
          • GefExprListAnimElement.AnimatesText (property)
          • GefExprListAnimElement.Application (read-only property)
          • GefExprListAnimElement.BlinkRate (property)
          • GefExprListAnimElement.Expression (property)
          • GefExprListAnimElement.GetBlinkFill (method)
          • GefExprListAnimElement.GetBlinkLine (method)
          • GefExprListAnimElement.GetFill (method)
          • GefExprListAnimElement.GetFont (method)
          • GefExprListAnimElement.GetLine (method)
          • GefExprListAnimElement.Index (read-only property)
          • GefExprListAnimElement.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefExprListAnimElement.Text (property)
        • GefFillAnim (object)
          • GefFillAnim.Application (read-only property)
          • GefFillAnim.Expression (property)
          • GefFillAnim.MaxExprValue (property)
          • GefFillAnim.MinExprValue (property)
          • GefFillAnim.Parent (read-only property)
        • GefFillFormat (object)
          • GefFillFormat.Application (read-only property)
          • GefFillFormat.BackColor (read-only property)
          • GefFillFormat.ForeColor (read-only property)
          • GefFillFormat.GradientColorType (read-only property)
          • GefFillFormat.GradientDegree (read-only property)
          • GefFillFormat.GradientShades (read-only property)
          • GefFillFormat.GradientStyle (read-only property)
          • GefFillFormat.GradientVariant (read-only property)
          • GefFillFormat.None (method)
          • GefFillFormat.OneColorGradient (method)
          • GefFillFormat.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefFillFormat.Pattern (read-only property)
          • GefFillFormat.Patterned (method)
          • GefFillFormat.Solid (method)
          • GefFillFormat.TwoColorGradient (method)
          • GefFillFormat.Type (read-only property)
        • GefFontFormat (object)
          • GefFontFormat.Application (read-only property)
          • GefFontFormat.Bold (property)
          • GefFontFormat.CharSet (property)
          • GefFontFormat.ClearDecoration (method)
          • GefFontFormat.Italic (property)
          • GefFontFormat.Name (property)
          • GefFontFormat.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefFontFormat.SetFromIFont (method)
          • GefFontFormat.SetFromIFontDisp (method)
          • GefFontFormat.Size (property)
          • GefFontFormat.Strikethrough (property)
          • GefFontFormat.Underline (property)
          • GefFontFormat.Weight (property)
        • GefFrameContainerFormat (object)
          • GefFrameContainerFormat.Application (read-only property)
          • GefFrameContainerFormat.CurrentFrame (property)
          • GefFrameContainerFormat.Parent (read-only property)
        • GefFrameFormat (object)
          • GefFrameFormat.Application (read-only property)
          • GefFrameFormat.FrameExpression (property)
          • GefFrameFormat.Parent (read-only property)
        • GefGroupFormat (object)
          • GefGroupFormat.Application (read-only property)
          • GefGroupFormat.OverrideFill (property)
          • GefGroupFormat.OverrideLine (property)
          • GefGroupFormat.Parent (read-only property)
        • GefImageFormat (object)
          • GefImageFormat.Application (read-only property)
          • GefImageFormat.InsertAsLink (property)
          • GefImageFormat.LockAspectRatio (property)
          • GefImageFormat.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefImageFormat.PictureFile (property)
          • GefImageFormat.Transparency (property)
          • GefImageFormat.TransparentColor (read-only property)
        • GefIndexColorAnim (object)
          • GefIndexColorAnim.Application (read-only property)
          • GefIndexColorAnim.Expression (property)
          • GefIndexColorAnim.Parent (read-only property)
        • GefLineFormat (object)
          • GefLineFormat.Application (read-only property)
          • GefLineFormat.BeginArrowheadLength (property)
          • GefLineFormat.BeginArrowheadStyle (property)
          • GefLineFormat.BeginArrowheadWidth (property)
          • GefLineFormat.DashStyle (property)
          • GefLineFormat.EndArrowheadLength (property)
          • GefLineFormat.EndArrowheadStyle (property)
          • GefLineFormat.EndArrowheadWidth (property)
          • GefLineFormat.ForeColor (read-only property)
          • GefLineFormat.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefLineFormat.Weight (property)
        • GefLinkFormat (object)
          • GefLinkFormat.Application (read-only property)
          • GefLinkFormat.LinkDocumentName (property)
          • GefLinkFormat.LinkObjectName (property)
          • GefLinkFormat.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefLinkFormat.em11 (property)
          • GefLinkFormat.em12 (property)
          • GefLinkFormat.em13 (property)
          • GefLinkFormat.em21 (property)
          • GefLinkFormat.em22 (property)
          • GefLinkFormat.em23 (property)
        • GefMoveAnim (object)
          • GefMoveAnim.Application (read-only property)
          • GefMoveAnim.HorizontalAttrib (read-only property)
          • GefMoveAnim.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefMoveAnim.VerticalAttrib (read-only property)
        • GefMoveAnimAttrib (object)
          • GefMoveAnimAttrib.Application (read-only property)
          • GefMoveAnimAttrib.CanSlideWithExpression (method)
          • GefMoveAnimAttrib.Expression (property)
          • GefMoveAnimAttrib.IsHorizontal (read-only property)
          • GefMoveAnimAttrib.IsVertical (read-only property)
          • GefMoveAnimAttrib.MaxExprValue (property)
          • GefMoveAnimAttrib.MaxTranslation (property)
          • GefMoveAnimAttrib.MinExprValue (property)
          • GefMoveAnimAttrib.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefMoveAnimAttrib.SliderAction (property)
          • GefMoveAnimAttrib.SliderActionCondition (read-only property)
          • GefMoveAnimAttrib.SliderActionConfirm (property)
        • GefObject (object)
          • GefObject.AlarmStateColorAnim (read-only property)
          • GefObject.Application (read-only property)
          • GefObject.ArcFormat (read-only property)
          • GefObject.ButtonFormat (read-only property)
          • GefObject.ClassFormat (read-only property)
          • GefObject.Container (read-only property)
          • GefObject.Copy (method)
          • GefObject.Cut (method)
          • GefObject.Delete (method)
          • GefObject.Duplicate (method)
          • GefObject.Events (read-only property)
          • GefObject.ExprListAnim (read-only property)
          • GefObject.Expressions (read-only property)
          • GefObject.Fill (read-only property)
          • GefObject.FillAnim (read-only property)
          • GefObject.FillMode (property)
          • GefObject.Flip (method)
          • GefObject.ForegroundFill (read-only property)
          • GefObject.FrameContainerFormat (read-only property)
          • GefObject.FrameFormat (read-only property)
          • GefObject.GetVariable (method)
          • GefObject.Group (method)
          • GefObject.GroupFormat (read-only property)
          • GefObject.Height (property)
          • GefObject.Help (method)
          • GefObject.HelpContextIDExpr (read-only property)
          • GefObject.HelpFile (read-only property)
          • GefObject.HelpText (read-only property)
          • GefObject.HelpType (read-only property)
          • GefObject.HorizontalShear (property)
          • GefObject.ImageFormat (read-only property)
          • GefObject.IndexColorAnim (read-only property)
          • GefObject.Left (property)
          • GefObject.Line (read-only property)
          • GefObject.LinkFormat (read-only property)
          • GefObject.MoveAnim (read-only property)
          • GefObject.Name (property)
          • GefObject.Objects (read-only property)
          • GefObject.OleObject (read-only property)
          • GefObject.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefObject.PercentForegroundFill (property)
          • GefObject.PipeFormat (read-only property)
          • GefObject.Points (read-only property)
          • GefObject.PolylineFormat (read-only property)
          • GefObject.Procedures (read-only property)
          • GefObject.Protected (read-only property)
          • GefObject.Rotate (method)
          • GefObject.RotateAnim (read-only property)
          • GefObject.RotateAroundPoint (method)
          • GefObject.Rotation (read-only property)
          • GefObject.Scale (method)
          • GefObject.ScaleAnim (read-only property)
          • GefObject.ScaleFromPoint (method)
          • GefObject.Screen (read-only property)
          • GefObject.Script (read-only property)
          • GefObject.Select (method)
          • GefObject.SetHelpNone (method)
          • GefObject.SetHelpText (method)
          • GefObject.SetHelpTextFile (method)
          • GefObject.SetHelpWinHelp (method)
          • GefObject.SrcPath (read-only property)
          • GefObject.TabOrder (property)
          • GefObject.TextFormat (read-only property)
          • GefObject.Top (property)
          • GefObject.TransparencyAnim (read-only property)
          • GefObject.Type (read-only property)
          • GefObject.Ungroup (method)
          • GefObject.Unselect (method)
          • GefObject.Variables (read-only property)
          • GefObject.VerticalShear (property)
          • GefObject.VisibilityAnim (read-only property)
          • GefObject.Width (property)
          • GefObject.ZOrder (method)
          • GefObject.ZOrderPosition (property)
        • GefObjectEvent (object)
          • GefObjectEvent.ActionName (read-only property)
          • GefObjectEvent.ActionType (read-only property)
          • GefObjectEvent.ActiveXEventName (property)
          • GefObjectEvent.Application (read-only property)
          • GefObjectEvent.DebounceEvent (property)
          • GefObjectEvent.Expression (property)
          • GefObjectEvent.Key (read-only property)
          • GefObjectEvent.KeyModifierFlags (read-only property)
          • GefObjectEvent.MenuText (property)
          • GefObjectEvent.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefObjectEvent.PeriodicTimeMS (property)
          • GefObjectEvent.SetAction (method)
          • GefObjectEvent.SetKey (method)
          • GefObjectEvent.TranslateMenuText (property)
          • GefObjectEvent.Type (read-only property)
          • GefObjectEvent.UserParameter (property)
        • GefObjectEvents (object)
          • GefObjectEvents.AddExpressionHigh (method)
          • GefObjectEvents.AddExpressionUpdate (method)
          • GefObjectEvents.Application (read-only property)
          • GefObjectEvents.Count (read-only property)
          • GefObjectEvents.GetActiveXEvent (method)
          • GefObjectEvents.GetContextMenuItem (method)
          • GefObjectEvents.GetDialogClose (method)
          • GefObjectEvents.GetHighlight (method)
          • GefObjectEvents.GetKeyDown (method)
          • GefObjectEvents.GetKeyUp (method)
          • GefObjectEvents.GetLBMouseDown (method)
          • GefObjectEvents.GetLBMouseUp (method)
          • GefObjectEvents.GetObjectInserted (method)
          • GefObjectEvents.GetObjectRemoved (method)
          • GefObjectEvents.GetPeriodic (method)
          • GefObjectEvents.GetPreContextMenu (method)
          • GefObjectEvents.GetScreenClose (method)
          • GefObjectEvents.GetScreenOpen (method)
          • GefObjectEvents.GetSmartObject (method)
          • GefObjectEvents.GetUnhighlight (method)
          • GefObjectEvents.GetWhileKeyDown (method)
          • GefObjectEvents.GetWhileLBMouseDown (method)
          • GefObjectEvents.Item (read-only property)
          • GefObjectEvents.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefObjectEvents.Remove (method)
        • GefObjectExpression (object)
          • GefObjectExpression.Application (read-only property)
          • GefObjectExpression.Expression (property)
          • GefObjectExpression.Owner (read-only property)
          • GefObjectExpression.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefObjectExpression.RuntimeExpression (read-only property)
        • GefObjectExpressions (object)
          • GefObjectExpressions.Application (read-only property)
          • GefObjectExpressions.Count (method)
          • GefObjectExpressions.Item (method)
          • GefObjectExpressions.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefObjectExpressions.Rebuild (method)
        • GefObjectPoints (object)
          • GefObjectPoints.Application (read-only property)
          • GefObjectPoints.Count (read-only property)
          • GefObjectPoints.Item (method)
          • GefObjectPoints.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefObjectPoints.Rebuild (method)
        • GefObjectVariable (object)
          • GefObjectVariable.Application (read-only property)
          • GefObjectVariable.GetValueAsNumber (method)
          • GefObjectVariable.GetValueAsString (method)
          • GefObjectVariable.ID (property)
          • GefObjectVariable.Inherited (read-only property)
          • GefObjectVariable.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefObjectVariable.Public (property)
          • GefObjectVariable.Value (property)
        • GefObjectVariables (object)
          • GefObjectVariables.Add (method)
          • GefObjectVariables.Application (read-only property)
          • GefObjectVariables.Count (read-only property)
          • GefObjectVariables.Item (read-only property)
          • GefObjectVariables.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefObjectVariables.Remove (method)
        • GefObjects (object)
          • GefObjects.AddActiveXControl (method)
          • GefObjects.AddArc (method)
          • GefObjects.AddButton (method)
          • GefObjects.AddClassObject (method)
          • GefObjects.AddEllipse (method)
          • GefObjects.AddFrame (method)
          • GefObjects.AddFrameContainer (method)
          • GefObjects.AddGroup (method)
          • GefObjects.AddImage (method)
          • GefObjects.AddLicensedActiveXControl (method)
          • GefObjects.AddLine (method)
          • GefObjects.AddLinkContainer (method)
          • GefObjects.AddOleObject (method)
          • GefObjects.AddPipe (method)
          • GefObjects.AddPolyline (method)
          • GefObjects.AddPolyline2 (method)
          • GefObjects.AddRectangle (method)
          • GefObjects.AddText (method)
          • GefObjects.Application (read-only property)
          • GefObjects.Count (read-only property)
          • GefObjects.Item (read-only property)
          • GefObjects.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefObjects.Remove (method)
        • GefPipeFormat (object)
          • GefPipeFormat.Application (read-only property)
          • GefPipeFormat.Flare (property)
          • GefPipeFormat.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefPipeFormat.Radius (property)
        • GefPolylineFormat (object)
          • GefPolylineFormat.AddVertex (method)
          • GefPolylineFormat.Application (read-only property)
          • GefPolylineFormat.Closed (property)
          • GefPolylineFormat.GetVertex (method)
          • GefPolylineFormat.InsertVertexAt (method)
          • GefPolylineFormat.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefPolylineFormat.RemoveVertex (method)
          • GefPolylineFormat.SetVertex (method)
          • GefPolylineFormat.VertexCount (read-only property)
        • GefProcAction (object)
          • GefProcAction.Application (read-only property)
          • GefProcAction.Confirm (property)
          • GefProcAction.GetAbsoluteSetpoint (method)
          • GefProcAction.GetExecuteCommand (method)
          • GefProcAction.GetInvokeMethod (method)
          • GefProcAction.GetInvokeScript (method)
          • GefProcAction.GetOpenScreen (method)
          • GefProcAction.GetOpenScreenEx (method)
          • GefProcAction.GetOpenScreenEx2 (method)
          • GefProcAction.GetOpenScreenEx3 (method)
          • GefProcAction.GetOverlayScreen (method)
          • GefProcAction.GetOverlayScreenEx (method)
          • GefProcAction.GetOverlayScreenEx2 (method)
          • GefProcAction.GetRampSetpoint (method)
          • GefProcAction.GetRelativeSetpoint (method)
          • GefProcAction.GetToggleSetpoint (method)
          • GefProcAction.GetVariableAssign (method)
          • GefProcAction.GetVariableSetpoint (method)
          • GefProcAction.Index (read-only property)
          • GefProcAction.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefProcAction.SetToAbsoluteSetpoint (method)
          • GefProcAction.SetToCloseScreen (method)
          • GefProcAction.SetToExecuteCommand (method)
          • GefProcAction.SetToHomeScreen (method)
          • GefProcAction.SetToInvokeMethod (method)
          • GefProcAction.SetToInvokeScript (method)
          • GefProcAction.SetToOpenScreen (method)
          • GefProcAction.SetToOpenScreenEx (method)
          • GefProcAction.SetToOpenScreenEx2 (method)
          • GefProcAction.SetToOpenScreenExGeometry (method)
          • GefProcAction.SetToOverlayScreen (method)
          • GefProcAction.SetToOverlayScreenEx (method)
          • GefProcAction.SetToOverlayScreenEx2 (method)
          • GefProcAction.SetToPrevScreen (method)
          • GefProcAction.SetToPrintScreen (method)
          • GefProcAction.SetToRampSetpoint (method)
          • GefProcAction.SetToRelativeSetpoint (method)
          • GefProcAction.SetToToggleSetpoint (method)
          • GefProcAction.SetToVariableAssign (method)
          • GefProcAction.SetToVariableSetpoint (method)
          • GefProcAction.Type (read-only property)
        • GefProcActions (object)
          • GefProcActions.Add (method)
          • GefProcActions.Application (read-only property)
          • GefProcActions.Count (read-only property)
          • GefProcActions.DuplicateAction (method)
          • GefProcActions.Item (read-only property)
          • GefProcActions.MoveAction (method)
          • GefProcActions.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefProcActions.Remove (method)
        • GefProcedure (object)
          • GefProcedure.Actions (read-only property)
          • GefProcedure.Application (read-only property)
          • GefProcedure.ConfirmAllActions (property)
          • GefProcedure.ConfirmationMessage (property)
          • GefProcedure.Description (property)
          • GefProcedure.Duplicate (method)
          • GefProcedure.ExecutionCondition (read-only property)
          • GefProcedure.FailureMessage (property)
          • GefProcedure.HaltOnError (property)
          • GefProcedure.Name (property)
          • GefProcedure.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefProcedure.SuccessMessage (property)
        • GefProcedures (object)
          • GefProcedures.Add (method)
          • GefProcedures.Application (read-only property)
          • GefProcedures.Count (read-only property)
          • GefProcedures.Item (read-only property)
          • GefProcedures.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefProcedures.Remove (method)
        • GefRange (object)
          • GefRange.Application (read-only property)
          • GefRange.Count (read-only property)
          • GefRange.Item (read-only property)
          • GefRange.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefRange.Remove (method)
        • GefRotateAnim (object)
          • GefRotateAnim.Application (read-only property)
          • GefRotateAnim.CenterXOffset (property)
          • GefRotateAnim.CenterYOffset (property)
          • GefRotateAnim.Expression (property)
          • GefRotateAnim.MaxAngle (property)
          • GefRotateAnim.MaxExprValue (property)
          • GefRotateAnim.MinAngle (property)
          • GefRotateAnim.MinExprValue (property)
          • GefRotateAnim.Parent (read-only property)
        • GefScaleAnim (object)
          • GefScaleAnim.Application (read-only property)
          • GefScaleAnim.HorizontalAttrib (read-only property)
          • GefScaleAnim.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefScaleAnim.VerticalAttrib (read-only property)
        • GefScaleAnimAttrib (object)
          • GefScaleAnimAttrib.Anchor (property)
          • GefScaleAnimAttrib.Application (read-only property)
          • GefScaleAnimAttrib.Expression (property)
          • GefScaleAnimAttrib.IsHorizontal (read-only property)
          • GefScaleAnimAttrib.IsVertical (read-only property)
          • GefScaleAnimAttrib.MaxExprValue (property)
          • GefScaleAnimAttrib.MaxScaleFactor (property)
          • GefScaleAnimAttrib.MinExprValue (property)
          • GefScaleAnimAttrib.Parent (read-only property)
        • GefScreen (object)
          • GefScreen.Activate (method)
          • GefScreen.Application (read-only property)
          • GefScreen.BaseProject (read-only property)
          • GefScreen.CancelPointUpdates (method)
          • GefScreen.ChildScreens (read-only property)
          • GefScreen.Close (method)
          • GefScreen.CloseEx (method)
          • GefScreen.ContextMenuEnabled (property)
          • GefScreen.CreateRuntimeOnlyScreen (method)
          • GefScreen.EmitTranslationStrings (method)
          • GefScreen.Enabled (property)
          • GefScreen.FrameStyle (property)
          • GefScreen.FullName (read-only property)
          • GefScreen.HWND (read-only property)
          • GefScreen.Height (property)
          • GefScreen.IsMouseInScreen (read-only property)
          • GefScreen.IsNavigation (read-only property)
          • GefScreen.LangMap (read-only property)
          • GefScreen.LangMapFileName (property)
          • GefScreen.Left (property)
          • GefScreen.MenuLockedInvisible (property)
          • GefScreen.MenuTitleVisible (property)
          • GefScreen.MenuVisible (property)
          • GefScreen.Move (method)
          • GefScreen.Name (read-only property)
          • GefScreen.NavBack (method)
          • GefScreen.NavBarVisible (property)
          • GefScreen.NavChildBarVisible (property)
          • GefScreen.NavCurPath (read-only property)
          • GefScreen.NavForward (method)
          • GefScreen.NavGetChildList (method)
          • GefScreen.NavGetQuickLaunchList (method)
          • GefScreen.NavGetSiblingList (method)
          • GefScreen.NavGetSideWalkList (method)
          • GefScreen.NavHasCurScreen (read-only property)
          • GefScreen.NavLoad (method)
          • GefScreen.NavToChild (method)
          • GefScreen.NavToNode (method)
          • GefScreen.NavToParent (method)
          • GefScreen.NavToSibling (method)
          • GefScreen.NextZoom (method)
          • GefScreen.Object (read-only property)
          • GefScreen.ObjectToEdit (property)
          • GefScreen.Overlay (method)
          • GefScreen.OverlayEx (method)
          • GefScreen.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefScreen.ParentScreen (read-only property)
          • GefScreen.Path (read-only property)
          • GefScreen.PixelsToTwipsPos (method)
          • GefScreen.PixelsToTwipsSize (method)
          • GefScreen.PositionWithGeometry (method)
          • GefScreen.PreviousZoom (method)
          • GefScreen.Print (method)
          • GefScreen.Refresh (method)
          • GefScreen.RestartPointUpdates (method)
          • GefScreen.RevertToSaved (method)
          • GefScreen.RuntimeOnly (read-only property)
          • GefScreen.Save (method)
          • GefScreen.SaveAs (method)
          • GefScreen.SaveCopyAs (method)
          • GefScreen.Saved (read-only property)
          • GefScreen.ScrollTo (method)
          • GefScreen.Select (method)
          • GefScreen.Selection (read-only property)
          • GefScreen.Show (method)
          • GefScreen.ShowPointView (method)
          • GefScreen.SizeWindowToZoom (method)
          • GefScreen.StatusBar (property)
          • GefScreen.StatusBarVisible (property)
          • GefScreen.Title (property)
          • GefScreen.TitleVisible (property)
          • GefScreen.ToolbarsVisible (property)
          • GefScreen.Top (property)
          • GefScreen.TwipsToPixelsPos (method)
          • GefScreen.TwipsToPixelsSize (method)
          • GefScreen.UpdateTranslation (method)
          • GefScreen.Visible (property)
          • GefScreen.Width (property)
          • GefScreen.Zoom (property)
          • GefScreen.ZoomToPoint (method)
          • GefScreen.ZoomToRectangle (method)
          • GefScreen.ZoomToWindowSize (property)
        • GefScreens (object)
          • GefScreens.Add (method)
          • GefScreens.Application (read-only property)
          • GefScreens.CaptivePopup (method)
          • GefScreens.Close (method)
          • GefScreens.Count (read-only property)
          • GefScreens.DialogPopup (method)
          • GefScreens.Item (read-only property)
          • GefScreens.Open (method)
          • GefScreens.Parent (read-only property)
        • GefScript (object)
          • GefScript.Application (read-only property)
          • GefScript.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefScript.Script (property)
        • GefTextFormat (object)
          • GefTextFormat.AlignmentAnchor (property)
          • GefTextFormat.Application (read-only property)
          • GefTextFormat.CanEditWithExpression (method)
          • GefTextFormat.CurrentText (read-only property)
          • GefTextFormat.EditAction (property)
          • GefTextFormat.EditActionCondition (read-only property)
          • GefTextFormat.EditActionConfirm (property)
          • GefTextFormat.Font (read-only property)
          • GefTextFormat.FormatType (read-only property)
          • GefTextFormat.GetCustomFormat (method)
          • GefTextFormat.GetIntegerFormat (method)
          • GefTextFormat.GetRealFormat (method)
          • GefTextFormat.GetTextFormat (method)
          • GefTextFormat.GetTimeAbsoluteFormat (method)
          • GefTextFormat.GetTimeRelative (method)
          • GefTextFormat.Multiline (property)
          • GefTextFormat.Parent (read-only property)
          • GefTextFormat.SetFormatToCustom (method)
          • GefTextFormat.SetFormatToGeneral (method)
          • GefTextFormat.SetFormatToInteger (method)
          • GefTextFormat.SetFormatToReal (method)
          • GefTextFormat.SetFormatToText (method)
          • GefTextFormat.SetFormatToTimeAbsolute (method)
          • GefTextFormat.SetFormatToTimeRelative (method)
          • GefTextFormat.SetFormatToUsePointConfig (method)
          • GefTextFormat.Text (property)
          • GefTextFormat.TextExpression (property)
          • GefTextFormat.TranslateExprResult (property)
          • GefTextFormat.TranslateText (property)
        • GefTransparencyAnim (object)
          • GefTransparencyAnim.Application (read-only property)
          • GefTransparencyAnim.Expression (property)
          • GefTransparencyAnim.MaxExprValue (property)
          • GefTransparencyAnim.MaxValue (property)
          • GefTransparencyAnim.MinExprValue (property)
          • GefTransparencyAnim.MinValue (property)
          • GefTransparencyAnim.Parent (read-only property)
        • GefVisibilityAnim (object)
          • GefVisibilityAnim.Application (read-only property)
          • GefVisibilityAnim.Expression (property)
          • GefVisibilityAnim.Parent (read-only property)
        • GefActionTypeEnum (enum)
        • GefAnchorEnum (enum)
        • GefArcDirectionEnum (enum)
        • GefArcTypeEnum (enum)
        • GefArrowheadStyleEnum (enum)
        • GefBlinkRateEnum (enum)
        • GefButtonStateEnum (enum)
        • GefCTXEncodingEnum (enum)
        • GefColorButtonEnum (enum)
        • GefColorEnum (enum)
        • GefEventActionEnum (enum)
        • GefEventTypeEnum (enum)
        • GefFillModeEnum (enum)
        • GefFillTypeEnum (enum)
        • GefFrameStyleEnum (enum)
        • GefGradientColorTypeEnum (enum)
        • GefGradientStyleEnum (enum)
        • GefGradientVariantEnum (enum)
        • GefHelpTypeEnum (enum)
        • GefHighlightReasonEnum (enum)
        • GefKeyModifierFlags (enum)
        • GefLineStyleEnum (enum)
        • GefMenuCommandIDEnum (enum)
        • GefMenuItemTypeEnum (enum)
        • GefMouseButtonFlags (enum)
        • GefObjectTypeEnum (enum)
        • GefOpenTypeEnum (enum)
        • GefOrientationEnum (enum)
        • GefPatternEnum (enum)
        • GefPositionTypeEnum (enum)
        • GefSaveChangesEnum (enum)
        • GefSaveFileFormatEnum (enum)
        • GefScaleAnimAnchorEnum (enum)
        • GefSelectEnum (enum)
        • GefShowScreenEnum (enum)
        • GefSysColorEnum (enum)
        • GefTextFormatEnum (enum)
        • GefTimeFormatEnum (enum)
        • GefTriStateEnum (enum)
        • GefZOrderEnum (enum)
    • CIMPLICITY Historical Data Connector Object Model
      • Object Hierarchy
      • Objects
        • CimDbap (object)
          • CimDbap.LoadLoginData (method)
          • CimDbap.SubmitPointRequest (method)
          • CimDbap.SubmitTableDSNRequest (method)
          • CimDbap.SubmitTableOLEDBRequest (method)
        • CimDbapPointResponse (object)
          • CimDbapPointResponse.DSNAttributes (read-only property)
          • CimDbapPointResponse.ODBCDriverName (read-only property)
          • CimDbapPointResponse.Password (read-only property)
          • CimDbapPointResponse.PointId (read-only property)
          • CimDbapPointResponse.TableName (read-only property)
          • CimDbapPointResponse.TableType (read-only property)
          • CimDbapPointResponse.UserId (read-only property)
          • CimDbapPointResponse.ValueFieldPrefix (read-only property)
        • CimDbapTableDSNResponse (object)
          • CimDbapTableDSNResponse.DSNAttributes (read-only property)
          • CimDbapTableDSNResponse.ODBCDriverName (read-only property)
          • CimDbapTableDSNResponse.Password (read-only property)
          • CimDbapTableDSNResponse.TableName (read-only property)
          • CimDbapTableDSNResponse.TableType (read-only property)
          • CimDbapTableDSNResponse.UserId (read-only property)
        • CimDbapTableOLEDBResponse (object)
          • CimDbapTableOLEDBResponse.ConnectString (read-only property)
          • CimDbapTableOLEDBResponse.TableName (read-only property)
          • CimDbapTableOLEDBResponse.TableType (read-only property)
        • CimDbapTableType (enum)
    • CIMPLICITY Historical Alarm Viewer
      • Object Hierarchy
      • Objects
        • CimHistAlarmViewer (object)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.ADOConnector (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.BackColor (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.BackStyle (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.BorderStyle (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.Caption (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.CimView (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.Columns (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.ConnectionString (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.CustomSQL (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.DrawGrid (method)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.Duration (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.EnableExport (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.EnableFieldSelection (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.EnableFilterSelection (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.EnablePrint (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.EnableSortSelection (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.EndTime (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.EndTimePicker (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.FilterClause (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.Font (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.ForeColor (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.IOleObject_DoVerb (method)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.Justification (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.MaxRecords (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.PrintControl (method)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.PrintPreviewControl (method)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.Project (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.Refresh (method)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.RefreshRate (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.RowStyles (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.SQL (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.Scroll (method)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.SelectClause (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.SelectFields (method)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.SelectFilters (method)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.SelectSorting (method)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.ShowDTPickers (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.ShowToolbar (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.SortClause (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.StartTime (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.StartTimePicker (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.TableName (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.Units (read-only property)
          • CimHistAlarmViewer.UseAmbient (read-only property)
        • Column (object)
          • Column.BackColor (read-only property)
          • Column.Caption (read-only property)
          • Column.FieldName (read-only property)
          • Column.ForeColor (read-only property)
          • Column.Value (read-only property)
          • Column.Width (read-only property)
        • Columns (object)
          • Columns.Count (read-only property)
          • Columns.Item (method)
        • RowCondition (object)
          • RowCondition.Field (read-only property)
          • RowCondition.Value (read-only property)
        • RowConditions (object)
          • RowConditions.Add (method)
          • RowConditions.Count (read-only property)
          • RowConditions.Item (method)
        • RowStyle (object)
          • RowStyle.BackColor (read-only property)
          • RowStyle.Conditions (read-only property)
          • RowStyle.ForeColor (read-only property)
        • RowStyles (object)
          • RowStyles.Add (method)
          • RowStyles.Count (read-only property)
          • RowStyles.Item (method)
        • _CimHistAlarmViewer (object)
          • _CimHistAlarmViewer.EditColumnSettings (method)
        • DurationUnits (enum)
    • CIMPLICITY Safe Array Object Model
      • Object Hierarchy
      • Objects
        • CoCimSafeArray (object)
        • CoCimSafeArray2 (object)
        • CoCimSafeArray3 (object)
        • CoCimSafeArray4 (object)
        • CoCimSafeArray5 (object)
          • CoCimSafeArray5.CallObjectMethod (method)
          • CoCimSafeArray5.CreateArray (method)
          • CoCimSafeArray5.CreateVector (method)
          • CoCimSafeArray5.Dimensions (read-only property)
          • CoCimSafeArray5.Element (method)
          • CoCimSafeArray5.Element2 (method)
          • CoCimSafeArray5.Element3 (method)
          • CoCimSafeArray5.Element4 (method)
          • CoCimSafeArray5.Element5 (method)
          • CoCimSafeArray5.GetArrayBounds (method)
          • CoCimSafeArray5.GetArrayElement (method)
          • CoCimSafeArray5.GetObjectProperty (method)
          • CoCimSafeArray5.GetObjectPropertyEx (method)
          • CoCimSafeArray5.GetVectorBounds (method)
          • CoCimSafeArray5.GetVectorElement (method)
          • CoCimSafeArray5.SetArrayElement (method)
          • CoCimSafeArray5.SetObjectProperty (method)
          • CoCimSafeArray5.SetObjectPropertyEx (method)
          • CoCimSafeArray5.SetVectorElement (method)
          • CoCimSafeArray5.Type (read-only property)
          • CoCimSafeArray5.Value (property)
        • CimArrayType (enum)
    • CIMPLICITY HMI XY Plot Object Model
      • Object Hierarchy
      • Objects
        • CimAxes (object)
          • CimAxes.Add (method)
          • CimAxes.Count (read-only property)
          • CimAxes.Item (read-only property)
          • CimAxes.Remove (method)
          • CimAxes.RemoveAll (method)
        • CimAxis (object)
          • CimAxis.BackwardScroll (property)
          • CimAxis.Direction (property)
          • CimAxis.Format (property)
          • CimAxis.ForwardScroll (property)
          • CimAxis.IsScrolling (method)
          • CimAxis.Limit (property)
          • CimAxis.Mode (property)
          • CimAxis.Name (property)
          • CimAxis.Order (property)
          • CimAxis.Orientation (property)
          • CimAxis.Pen (property)
          • CimAxis.ResumeScrolling (method)
          • CimAxis.ReverseDirection (method)
          • CimAxis.ReverseOrientation (method)
          • CimAxis.ScrollPercent (property)
          • CimAxis.Ticks (property)
          • CimAxis.Title (property)
          • CimAxis.Visible (property)
        • CimAxisTicks (object)
          • CimAxisTicks.AutoCount (property)
          • CimAxisTicks.Count (property)
          • CimAxisTicks.Font (property)
          • CimAxisTicks.UseAmbientFont (property)
        • CimBrush (object)
          • CimBrush.Color (property)
          • CimBrush.HatchStyle (property)
          • CimBrush.Type (property)
        • CimButton (object)
          • CimButton.Click (method)
          • CimButton.Visible (property)
        • CimData (object)
          • CimData.Clear (method)
          • CimData.Count (property)
          • CimData.Item (property)
          • CimData.Push (method)
          • CimData.Set (method)
          • CimData.Value (property)
        • CimGraphControl (object)
          • CimGraphControl.AboutBox (method)
          • CimGraphControl.AutoUpdate (property)
          • CimGraphControl.BackgroundColor (property)
          • CimGraphControl.ChartColor (property)
          • CimGraphControl.ForegroundColor (property)
          • CimGraphControl.Grid (property)
          • CimGraphControl.Legends (property)
          • CimGraphControl.OnLeftButtonDoubleClick (event)
          • CimGraphControl.Paused (property)
          • CimGraphControl.Properties (method)
          • CimGraphControl.RGB (method)
          • CimGraphControl.Series (property)
          • CimGraphControl.Sliders (property)
          • CimGraphControl.Title (property)
          • CimGraphControl.Update (method)
          • CimGraphControl.UseAmbientBackgroundColor (property)
          • CimGraphControl.UseAmbientChartColor (property)
          • CimGraphControl.UseAmbientForegroundColor (property)
          • CimGraphControl.X (property)
          • CimGraphControl.Y (property)
        • CimGrid (object)
          • CimGrid.HorizontalCount (property)
          • CimGrid.Pen (property)
          • CimGrid.VerticalCount (property)
          • CimGrid.Visible (property)
        • CimLegend (object)
          • CimLegend.Brush (property)
          • CimLegend.Column (property)
          • CimLegend.Font (property)
          • CimLegend.HeaderVisible (property)
          • CimLegend.Order (property)
          • CimLegend.Row (property)
          • CimLegend.UseAmbientFont (property)
          • CimLegend.Visible (property)
        • CimLegendColumn (object)
          • CimLegendColumn.AutoWidth (property)
          • CimLegendColumn.Brush (property)
          • CimLegendColumn.Header (property)
          • CimLegendColumn.Index (property)
          • CimLegendColumn.Order (property)
          • CimLegendColumn.ShowX (property)
          • CimLegendColumn.Type (property)
          • CimLegendColumn.Visible (property)
          • CimLegendColumn.Width (property)
        • CimLegendColumns (object)
          • CimLegendColumns.Add (method)
          • CimLegendColumns.Count (read-only property)
          • CimLegendColumns.Item (read-only property)
          • CimLegendColumns.Remove (method)
          • CimLegendColumns.RemoveAll (method)
        • CimLegendRows (object)
          • CimLegendRows.Count (read-only property)
          • CimLegendRows.Item (read-only property)
          • CimLegendRows.VisibleCount (property)
        • CimLegends (object)
          • CimLegends.Orientation (property)
          • CimLegends.Series (property)
          • CimLegends.Slider (property)
          • CimLegends.Visible (property)
        • CimLimit (object)
          • CimLimit.High (property)
          • CimLimit.Low (property)
          • CimLimit.Set (method)
        • CimMarkers (object)
          • CimMarkers.Type (property)
          • CimMarkers.Visible (property)
          • CimMarkers.Width (property)
        • CimNumberFormat (object)
          • CimNumberFormat.AbsoluteTime (property)
          • CimNumberFormat.Custom (property)
          • CimNumberFormat.Precision (property)
          • CimNumberFormat.RelativeTime (property)
          • CimNumberFormat.SetCustomFormat (method)
          • CimNumberFormat.SetRealFormat (method)
          • CimNumberFormat.SetTimeFormat (method)
          • CimNumberFormat.Type (property)
        • CimPairData (object)
          • CimPairData.Clear (method)
          • CimPairData.Count (property)
          • CimPairData.Pop (method)
          • CimPairData.Push (method)
          • CimPairData.Set (method)
          • CimPairData.X (property)
          • CimPairData.Y (property)
        • CimPen (object)
          • CimPen.Color (property)
          • CimPen.Style (property)
          • CimPen.Width (property)
        • CimScrollButtonPair (object)
          • CimScrollButtonPair.Full (property)
          • CimScrollButtonPair.Partial (property)
        • CimSeries (object)
          • CimSeries.Brush (property)
          • CimSeries.Data (property)
          • CimSeries.InLegend (property)
          • CimSeries.Markers (property)
          • CimSeries.Name (property)
          • CimSeries.Order (property)
          • CimSeries.Pen (property)
          • CimSeries.Type (property)
          • CimSeries.Visible (property)
          • CimSeries.X (property)
          • CimSeries.Y (property)
        • CimSeriesList (object)
          • CimSeriesList.Add (method)
          • CimSeriesList.Count (read-only property)
          • CimSeriesList.Item (read-only property)
          • CimSeriesList.Legend (read-only property)
          • CimSeriesList.Remove (method)
          • CimSeriesList.RemoveAll (method)
        • CimSlider (object)
          • CimSlider.InLegend (property)
          • CimSlider.Name (property)
          • CimSlider.Order (property)
          • CimSlider.Pen (property)
          • CimSlider.Position (property)
          • CimSlider.Type (property)
          • CimSlider.Visible (property)
        • CimSliders (object)
          • CimSliders.Add (method)
          • CimSliders.Count (read-only property)
          • CimSliders.Item (read-only property)
          • CimSliders.Legend (read-only property)
          • CimSliders.Remove (method)
          • CimSliders.RemoveAll (method)
        • CimTitle (object)
          • CimTitle.Font (property)
          • CimTitle.UseAmbientFont (property)
          • CimTitle.Value (property)
          • CimTitle.Visible (property)
        • IFontDisp (object)
          • IFontDisp.Bold (property)
          • IFontDisp.Charset (property)
          • IFontDisp.Italic (property)
          • IFontDisp.Name (property)
          • IFontDisp.Size (property)
          • IFontDisp.Strikethrough (property)
          • IFontDisp.Underline (property)
          • IFontDisp.Weight (property)
        • ApAxisModeEnum (enum)
        • ApBrushHatchStyleEnum (enum)
        • ApBrushTypeEnum (enum)
        • ApDirectionEnum (enum)
        • ApLegendColumnTypeEnum (enum)
        • ApMarkerTypeEnum (enum)
        • ApNumberFormatEnum (enum)
        • ApOrientationEnum (enum)
        • ApPenStyleEnum (enum)
        • ApRelativeTimeEnum (enum)
        • ApSeriesTypeEnum (enum)
        • ApSliderTypeEnum (enum)
    • Tracker Agents Object Model
      • Object Hierarchy
      • Objects
        • ITrkAttribute (object)
          • ITrkAttribute.Class (read-only property)
          • ITrkAttribute.Delete (method)
          • ITrkAttribute.ItemID (property)
          • ITrkAttribute.LastModDate (read-only property)
          • ITrkAttribute.Modify (method)
          • ITrkAttribute.Name (property)
          • ITrkAttribute.ProjectName (read-only property)
          • ITrkAttribute.SessionID (write-only property)
          • ITrkAttribute.Value (property)
          • ITrkAttribute.VirtualID (read-only property)
        • ITrkAttributeAgent (object)
          • ITrkAttributeAgent.AttributeClass (write-only property)
          • ITrkAttributeAgent.Clear (method)
          • ITrkAttributeAgent.CreateExtAttribute (method)
          • ITrkAttributeAgent.CreateStdAttribute (method)
          • ITrkAttributeAgent.Delete (method)
          • ITrkAttributeAgent.Execute (method)
          • ITrkAttributeAgent.ExecuteEx (method)
          • ITrkAttributeAgent.ItemExpression (write-only property)
          • ITrkAttributeAgent.ItemID (write-only property)
          • ITrkAttributeAgent.Modify (method)
          • ITrkAttributeAgent.Name (write-only property)
          • ITrkAttributeAgent.NameExpression (write-only property)
          • ITrkAttributeAgent.Project (write-only property)
          • ITrkAttributeAgent.RefID (write-only property)
          • ITrkAttributeAgent.Region (write-only property)
          • ITrkAttributeAgent.SessionID (write-only property)
          • ITrkAttributeAgent.Value (write-only property)
          • ITrkAttributeAgent.ValueExpression (write-only property)
        • ITrkAttributes (object)
          • ITrkAttributes.Count (read-only property)
          • ITrkAttributes.Item (read-only property)
          • ITrkAttributes._NewEnum (read-only property)
        • ITrkCriteriaSets (object)
          • ITrkCriteriaSets.Count (method)
          • ITrkCriteriaSets.Item (method)
          • ITrkCriteriaSets.ProjectID (write-only property)
          • ITrkCriteriaSets.Refresh (method)
        • ITrkHold (object)
          • ITrkHold.Class (read-only property)
          • ITrkHold.Delete (method)
          • ITrkHold.Description (property)
          • ITrkHold.Expiration (property)
          • ITrkHold.ItemID (property)
          • ITrkHold.LastModDate (read-only property)
          • ITrkHold.Modify (method)
          • ITrkHold.Name (property)
          • ITrkHold.ProjectName (read-only property)
          • ITrkHold.Region (property)
          • ITrkHold.isActive (property)
          • ITrkHold.isCleared (property)
        • ITrkHolds (object)
          • ITrkHolds.Count (read-only property)
          • ITrkHolds.Item (read-only property)
          • ITrkHolds._NewEnum (read-only property)
        • ITrkItem (object)
          • ITrkItem.Attribute (property)
          • ITrkItem.Attributes (method)
          • ITrkItem.CommitChanges (method)
          • ITrkItem.CreateExtAttribute (method)
          • ITrkItem.CreateHold (method)
          • ITrkItem.CreateStdAttribute (method)
          • ITrkItem.Delete (method)
          • ITrkItem.DeleteItem (method)
          • ITrkItem.DeleteItemEx (method)
          • ITrkItem.GetBatchAttribute (method)
          • ITrkItem.Holds (method)
          • ITrkItem.IsAttribute (method)
          • ITrkItem.ItemId (read-only property)
          • ITrkItem.ItemType (read-only property)
          • ITrkItem.Modify (method)
          • ITrkItem.Move (method)
          • ITrkItem.ProjectName (read-only property)
          • ITrkItem.Refresh (method)
          • ITrkItem.SessionID (write-only property)
          • ITrkItem.Status (property)
        • ITrkItemAgent (object)
          • ITrkItemAgent.AddRegion (method)
          • ITrkItemAgent.AttributeName (property)
          • ITrkItemAgent.AttributeNameExpression (property)
          • ITrkItemAgent.AttributeValue (property)
          • ITrkItemAgent.AttributeValueExpression (property)
          • ITrkItemAgent.Clear (method)
          • ITrkItemAgent.CriteriaSet (property)
          • ITrkItemAgent.CriteriaSets (method)
          • ITrkItemAgent.DeleteItem (method)
          • ITrkItemAgent.DeleteItemEx (method)
          • ITrkItemAgent.Execute (method)
          • ITrkItemAgent.Flags (property)
          • ITrkItemAgent.GetAssociatedProject (method)
          • ITrkItemAgent.GetEndLocation (method)
          • ITrkItemAgent.GetRegion (method)
          • ITrkItemAgent.GetStartLocation (method)
          • ITrkItemAgent.HoldExpiration (property)
          • ITrkItemAgent.HoldName (property)
          • ITrkItemAgent.ItemClass (property)
          • ITrkItemAgent.ItemExpression (property)
          • ITrkItemAgent.ItemID (property)
          • ITrkItemAgent.ItemType (property)
          • ITrkItemAgent.Location (property)
          • ITrkItemAgent.Project (property)
          • ITrkItemAgent.Range (property)
          • ITrkItemAgent.Ranges (method)
          • ITrkItemAgent.RefID (property)
          • ITrkItemAgent.Region (write-only property)
          • ITrkItemAgent.RegionCount (method)
          • ITrkItemAgent.RemoveCriteriaSet (method)
          • ITrkItemAgent.RemoveRange (method)
          • ITrkItemAgent.RemoveRegion (method)
          • ITrkItemAgent.SaveCriteriaSet (method)
          • ITrkItemAgent.SaveRange (method)
          • ITrkItemAgent.SessionID (write-only property)
          • ITrkItemAgent.Where (property)
        • ITrkItemClass (object)
          • ITrkItemClass.ClassID (read-only property)
          • ITrkItemClass.TypeCount (read-only property)
          • ITrkItemClass.TypeID (read-only property)
        • ITrkItemClasses (object)
          • ITrkItemClasses.Count (read-only property)
          • ITrkItemClasses.Item (read-only property)
        • ITrkItemType (object)
          • ITrkItemType.Description (read-only property)
          • ITrkItemType.ItemClass (read-only property)
          • ITrkItemType.TrackingType (read-only property)
          • ITrkItemType.TypeCode (read-only property)
          • ITrkItemType.TypeID (read-only property)
        • ITrkItemTypes (object)
          • ITrkItemTypes.Count (read-only property)
          • ITrkItemTypes.Item (read-only property)
          • ITrkItemTypes._EnumNew (read-only property)
        • ITrkItems (object)
          • ITrkItems.AddItem (method)
          • ITrkItems.Count (read-only property)
          • ITrkItems.CreateHold (method)
          • ITrkItems.DeleteHold (method)
          • ITrkItems.Item (read-only property)
          • ITrkItems.Remove (method)
          • ITrkItems._NewEnum (read-only property)
        • ITrkNewItem (object)
          • ITrkNewItem.AddItem (method)
          • ITrkNewItem.AttributeCount (method)
          • ITrkNewItem.Clear (method)
          • ITrkNewItem.Comment (property)
          • ITrkNewItem.CreateAttribute (method)
          • ITrkNewItem.CreateNamedHold (method)
          • ITrkNewItem.DeleteAttribute (method)
          • ITrkNewItem.DeleteNamedHold (method)
          • ITrkNewItem.ExternalHold (property)
          • ITrkNewItem.GetAttribute (method)
          • ITrkNewItem.GetNamedHold (method)
          • ITrkNewItem.GroupID (property)
          • ITrkNewItem.InsertItem (method)
          • ITrkNewItem.InternalHold (property)
          • ITrkNewItem.InternalHoldReason (property)
          • ITrkNewItem.ItemID (property)
          • ITrkNewItem.ItemTypeID (property)
          • ITrkNewItem.ModifyAttribute (method)
          • ITrkNewItem.ModifyNamedHold (method)
          • ITrkNewItem.NamedHoldCount (method)
          • ITrkNewItem.ParentID (property)
          • ITrkNewItem.ProjectID (property)
          • ITrkNewItem.RefID (property)
          • ITrkNewItem.RegionID (property)
          • ITrkNewItem.RegionLoc (property)
          • ITrkNewItem.SetStatusBit (method)
          • ITrkNewItem.Status (property)
          • ITrkNewItem.StatusBit (read-only property)
          • ITrkNewItem.UserID (property)
        • ITrkRanges (object)
          • ITrkRanges.Count (method)
          • ITrkRanges.Item (method)
          • ITrkRanges.ProjectID (write-only property)
          • ITrkRanges.Refresh (method)
        • ITrkRegion (object)
          • ITrkRegion.AdvanceModel (method)
          • ITrkRegion.ArchiveItem (method)
          • ITrkRegion.Capacity (read-only property)
          • ITrkRegion.CreateItem (method)
          • ITrkRegion.DeleteItem (method)
          • ITrkRegion.GetStatusBit (method)
          • ITrkRegion.ItemCount (read-only property)
          • ITrkRegion.ItemList (method)
          • ITrkRegion.Items (method)
          • ITrkRegion.MaxLocations (read-only property)
          • ITrkRegion.ProjectID (read-only property)
          • ITrkRegion.RegID (read-only property)
          • ITrkRegion.SessionID (write-only property)
          • ITrkRegion.SetStatusBit (method)
          • ITrkRegion.isFull (property)
          • ITrkRegion.isInLocked (property)
          • ITrkRegion.isOutLocked (property)
          • ITrkRegion.isOutOfSequence (property)
        • ITrkRegionAgent (object)
          • ITrkRegionAgent.Execute (method)
          • ITrkRegionAgent.ProjectID (write-only property)
          • ITrkRegionAgent.Region (method)
          • ITrkRegionAgent.RegionID (write-only property)
          • ITrkRegionAgent.RegionIDExpression (write-only property)
          • ITrkRegionAgent.SessionID (write-only property)
        • ITrkRegions (object)
          • ITrkRegions.Count (read-only property)
          • ITrkRegions.Item (read-only property)
          • ITrkRegions._EnumNew (read-only property)
        • ITrkSession (object)
          • ITrkSession.AddProject (method)
          • ITrkSession.Clear (method)
          • ITrkSession.CloseAllSession (method)
          • ITrkSession.CloseSession (method)
          • ITrkSession.IsPermission (method)
          • ITrkSession.IsSessionTimedout (method)
          • ITrkSession.OpenExistingSession (method)
          • ITrkSession.SessionID (read-only property)
          • ITrkSession.SessionTimeout (property)
          • ITrkSession.SetRangeAndCritSetUser (method)
        • TrKAttribClass (enum)
        • TrkBitMaskEnum (enum)
        • TrkItemDeleteDisposition (enum)
    • TADB Object Model
      • Object Hierarchy
      • Objects
        • TADBRoot (object)
          • TADBRoot.FindTable (method)
          • TADBRoot.Load (method)
          • TADBRoot.TrkItemTypeGroupAttribs (read-only property)
          • TADBRoot.TrkItemTypeGroups (read-only property)
          • TADBRoot.TrkItemTypes (read-only property)
          • TADBRoot.TrkItems (read-only property)
          • TADBRoot.TrkTables (read-only property)
          • TADBRoot.Unload (method)
          • TADBRoot.UserApplicationName (property)
        • TrkField (object)
          • TrkField.DataType (read-only property)
          • TrkField.MaxLength (read-only property)
          • TrkField.Name (read-only property)
          • TrkField.Save (method)
          • TrkField.Value (property)
        • TrkFields (object)
          • TrkFields.Count (method)
          • TrkFields.Item (method)
        • TrkItem (object)
          • TrkItem.Archive (method)
          • TrkItem.Created (method)
          • TrkItem.ExtHoldActive (read-only property)
          • TrkItem.GroupID (read-only property)
          • TrkItem.ID (read-only property)
          • TrkItem.IntHoldActive (read-only property)
          • TrkItem.IntHoldReason (read-only property)
          • TrkItem.ItemTypeID (property)
          • TrkItem.LastModified (method)
          • TrkItem.ParentItemID (read-only property)
          • TrkItem.ReferenceID (property)
          • TrkItem.Reg1ID (read-only property)
          • TrkItem.Reg1Loc (read-only property)
          • TrkItem.Reg2ID (read-only property)
          • TrkItem.Reg2Loc (read-only property)
          • TrkItem.RegEntryTime (read-only property)
          • TrkItem.RelativeItems (read-only property)
          • TrkItem.Save (method)
          • TrkItem.StatusHI (read-only property)
          • TrkItem.StatusLO (read-only property)
          • TrkItem.TrackingType (read-only property)
          • TrkItem.TrkItemType (read-only property)
        • TrkItemType (object)
          • TrkItemType.Class (property)
          • TrkItemType.Code (property)
          • TrkItemType.Description (property)
          • TrkItemType.ID (read-only property)
          • TrkItemType.TrackingType (read-only property)
          • TrkItemType.TrkItemTypeGroups (read-only property)
        • TrkItemTypeGroup (object)
          • TrkItemTypeGroup.ItemTypeID (property)
          • TrkItemTypeGroup.Name (read-only property)
          • TrkItemTypeGroup.TrkItemTypeGroupAttribs (read-only property)
          • TrkItemTypeGroup.TrkTable (read-only property)
          • TrkItemTypeGroup.Type (property)
        • TrkItemTypeGroupAttrib (object)
          • TrkItemTypeGroupAttrib.AllowNulls (property)
          • TrkItemTypeGroupAttrib.DataType (property)
          • TrkItemTypeGroupAttrib.DefaultValue (property)
          • TrkItemTypeGroupAttrib.Description (property)
          • TrkItemTypeGroupAttrib.FGroup (property)
          • TrkItemTypeGroupAttrib.Indexed (property)
          • TrkItemTypeGroupAttrib.ItemTypeGroupName (read-only property)
          • TrkItemTypeGroupAttrib.ItemTypeID (read-only property)
          • TrkItemTypeGroupAttrib.Length (property)
          • TrkItemTypeGroupAttrib.Lookup (property)
          • TrkItemTypeGroupAttrib.Name (read-only property)
          • TrkItemTypeGroupAttrib.Uniquepart (property)
        • TrkItemTypeGroupAttribs (object)
          • TrkItemTypeGroupAttribs.Count (method)
          • TrkItemTypeGroupAttribs.Item (method)
        • TrkItemTypeGroups (object)
          • TrkItemTypeGroups.Count (method)
          • TrkItemTypeGroups.Item (method)
        • TrkItemTypes (object)
          • TrkItemTypes.Count (read-only property)
          • TrkItemTypes.Item (method)
        • TrkItems (object)
          • TrkItems.Add (method)
          • TrkItems.Count (read-only property)
          • TrkItems.Item (method)
          • TrkItems.ReadDB (method)
          • TrkItems.Remove (method)
        • TrkRecord (object)
          • TrkRecord.ID (read-only property)
          • TrkRecord.ReInitialize (method)
          • TrkRecord.Save (method)
          • TrkRecord.TrkFields (read-only property)
        • TrkRecords (object)
          • TrkRecords.Add (method)
          • TrkRecords.Count (method)
          • TrkRecords.Item (method)
          • TrkRecords.Remove (method)
          • TrkRecords.RemoveFromCollection (method)
          • TrkRecords.Save (method)
        • TrkTable (object)
          • TrkTable.ApplyUpdate (method)
          • TrkTable.HasALookup (read-only property)
          • TrkTable.IsLookup (read-only property)
          • TrkTable.Name (read-only property)
          • TrkTable.ReadDB (method)
          • TrkTable.RemoveAll (method)
          • TrkTable.TrkItemTypeGroupAttribs (read-only property)
          • TrkTable.TrkRecords (read-only property)
          • TrkTable.WantLookup (property)
        • TrkTables (object)
          • TrkTables.Count (method)
          • TrkTables.Item (method)
    • CIMPLICITY Solve Engine Interface
      • Object Hierarchy
      • Objects
        • ISolveInterface (object)
          • ISolveInterface.ActivateRevision (method)
          • ISolveInterface.AddProject (method)
          • ISolveInterface.BrowseAttributes (method)
          • ISolveInterface.BrowseExpressions (method)
          • ISolveInterface.Compact (method)
          • ISolveInterface.DeleteNamedExpression (method)
          • ISolveInterface.EditExpression (method)
          • ISolveInterface.GetListValues (method)
          • ISolveInterface.GetNamedExpression (method)
          • ISolveInterface.GetProjectList (method)
          • ISolveInterface.GetValues (method)
          • ISolveInterface.LastError (method)
          • ISolveInterface.ListItems (method)
          • ISolveInterface.ListNamedExpressions (method)
          • ISolveInterface.LoginTimeout (property)
          • ISolveInterface.NewExpression (method)
          • ISolveInterface.Project (property)
          • ISolveInterface.QueryTimeout (property)
          • ISolveInterface.RemoveAllProjects (method)
          • ISolveInterface.RemoveProject (method)
          • ISolveInterface.Reset (method)
          • ISolveInterface.RollbackExpressionByRevision (method)
          • ISolveInterface.RollbackExpressionByTime (method)
          • ISolveInterface.SaveNamedExpression (method)
          • ISolveInterface.TestItem (method)
          • ISolveInterface.UpdateItems (method)
          • ISolveInterface.UpdateValues (method)
          • ISolveInterface.UseHistorical (property)
    • CIMPLICITY XML Translator
      • Object Hierarchy
      • Objects
        • IXMLT (object)
          • IXMLT.DoTranslation (method)
          • IXMLT.LastError (method)
  • Open Interface
    • About CIMPLICITY Open Interface
    • Login/Logout API
      • About the Login/Logout API
      • Code a Login Box
        • Code a Login Box
        • Example Login Box Installation
        • Tips about Coding a Login Box
      • Install a Customized Login Box
        • Install a Customized Login Box
        • Step 1. Register the Replacement Login Control
        • Step 2. Select the Type of Login Box you want
        • Step 3. Set a CIMPLICITY Global Parameter on the Server
        • Step 4. Set a CIMPLICITY Global Parameter on both the Server and Viewer
        • Step 5. Stop and Restart CIMPLICITY
      • Login/Logout API Support
        • Login/Logout API Support
        • Simple Login/Logout Example using Basic Script
    • Alarm API
      • Alarm Management API
        • About Alarm Management API
        • Integration of Alarm Management and Base System
        • Alarm Management API Contents
        • Notes on Internationalization for the Alarm Management API
        • Alarm Management API Overview
          • Alarm Management API Overview
          • Operation Overview
          • Alarm Management API Features
        • Alarm Management API Getting Started
          • Alarm Management API Getting Started
          • Alarm Management API Sample Program
          • Demo Program
          • Example: Send When Buffer Filled
          • Example: Send an Alarm With Multiple Parameters
          • Example: External Alarm Timestamps
        • Field Definitions: Alarm Management API Application
          • Field Definitions: Alarm Management API Application
          • Include Files
        • General Subroutines for the Alarm Management API
          • General Subroutines for Field Definitions: Alarm Management API
          • coprcnam
          • cor_logstatus
          • cor_stamp
          • cor_stamp_calc
          • cor_stamp_get_components
          • ipc_deactivate
          • ipc_register
        • Application Subroutines for Alarm Management API
          • Application Subroutines for Field Definitions: Alarm Management API
          • amaru_init
          • amaru_add_gen
          • amaru_add_gen_stamp
          • amaru_add_update
          • amaru_add_update_stamp
          • amaru_send_msg
          • amaru_alloc_buffer
          • amaru_num_messages
          • amaru_get_resp
          • amaru_free_buffer
          • amaru_terminate
        • Alarm Management Configuration Files
          • Alarm Management Configuration Files
          • Alarm Definition File (alarm_def)
            • Alarm Definition File (alarm_def)
            • Field Definitions for Alarm Definition File
              • Field Definitions for Alarm Definition File
              • ack_tout
              • alarm_id
              • alarm_msg
              • alarm_type_id
              • class_id
              • clr_tout
              • del_opt
              • Description
              • help_fname
              • log_file
              • log_opt
              • manual_clear_allowed
              • max_stacked
              • rep_tout
            • Sample Configuration File (alarm_def)
          • Alarm Class File (alarm_class)
            • Alarm Class File (alarm_class)
            • Field Definitions for Alarm Class
              • Field Definitions for Alarm Class
              • class_ack_bg
              • class_ack_fg
              • class_alarm_bg
              • class_alarm_fg
              • class_id
              • class_normal_bg
              • class_normal_fg
              • class_order
              • class_title
            • Sample Configuration File (alarm_class)
          • Alarm Type File (alarm_type)
            • Alarm Type File (alarm_type)
            • Field Definitions for Alarm Type File
              • Field Definitions for Alarm Type File
              • alarm_type_id
              • Description
            • Sample Configuration File (alarm_type)
          • Alarm Field File (alarm_field)
            • Alarm Field File (alarm_field)
            • Field Definitions for Alarm Field File
              • Field Definitions for Alarm Field File
              • alarm_field_id
              • alarm_type_id
              • Description
              • field_format
              • field_len
              • field_num
              • field_type
              • field_use
            • Sample Configuration File (alarm_field)
          • Alarm Manager File (alarm_mgr)
            • Alarm Manager File (alarm_mgr)
            • Field Definitions for Alarm Manager File
              • Field Definitions for Alarm Manager File
              • alarm_mgr_id
              • alloc_segs_to_proc
              • auto_pnum
              • autoupd_tout
              • count_
              • count_type
              • date_mask
              • dg_input_prio
              • dyn_am_cont_mask
              • dyn_am_video_mask
              • gen_auto_prio
              • jrnl_max
              • jrnl_max_act_limit
              • jrnl_min
              • jrnl_status
              • jrnl_timer_period
              • master_input_prio
              • process_allocq_prio
              • process_auto_prio
              • process_jrnl_prio
              • process_updq_
              • segs_to_proc
              • service_id
              • upd_terms_prio
              • ur_input_prio
            • Sample Configuration File (alarm_mgr)
          • Alarm Routing File (alarm_routing)
            • Alarm Routing File (alarm_routing)
            • Field Definitions for Alarm Routing File
              • Field Definitions for Alarm Routing File
              • alarm_id
              • role_id
            • Sample Configuration File (alarm_routing)
          • Alarm Interested Processes File (alarm_intproc)
            • Alarm Interested Processes File (alarm_intproc)
            • Field Definitions for Alarm Interested Processes File
              • Field Definitions for Alarm Interested Processes File
              • class_id
              • fr_id
              • log_file
              • service_id
            • Sample Configuration File (alarm_intproc)
        • Alarm Management Definitions Header Files
          • Alarm Management Definitions Header Files
          • am_defs.h
          • amaru_proto.h
        • Error Codes Returned by AMRP
        • Error Codes Returned by AMARU
      • Alarm Interested Process API
        • About the Alarm Interested Process API
        • Contents of the Alarm Interested Process API
        • Notes on Internationalization for the Alarm Interested Process API
        • AMIP API Class Reference
          • AMIP API Class Reference
          • Classes
            • Classes
            • CAMIPBase
            • CAlarmUpdateInfo
          • Command Handlers
            • Command Handlers
            • OnAlarmInfo
            • OnStatus
            • OnShutdown()
            • NotifyStopOnError()
        • Use the Alarm Interested Process (AMIP) API
          • Use the Alarm Interested Process (AMIP) API
          • About the Sample Program
          • Step 1. Create the Sample Program Executable
            • Step 1. Create the Sample Program Executable
            • Sample Program Listing
          • Step 2. Run the Sample Program
            • Step 2. Run the Sample Program
            • Step 2.1. Configure an Alarm Log Printer for the Sample Program
            • Step 2.2. Start the Sample Program
            • Step 2.3. Generate Alarms for the Sample Program to Process
          • Step 3. Write your AMIP Application
            • Step 3. Write your AMIP Application
            • Step 3.1. Compile and Link your AMIP Application
            • Step 3.2. Test your AMIP Application
          • Step 4. Integrate your AMIP Application with a CIMPLICITY Project
            • Step 4. Integrate your AMIP Application with a CIMPLICITY Project
            • Step 4.1. Create the Configuration File
            • Step 4.2. Update the System Registry
            • Step 4.3. Configure the Project
      • External Alarm State Management API
        • About the External Alarm State Management API
        • Notes on Internationalization for the External Alarm State Management API
        • External Alarm State Management Getting Started
          • External Alarm State Management Getting Started
          • External Alarm State Management API Contents
          • Sample Program
            • Sample Program
            • Sample Program Listing
          • 1. Create an XASMgr API Application
            • 1. Create an XASMgr API Application
            • Classes
              • Classes
              • AlarmGen
              • CExternalAlarmManager
            • AlarmGen Methods
              • AlarmGen Methods
              • AckAlarm
              • AddField
              • AddSeverity
              • AlarmGen
              • DeleteAlarm
              • GenerateAlarm
              • GenerateAlarmStamp
              • InitializeAmGen
              • ResetAlarm
              • ResetFields
            • CExternalAlarmManager Methods and Command Handlers
              • CExternalAlarmManager Methods and Command Handlers
              • Start
              • Stop
              • OnInited
              • OnShutdown
              • IsRunning
              • OnAlarmAck
              • OnAlarmClear
              • OnAlarmDel
              • report_error
              • GenerateAlarmStampWithVerify
          • 2. Write an XASMgr Application
          • 3. Compile and Link the XASMgr Application
          • 4. Test the XASMgr Application
          • 5. Integrate the XASMgr Application with a CIMPLICITY Project
            • 5. Integrate the XASMgr Application with a CIMPLICITY Project
            • 5.1. Create the Configuration File
            • 5.2. Update the System Registry
            • 5.3. Configure the Project
      • Alarm Viewer API
        • About the Alarm Viewer API
        • Alarm Viewer and CIMPLICITY Functionality
        • Alarm Viewer Management API Overview
          • Alarm Viewer Management API Overview
          • Operation Overview
          • Alarm Viewer API Features
          • Notes on Internationalization for the Alarm Management API
        • Alarm Viewer API Getting Started
          • Alarm Viewer API Getting Started
          • How the Alarm Viewer API Works
          • Application Subroutine Interface Contents
          • Build an Alarm Manager Connection
            • Build an Alarm Manager Connection
            • CAmvConn Syntax
              • CAmvConn Syntax
              • Constructor Members Summary
              • testContext Structure
              • SAmapCallbacks Structure
              • AlarmInfo Structure
          • Alarm Viewer API Sample Program
            • Alarm Viewer API Sample Program
            • amvtest.h
              • amvtest.h
              • CAlarmList
              • CAmvTest
            • amvtest.cpp
          • Demo Program
        • AMV API Class Reference
          • AMV API Class Reference
          • CAmvAlarm
            • CAmvAlarm Class
            • CAmvAlarm Class Definition
              • CAmvAlarm Class Definition
              • CAmvAlarm Class Member Overview
            • CAmvAlarm::amrp_sync
            • CAmvAlarm::amrp_sync_offset
            • CAmvAlarm::Class()
            • CAmvAlarm::cleared_time
            • CAmvAlarm::curr_comment
            • CAmvAlarm::curr_stacked
            • CAmvAlarm::DeleteOptions()
            • CAmvAlarm::generated_time
            • CAmvAlarm::ID(id_buf)
            • CAmvAlarm::ManualClearAllowed()
            • CAmvAlarm::max_stacked
            • CAmvAlarm::stacked_com
            • CAmvAlarm::stacked_data
          • CAmvClassFilter
            • CAmvClassFilter
            • CAmvClassFilter Class Definition
              • CAmvClassFilter Class Definition
              • CAmvClassFilter Class Member Overview
            • CAmvClassFilter::class_ack_bg
            • CAmvClassFilter::class_ack_fg
            • CAmvClassFilter::class_alarm_bg
            • CAmvClassFilter::class_alarm_fg
            • CAmvClassFilter::class_normal_bg
            • CAmvClassFilter::class_normal_fg
            • CAmvClassFilter::class_order
            • CAmvClassFilter::class_title
            • CAmvClassFilter::Disable()
            • CAmvClassFilter::Enable()
            • CAmvClassFilter::ID()
            • CAmvClassFilter::IsEnabled()
          • CAmvClassFilterList
            • CAmvClassFilterList
            • CAmvClassFilterList Class Definition
              • CAmvClassFilterList Class Definition
              • CAmvClassFilterList Class Member Overview
            • CAmvClassFilterList::First()
            • CAmvClassFilterList::Next()
          • CAmvConn
            • CAmvConn
            • CAmvConn Class Definition
              • CAmvConn Class Definition
              • CAmvConn Class Member Overview
            • CAmvConn::AddComment()
            • CAmvConn::AMAP_CONNECT
            • CAmvConn::BreakConnection()
            • CAmvConn::CAmvConn()
            • CAmvConn::ClassFilters
            • CAmvConn::ConfigurationAllowed()
            • CAmvConn::DeleteAllowed()
            • CAmvConn::FormConnection()
            • CAmvConn::GetConnectedSystem()
            • CAmvConn::IsAlarmManagerConnected()
            • CAmvConn::IsConnected()
            • CAmvConn::OperHelpRequest()
            • CAmvConn::PrimaryFilter()
            • CAmvConn::RequestAlarms()
            • CAmvConn::ResetConnection()
            • CAmvConn::ResourceFilters
            • CAmvConn::ResumeDynamic()
            • CAmvConn:SetAction()
            • CAmvConn::SetPrimaryFilter
            • CAmvConn::SetStateInfo()
            • CAmvConn::SetToDynamic()
            • CAmvConn::SetToStatic()
            • CAmvConn::SetupList()
            • CAmvConn::Setups
            • CAmvConn::ShouldReconnect()
            • CAmvConn::StateFilters
            • CAmvConn::SuspendDynamic()
            • CAmvConn::TimeFilter
            • CAmvConn::UpdateList()
          • CAmvResourceFilter
            • CAmvResourceFilter
            • CAmvResourceFilter Class Definition
              • CAmvResourceFilter Class Definition
              • CAmvResourceFilter Class Member Overview
            • CAmvResourceFilter::Disable()
            • CAmvResourceFilter::Enable()
            • CAmvResourceFilter::ID()
            • CAmvResourceFilter::IsEnabled()
          • CAmvResourceFilterList
            • CAmvResourceFilterList
            • CAmvResourceFilterList Class Definition
              • CAmvResourceFilterList Class Definition
              • CAmvResourceFilterList Class Member Overview
            • CAmvResourceFilterList::First()
            • CAmvResourceFilterList::Next()
          • CAmvSetupList
            • CAmvSetupList
            • CAmvSetupList Class Definition
              • CAmvSetupList Class Definition
              • CAmvSetupList Class Member Overview
            • CAmvSetupList::DoClear()
            • CAmvSetupList::DoDel()
            • CAmvSetupList::DoLoad()
            • CAmvSetupList::DoSave()
            • CAmvSetupList::DoSetD()
            • CAmvSetupList::Exists()
            • CAmvSetupList::FilterSetup()
            • CAmvSetupList::Number()
            • CAmvSetupList::Setup()
            • CAmvSetupList::SetupID()
            • CAmvSetupList::Update()
          • CAmvStateFilter
            • CAmvStateFilter
            • CAmvStateFilter Class Definition
              • CAmvStateFilter Class Definition
              • CAmvStateFilter Class Member Overview
            • CAmvStateFilter::ack_clear_msg()
            • CAmvStateFilter::ack_only_msg()
            • CAmvStateFilter::clear_only_msg()
            • CAmvStateFilter::Disable()
            • CAmvStateFilter::Enable()
            • CAmvStateFilter::IsEnabled()
            • CAmvStateFilter::State()
          • CAmvStateFilterList
            • CAmvStateFilterList
            • CAmvStateFilterList Class Definition
              • CAmvStateFilterList Class Definition
              • CAmvStateFilterList Class Member Overview
            • CAmvStateFilterList::ClearAll()
            • CAmvStateFilterList::ClearFilter()
            • CAmvStateFilterList::First()
            • CAmvStateFilterList::IsFiltered()
            • CAmvStateFilterList::Next()
            • CAmvStateFilterList::SetFilter()
          • CAmvTimeFilter
            • CAmvTimeFilter
            • CAmvTimeFilter Class Definition
              • CAmvTimeFilter Class Definition
              • Class Member Overview
            • CAmvTimeFilter::Disable()
            • CAmvTimeFilter::Enable()
            • CAmvTimeFilter::IsEnabled()
            • CAmvTimeFilter::SetTimeStamp()
            • CAmvTimeFilter::TimeStamp()
          • Data Types Used by Alarm Viewer API
            • Alarm Viewer API Data Types
            • Standard Data Types
              • Standard Data Types
              • AM_STACKED_INFO
              • COR_BOOLEAN
              • COR_I2
              • COR_I4
              • COR_STAMP
              • COR_STATUS
              • RCM_ALARM_DATA
    • Device Communications Toolkit
      • About the Device Communications Toolkit
      • Communications Enabler Overview
      • Device Communications Subroutines in the Enabler Sample
      • Notes on Internationalization for the Device Communications Toolkit
      • Device Communications Enabler Design
        • Device Communications Enabler Design
        • Decisions to be Made Prior to Implementing an Enabler
          • Decisions to be Made Prior to Implementing an Enabler
          • Determine the Device Models the Enabler Will Support
          • Determine the Domains to be Used
          • Determine the Form of Addressing Used to Configure Points for the Enabler
          • Determine the List of Supported Features
          • Design the specialized functions
        • User Customizable Functions
          • User Customizable Functions
          • user_accept_unsolicited_data()
          • user_cpu_model()
          • user_cvt_data_from_device()
          • user_cvt_data_to_device()
          • user_device_info()
          • user_device_okay()
          • user_heartbeat_device()
          • user_init()
          • user_on_demand_response()
          • user_open_port()
          • user_proc_event_1()
          • user_proc_event_2()
          • user_proc_event_3()
          • user_proc_event_4()
          • user_proc_event_5()
          • user_proc_event_6()
          • user_proc_event_7()
          • user_proc_event_8()
          • user_proc_event_9()
          • user_proc_event_10()
          • user_process_unsolicited_data()
          • user_process_unsolicited_data_stamp()
          • user_protocol_info()
          • user_read_data()
          • user_read_diag_data()
          • user_term()
          • user_valid_point()
          • user_valid_diag_point()
          • user_write_data()
          • user_write_point_quality()
          • Subroutine Guidelines
      • Implementation Checklist
        • Implementation Checklist
        • user_init() and user_term()
        • user_protocol_info()
        • user_device_info()
        • user_open_port()
        • user_cpu_model()
        • user_valid_point()
        • user_read_data()
        • user_write_data()
        • user_write_point_quality
        • user_process_unsolicited_data(), user_accept_unsolicited_data(), and user_process_unsolicited_data_stamp()
        • user_on_demand_response()
      • Create the Executable Image
        • Create the Executable Image
        • Build a Communication Enabler
      • Add a new Driver
        • Add a new Driver
        • 1. Identify the Protocol and Model Information
        • 2. Add new Entries to the Registry
        • 3. Define the Protocol
          • 3. Define the Protocol
          • address_type
          • allow_unsolicited
          • Base
          • cache_buffer_size
          • dead_count
          • forced_poll_count
          • high_index
          • image_name
          • load_buffer_size
          • low_index
          • max_associations
          • min_points_to_poll
          • min_scan
          • poll_buffer_size
          • poll_state
          • PM_flags
          • port_prefix
          • protocol_id
          • protocol_number
          • Priority
          • read_all
          • scan_units
        • 4. Define the Model
          • 4. Define the Model
          • protocol_id
          • Model
          • model_number
        • 5. Merge User Files into CIMPLICITY Software
        • 6. Merge the Domain Configuration File into a Project
          • 6. Merge the Domain Configuration File into a Project
          • Domain Configuration - domain.cfg
      • Demonstration Application
        • Demonstration Application
        • Build the Demonstration Application
      • Programming Notes
        • Programming Notes
        • Handle Event Flags
      • Device Communications Toolkit Subroutines
        • Device Communications Toolkit Subroutines
        • USER_ACCEPT_UNSOLICITED_DATA
        • USER_CPU_MODEL
        • USER_CVT_DATA_FROM_DEVICE
        • USER_CVT_DATA_TO_DEVICE
        • USER_DEVICE_INFO
        • USER_DEVICE_OKAY
        • USER_HEARTBEAT_DEVICE
        • USER_INIT
        • USER_ON_DEMAND_RESPONSE
        • USER_OPEN_PORT
        • USER_PROC_EVENT_1
        • USER_PROC_EVENT_2
        • USER_PROC_EVENT_3
        • USER_PROC_EVENT_4
        • USER_PROC_EVENT_5
        • USER_PROC_EVENT_6
        • USER_PROC_EVENT_7
        • USER_PROC_EVENT_8
        • USER_PROC_EVENT_9
        • USER_PROC_EVENT_10
        • USER_PROCESS_UNSOLICITED_DATA
        • USER_PROCESS_UNSOLICITED_DATA_STAMP
        • USER_PROTOCOL_INFO
        • USER_READ_DATA
        • USER_READ_DIAG_DATA
        • USER_TERM
        • USER_VALID_DIAG_POINT
        • USER_VALID_POINT
        • USER_WRITE_DATA
        • USER_WRITE_POINT_QUALITY
      • Device Communications Toolkit Other Subroutines
        • Device Communications Toolkit Other Subroutines
        • COR_SLEEP
        • DCRP_ALIGN_READ
        • DCRP_CALL_ON_TIME
        • DCRP_CLEAR_EF
        • DCRP_GET_ANY_EF
        • DCRP_GET_EF
        • DCRP_GET_PORT_PARAMETERS
        • DCRP_GET_SERIAL_SETTINGS
        • DCRP_LOG_STATUS
        • DCRP_NOTIFY_UNSOLICITED_DATA
        • DCRP_RCV_UNSOLICITED_DATA
        • DCRP_RCV_UNSOLICITED_DATA_STAMP
        • DCRP_RELEASE_EF
        • DCRP_SET_DEVICE_DOWN
        • DCRP_SET_DEVICE_UP
        • DCRP_SET_EF
        • DCRP_STAT_PROCESS
          • DCRP_STAT_PROCESS
          • Algorithm
        • DCRP_USER_ALARM
      • Device Communications Toolkit File List
        • Device Communications Toolkit File List
        • Simulated User Device Routines
        • Toolkit Object Libraries
        • Toolkit Include Files
        • Command Files Used for Building Toolkit Executables
        • Template Source Files for User Device-Specific Protocol Development
        • Configuration Data Files
      • Device Communications Toolkit Structures
        • Device Communications Toolkit Structures
        • ADDR_DATA
        • COR_STAMP
        • DEVICE_DATA
        • DOMAIN_ARRAY
        • SUPPORT
        • TOOLKIT_QUALDATA
        • TOOLKIT_STATUS
    • Point Management API
      • About Point Management API
      • Point Management API Overview
        • Point Management API Overview
        • System Overview
        • External Interfaces
        • Notes on Internationalization for the Point Management API
      • Point Management API Getting Started
        • Point Management API Getting Started
        • Point Management API Contents
        • Sample Programs
          • Sample Programs
          • Run ptq_snap
          • Run ptq_onchange
          • Run ptq_onchgstru
          • Run ptq_setpoint or ptq_setpt_eq
          • Run ptm_monitor
          • Run ptm_script
      • Point Management Application Interface Overview
        • Point Management Application Interface Overview
        • Relative Efficiency Of Point Management Requests
        • On-Alarm Requests
        • PTMAP Error Handling
        • Initialize and Terminate PTMAP Services
        • Manage Local Point Data
        • Manage Shopping Lists
        • Modify Requests
        • Suspend and Resume Receipt of Responses
        • Enable/Disable Requests
        • Cancel Requests
        • Send Requests to Point Management
        • Wait for Point Management Responses
        • Get Point Management Responses
        • Access Point Data
          • Access Point Data
          • PTMAP Response Structure
          • PTMAP Data Structure
        • Access Point Configuration Data
      • Point Management API Subroutines
        • Point Management API Subroutines
        • PTMAP_add_alarm_ack_state
        • PTMAP_add_onalarm
        • PTMAP_add_onchange
        • PTMAP_add_point
        • PTMAP_add_pt_list
        • PTMAP_add_setpoint
        • PTMAP_add_sl
        • PTMAP_add_snapshot
        • PTMAP_add_timedpt
        • PTMAP_alloc_eu_data
        • PTMAP_alloc_ptm_data
        • PTMAP_cancel_all
        • PTMAP_cancel_point
        • PTMAP_cancel_req
        • PTMAP_cancel_sl
        • PTMAP_copy_point
        • PTMAP_eu_conv
        • PTMAP_fold_ack_state
        • PTMAP_free_ptm_data
        • PTMAP_free_ptm_rsp
        • PTMAP_get_all
        • PTMAP_get_eu_info
        • PTMAP_get_eu_label
        • PTMAP_get_init_state
        • PTMAP_get_point
        • PTMAP_get_point_info
        • PTMAP_get_point_type
        • PTMAP_get_req
        • PTMAP_get_req_point_id
        • PTMAP_get_sl
        • PTMAP_get_sl_point
        • PTMAP_get_struct_components
          • PTMAP_get_struct_components
          • Structure Details Data Structure (STRUCT_DETAILS)
        • PTMAP_get_type
        • PTMAP_initiate
        • PTMAP_modify_setpoint
        • PTMAP_remove_point
        • PTMAP_remove_sl
        • PTMAP_resume
        • PTMAP_rev_eu_conv
        • PTMAP_send_all
        • PTMAP_send_point
        • PTMAP_send_req
        • PTMAP_send_sl
        • PTMAP_send_sl_point
        • PTMAP_set_all
        • PTMAP_set_point
        • PTMAP_set_req
        • PTMAP_set_sl
        • PTMAP_set_sl_point
        • PTMAP_suspend
        • PTMAP_terminate
        • PTMAP_wait_all
        • PTMAP_wait_point
        • PTMAP_wait_req
        • PTMAP_wait_sl
        • PTMAP_wait_sl_point
        • PTMAP Data Macros
      • Point Management API General Subroutines
        • Point Management API General Subroutines
        • cor_event_waitfr
        • cor_logstatus
        • cor_setstatus
        • cor_sleep - Suspend Process Temporarily
        • cor_vsetstatus
        • ipc_deactivate
        • ipc_register
        • lib_get_ef
      • Point Management Configuration Files
        • Point Management Configuration Files
        • Point Management Parameters File (PTMGMT)
          • Point Management Parameters File (PTMGMT)
          • PTMGMT Field Definitions
            • PTMGMT Field Definitions
            • ptmgmt_process_id
            • ptmgmt_ipc_que_siz
          • PTMGMT Sample Configuration File
        • Point Type File (POINT_TYPE)
          • Point Type File (POINT_TYPE)
          • POINT_TYPE Field Definitions
            • POINT_TYPE Field Definitions
            • data_length
            • data_type
            • point_type_id
          • POINT_TYPE Sample Configuration File
        • Point File (POINT)
          • Point File (POINT)
          • POINT Field Definitions
            • POINT Field Definitions
            • access_filter
            • access_flag
            • alarm_criteria
            • alarm_high
            • alarm_id
            • alarm_low
            • alarm_state
            • alarm_str_id
            • Deadband
            • Description
            • deviation_ptid
            • display_format
            • Elements
            • eu_exists
            • eu_label
            • first_index
            • fr_id
            • last_index
            • point_id
            • point_state
            • point_type_id
            • proc_vars
            • pt_origin
            • range_high
            • range_low
            • range_state
            • rate_time_
            • rate_time_interval
            • setpt_check_ptid
            • trigger_check_ptid
            • warning_high
            • warning_low
            • warning_state
          • POINT Field Sample Configuration File
        • Device Point File (DEVICE_POINT)
          • Device Point File (DEVICE_POINT)
          • DEVICE_POINT Field Definitions
            • DEVICE_POINT Field Definitions
            • point_id
            • device_id
            • addr_type
            • Addr
            • addr_offset
            • trigger_type
            • trigger_value
            • trigger_point
            • scan_rate
            • scan_point
            • raw_data_type
            • analog_deadband
            • Flags
          • DEVICE_POINT Sample Configuration File
        • Derived Point File (DERIVED_POINT)
          • Derived Point File (DERIVED_POINT)
          • DERIVED_POINT Field Definitions
            • DERIVED_POINT Field Definitions
            • calculation_type
            • Description
            • DP_flag
            • init_value
            • Local
            • output_units
            • point_expression
            • point_id
            • point_set_interval
            • point_set_time
            • process_id
            • ptmgmt_process_id
            • reset_point_id
            • rollover_val
            • trigger_point_id
            • variance_value
          • DERIVED_POINT Sample Configuration File
          • Supported Operations for point_expression Field
          • Equation Points
          • Accumulator Points
          • Average Points
          • Maximum Capture Points
          • Minimum Capture Points
          • Global Points
          • Transition High Accumulator Points
          • Equation With Override Points
          • Timer/Counter Points
          • Histogram Points
        • Engineering Unit Conversion File (EU_CONV)
          • Engineering Unit Conversion File (EU_CONV)
          • EU_CONV Field Definitions
            • EU_CONV Field Definitions
            • Description
            • eu_expression
            • eu_rev_exp
            • high_raw_limit
            • lin_conv_flag
            • low_raw_limit
            • point_id
          • EU_CONV Sample Configuration File
        • Point Alarm String File (POINT_ALSTR)
          • Point Alarm String File (POINT_ALSTR)
          • POINT_ALSTR Field Definitions
            • POINT_ALSTR Field Definitions
            • alarm_hi_str
            • alarm_low_str
            • alarm_str_id
            • warning_hi_str
            • warning_lo_str
        • Point Display File (POINT_DISP)
          • Point Display File (POINT_DISP)
          • POINT_DISP Field Definitions
            • POINT_DISP Field Definitions
            • display_lim_high
            • display_lim_low
            • point_id
            • screen_id
        • Saved Points File
      • Point Management Error Messages
        • Point Management Error Messages
        • Error Messages from Point Management Expression Processor
        • Error Messages from PTMDP
        • Error Messages from PTMRP
        • Error Messages from Point Management Resident Process
        • Error Messages from PTMAP
        • Error Messages from Point Translation Process
    • CIMPLICITY to Windows Server
      • About the CIMPLICITY to Windows Server
      • CWSERV with Microsoft Excel
        • CWSERV with Microsoft Excel
        • 1. Start CWSERV
        • 2. Display Point Data
        • 3. Modify Point Data
          • 3. Modify Point Data
          • 3.1. Visual Basic Format (Microsoft Excel 97/2000)
          • 3.2. Performance Considerations
          • 3.3. Macro Implementation
        • Sample Spreadsheets and Macros
          • Sample Spreadsheets and Macros
          • Single Point Example
          • Array Point Example
      • Command Syntax for CWSERV
        • Command Syntax for CWSERV
        • Microsoft Excel Example
          • Microsoft Excel Example
          • Sample CWSERV Commands
      • Point Topic Attributes
        • Point Topic Attributes
        • ALARM_ENABLED
        • ALARM_HIGH
        • ALARM_LOW
        • DISP_FORMAT
        • DISP_HIGH
        • DISP_LOW
        • ELEMENTS
        • EU_LABEL
        • INIT_STATE
        • LENGTH
        • RAW_VALUE
        • SIZE
        • STATE
        • TYPE
        • VALUE
        • WARN_ENABLED
        • WARNING_HIGH
        • WARNING_LOW
      • Command Syntax for System Topic
        • Command Syntax for System Topic
        • Formats
        • System Items
        • Topics
        • Help
      • Error Messages
      • Remote Access of CWSERV on Supported Operating Systems
        • Remote Access of CWSERV on Supported Operating Systems
        • 1. Create a DDE Share on the Server Node
        • 2. Reference CWSERV from a Networked NT Client
  • System Management
    • System Management
      • About System Management
      • Base System Logical Names
        • Base System Logical Names
        • Import/Export Logical Names
        • Point Management Logical Names
        • Point Management Logical Name Operation
        • Log_names.cfg File
      • Login Information Deleted
      • Remove Proficy HMI/SCADA CIMPLICITY 7.0 and Higher
      • Remove Proficy HMI/SCADA CIMPLICITY Updates and Patches
      • Remove Registry Information
      • CIMPLICITY Security Features
        • CIMPLICITY Security Features
        • Login Passwords
        • Role Privilege Options
        • Setpoint Security
        • Setpoint Password
        • Security Audit Trail Options
          • Security Audit Trail Options
          • Point Control Panel Alarm Changes
          • Setpoint Downloads
          • Dynamic Configuration Changes
            • Dynamic Configuration Changes
            • Step 1. Make sure your Role has Alarm Configuration Privileges
            • Step 2. Open the Alarm Definition - $DYN_CFG Dialog Box
            • Step 3. Configure $DYN_CFG to Notify the Appropriate Role(s)
          • Project Login/Logout
    • Server to Viewer File Deployment
      • About Server to Viewer File Deployment
      • Deployment Overview
      • Step 1. Plan the Deployment Configuration
        • Step 1. Plan the Deployment Configuration
        • Step 1.1. Plan Configuration for Selected Viewers
        • Step 1.2. Plan Configuration for a 'COMMON'Viewer
      • Step 2. Configure Deployment on the Server
        • Step 2. Configure Deployment on the Server
        • Step 2.1. Open the CIMPLICITY (Deployment) Configuration Editor
          • Step 2.1. Open the CIMPLICITY (Deployment) Configuration Editor
          • 2.1.1. CIMPLICITY Deployment Configuration Editor: Menus
          • 2.1.2. CIMPLICITY Deployment Configuration Editor: Toolbar
          • 2.1.3. CIMPLICITY Deployment Configuration Editor: Left Pane
          • 2.1.4. CIMPLICITY Deployment Configuration Editor: Right Pane
        • Step 2.2. Create a new Configuration File
        • Step 2.3. Identify the Master Configuration Path
        • Step 2.4. Identify 'COMMON' Viewer Parameters and Folders
          • Step 2.4. Identify 'COMMON' Viewer Parameters and Folders
          • Step 2.4.1. Define Parameters for the 'COMMON' Viewer
          • Step 2.4.2. Enter CimView Reload Criteria for the 'COMMON' Viewer
          • Step 2.4.3. Add a Common Folder for the Server/Viewer Synchronization
          • Step 2.4.4. Define Parameters for a 'COMMON' Viewer Folder
        • Step 2.5. Identify a Selected Viewer's Parameters and Folders
          • Step 2.5. Identify a Selected Viewer's Parameters and Folders
          • Step 2.5.1. Add a Viewer to be Included in Synchronization
          • Step 2.5.2. Define Parameters for an Added Viewer
          • Step 2.5.3. Enter CimView Reload Criteria for a Selected Viewer
          • Step 2.5.4. Add a Source Folder for the Server/Viewer Synchronization
          • Step 2.5.5. Define Parameters for the Source Folder
        • Step 2.6. Complete Configuration on the Server
          • Step 2.6. Complete Configuration on the Server
          • Step 2.6.1. Create the Source Folders on the Deployment Server
          • Step 2.6.2. Make sure that gefdepl.dplcfg is in the Master Configuration Folder
      • Step 3. Set up a Deployment Viewer
        • Step 3. Set up a Deployment Viewer
        • Step 3.1. Place the Correct Configuration File on the Viewer
        • Step 3.2. Open the CIMPLICITY Configuration Editor
        • Step 3.3. Start Synchronization
        • Step 3.4. Review Synchronization Progress
        • Step 3.5. Stop Synchronization
      • Deployment Configuration Error Reporting
        • Deployment Configuration Error Reporting
        • Deployment Error Messages
    • Global Parameters
      • About Global Parameters
      • Global Parameter Configuration
        • Global Parameter Configuration
        • 1. Add a Global Parameter to the Workbench List
        • 2. Edit a Global Parameter Value
        • 3. Delete a Global Parameter from the List
      • Global Parameters
        • Global Parameters
        • $AM_STATUS
        • ACK_TOUT
        • ALARM_SAVE_COMMENTS
        • ALLOW_UPDATE_WHEN_DISABLED
        • AM_OLD_POINT_RESET
        • AM_RESET_ACK_STATE
        • AM_SAVE_ACK_STATE
        • AMLP_HIGHWATERMARK
        • AMLP_LOSTALARMSPAGE
        • AMLP_LOWWATERMARK
        • AMLP_MAX_QUEUE
        • AMLP_USE_GEN_TIME
        • AMLP_USE_RESET_TIME
        • BASIC_LOAD_SCRIPT_EXTENSION
        • BASIC_MULTITHREAD_COM
        • BCE_ENABLE_TRACING
        • BCO_ARCHIVE_AFTER_N_SWEEPS
        • BCO_AUTO_ARC_DEL
        • BCO_DATA_FETCH_ERROR
        • BCO_DFO_NOT_AUTO
        • BCO_SWEEP_DELAY
        • BIND_ADDR
        • BROWSE_TREE_UNDERSCORE
        • CE_MAX_DELAY
        • CE_MAX_THREADS
        • CE_THREAD_TIMEOUT
        • CLR_TOUT
        • CONNECT_DROP_PERIOD
        • CONNECT_RETRY_PERIOD
        • DB_CLOCK_ADJUSTMENT_MONITOR
        • DB_COMPACT_QUEUE_SIZE
        • DB_COUNTER_FIELD
        • DB_DBMS_QUEUE_SIZE
        • DB_DEBUG
        • DB_ENABLE_MSEC
        • DB_ENABLE_TRANSACTIONS
        • DB_MSEC_FIELD
        • DB_POINT_ID_FIELD
        • DB_PROJECT_FIELD
        • DB_QUEUE_OVERFLOW_DELAY
        • DB_QUEUE_SIZE
        • DB_STATUS_LOG_OFF
        • DB_TABLE_FAILURE_RETRY
        • DB_TIME_FORMAT
        • DB_TIMESTAMP_FIELD
        • DB_TIMESTAMP_FILTER
        • DB_TIMESTAMP_PRECISION
        • DBDL_DEVICE_CHECK_PERIOD
        • DC_CACHE_DIAGNOSTICS
        • DC_RETRY_ONE_DEVICE
        • DEL_OPT
        • DEVICE_DOWN_DEVICE_REF
        • DEVICE_TIMESTAMP_UTC
        • DONT_VERIFY_ESPOINT_FRID
        • DOWNLD_PASSWD
        • DT_UPD_INTERVAL
        • EM_SCRIPT_TRACING
        • EMLOG_FLUSH_LIMIT
        • EU_AUDIT_TRAIL
        • FIRST_WEEK_DAYS
        • GSM_ANNUN_ALARM_H1
        • GSM_ANNUN_ALARM_H2
        • GSM_ANNUN_ALARM_L1
        • GSM_ANNUN_ALARM_L2
        • GSM_ANNUN_DIG_OFF
        • GSM_ANNUN_DIG_ON
        • GSM_ASC_FONT_NAME
        • GSM_ASC_FONT_SIZES
        • GSM_ASC_SCALE
        • GSM_CACHE_SIZE
        • GSM_EXPONENT_PRECISION
        • GSM_FRAMES_EXPOSE_POINT_TARGETS
        • GSM_GLOBAL_SCRIPT
        • GSM_GLOBAL_SCRIPTCFG
        • GSM_LIB_CACHE_SIZE
        • GSM_OVERRIDE_POINT_FMT
        • GSM_SPCONFIRM_DEFAULT
        • GSM_STALE_COLOR_KEY
        • GSM_TERMSERV_CACHE_SIZE
        • GSM_UNAVAIL_COLOR_KEY
        • GSM_UNAVAILABLE_TIMELIMIT
        • IPC Global Memory Use Parameters
        • IPC_QUEUE_SIZE
        • LICENSE_HT_DEBUG
        • LOG_OPT
        • LOGIN_CANCEL_OFF
        • LOGIN_NOSAVE
        • LOGIN_RETRY_PERIOD
        • MARQ_POINT_LIMIT_LEN
        • MARQ_PROC_NEW_ALARMS
        • MARQ_RESERVED_NULL_CHAR
        • MARQ_VARIABLE_NULL_CHAR
        • MARQ_WORD_WRAP_ON
        • MARQ_WRAP_HF
        • MAX_ALARM_CLASSES
        • MAX_TREND_BUF
        • MULTICAST_HOSTNAME
        • MULTICAST_IP_ADDR
        • MULTICAST_TTL
        • PB_DIAGS
        • PERF_COUNTERS_ENABLED
        • <PORT>_CACHE_DIAGNOSTICS
        • <PORT>_DEVICE_TIMESTAMP_UTC
        • <PORT>_SYNC_ONLY
        • PROJECT_ID
        • PROWLER_CACHE_SIZE
        • PRT_BASIC_USE_EX
        • PRT_TADB_COMM_TOUT
        • PRT_TADB_CONN_TOUT
        • PRTC_TADB_SYNCHRONIZE
        • PRTC_TADB_VALIDATION
        • PTDL_ENABLE_MEASUREMENTS
        • PTDL_QUANTIZATION
        • PTEXP_ANA_EQ_NACK_AND_AL
        • PTM_AM_DELAY_VAL_UPDATE
        • PTMAP_TIMED_POINTS
        • PTMDP_DO_EU_CONV
        • PTMDP_DO_SAVEPOINT_CACHE
        • PTMDP_DO_SAVEPOINT_COMPACT
        • PTMDP_MAX_RESPONSES_PER_CALLBACK
        • PTMRP
        • PTX_MAX_CACHED_POINTS
        • PTX_MUTE_DC_POINT_CHANGES
        • PW_BLOCK_SIZE
        • PW_BLOCK_TIMEOUT
        • QUERY_UTC_ONLY
        • RAW_LIMIT_ALARM
        • RCO_IGNORE_INIT_PT_UDP
        • RCODB_CONN_TOUT
        • RCODB_QRY_TOUT
        • REDUND_LINK_SLEEP
        • REDUND_PROBE_COUNT
        • REDUND_PROBE_DELAY
        • REDUND_PROBE_PORT
        • REPEAT_TOUT
        • RTR_ACCEPT_CONN
        • RTR_DISABLE_BCAST
        • RTR_MAX_OUTMESSAGE_COUNT
        • SECURE_SOCKETS
        • SERVER_UP_INTERVAL
        • SETPOINT_SECURITY
        • SHORT_FILENAMES
        • SLAVE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT
        • SOLVEENGINEDEBUG
        • SPC_DB_CONNECT_TIMEOUT
        • SPC_RESIZE_OUT_OF_BOUNDS
        • STARTUP_TIMEOUT
        • SVC_RETRY_COUNT
        • SVC_RETRY_DELAY
        • SYSNAME
        • TERMSERV_ALLOW_SETPOINTS
        • TREND_DISABLE_READNESTED
        • TRK_ERROR_RETRIES
        • TRK_PRJMON_INTERVAL
        • TRK_PRJMON_TIMEOUT
        • TRK_RETRY_DELAY
        • UR_LOGIN_FAILURES
        • VALIDATE_PASSWORD_CHANGE
        • WAIT_PROJECT_TIMEOUT
        • Device Communications Parameters
      • Global Parameter Files
        • Global Parameter Files
        • Locate a Global Parameter File
        • Sample GLB_PARMS.IDT File
    • Process Health Parameters
      • About Process Health Parameters
      • Step 1. Open a Process Health Dialog Box
      • Step 2. Enter Process Monitor Specifications
    • CIMPLICITY Log Files
      • About CIMPLICITY Log Files
      • Set the Maximum Records Allowed in the Cor_Recstat.clg
      • Examine Status Log, Output, and Error Files
        • Examine Status Log, Output and Error Files
        • Step 1. Open the Status Log Viewer
          • Step 1. Open the Status Log Viewer
          • Option 1.1. Open a Project Status Log
          • Option 1.2. Open the System Status Log
        • Step 2. Review Status Log Viewer Tools
          • Step 2. Review Status Log Viewer Tools
          • Option 2.1. Status Column
          • Option 2.2. Log Menu
          • Option 2.3. View Menu
          • Option 2.4. Help Menu
          • Option 2.5. Toolbar Buttons
          • Option 2.6. Shortcut Keys
        • Step 3. Work in the Status Log Viewer
          • Step 3. Work in the Status Log Viewer
          • Option 3.1. Filter the Status Log Messages
          • Option 3.2. Find Status Log Messages
          • Option 3.3. Display Status Log Message Details
          • Option 3.4. Print the Status Log File
          • Option 3.5. Save the Status Log as a Text File
          • Option 3.6. Select Another Status Log to View
        • Step 4. (Optional) Check System Output and Error Files
          • Step 4. (Optional) Check System Output and Error Files
          • Process Names in the Status Log
        • Step 5. Check Process Output and Error Files
          • Step 5. (Optional) Check Process Output and Error Files
          • Basic CIMPLICITY Filenames and Associated Programs
    • Process Control
      • About Process Control
      • Step 1. Open the CIMPLICITY Process Control Window
      • Step 2. Connect to a Project in CIMPLICITY Process Control
      • Step 3. Determine CIMPLICITY Process Status
      • Step 4. Determine the Correct Startup and Shutdown Order
      • Step 5. Start/Stop Processes
    • System Sentry
      • About System Sentry
      • System Sentry at a Glance
      • Activate the System Sentry
      • System Sentry Screens
        • System Sentry Screens
        • Open System Sentry Screens
          • Open System Sentry Screens
          • Option 1. Open the System Sentry Overview Screen
          • Option 2. Open a selected System Sentry Screen
        • System Sentry Overview Screen
        • System Sentry Processes Screen
        • System Sentry CimView Screen
        • System Sentry Point Manager Screen
        • System Sentry Alarm Manager Screen
        • System Sentry Logging Screen
        • System Sentry Point Logging Screen
        • System Sentry Data Logger Screen
        • System Sentry Event Manager Screen
        • System Sentry Derived Points Screen
        • System Sentry User Registration Screen
        • System Sentry Router Screen
        • System Sentry Devices Screen
        • System Sentry Ports (Devcom) Screen
        • Frequently Used Features on System Sentry Screens
          • Frequently Used Features on System Sentry Screens
          • Process Statistics on a System Sentry Screen
          • Message Statistics on a System Sentry Screen
        • System Sentry Screen Viewing and Navigation Tools
          • System Sentry Screen Viewing and Navigation Tools
          • Navigate from Screen to Screen
          • Using the System Sentry Screen Viewing Tools
            • System Sentry Screen Viewing Tools
            • System Sentry Screen Size
              • System Sentry Screen Size
              • 1. System Sentry Screen's Toolbar Buttons
              • 2. Zoom Percents on a System Sentry Screen's Edit Menu
              • 3. Precise Zoom Percent
            • System Sentry Screen Display Tools
          • Print System Sentry Screens
      • System Sentry Power Tools
        • System Sentry Power Tools
        • Power Tools Using System Sentry Device Points
          • Power Tools Using System Sentry Device Points
          • System Sentry Device Points
          • System Sentry Port Configuration
          • System Sentry Device Configuration
          • System Sentry Device Point Configuration
            • System Sentry Device Point Configuration
            • Step 1. Create a New System Sentry Device Point
            • Step 2. Configure a System Sentry Device Point General Properties
            • Step 3. Configure a System Sentry Device Point Device Properties
            • Step 4. Specify the Address for the System Sentry Device
            • Step 5. Specify when the Device Point should be Updated
          • System Sentry Log File Creation
          • System Sentry Alarms Creation
          • System Sentry Pager Configuration
        • CimView Screens Using System Sentry Points by Address
          • CimView Screens Using System Sentry Points by Address
          • System Sentry Points by Address
          • System Sentry Point by Address on a CimEdit Screen
            • System Sentry Point by Address on a CimEdit Screen
            • Step 1. Insert or Create an Object
            • Step 2. Open the Point by Address Dialog Box
            • Step 3. Fill in the Point by Address Dialog Box
            • Step 4. Select the Object-Counter Instance Whose Value will Display
            • Step 5. (Optional) Change the Scan Rate
            • Step 6. Test the Configuration
      • CIMPLICITY Counters
        • CIMPLICITY Counters
        • Levels in a System in which Counters Operate
        • CIMPLICITY Objects with Counters
          • CIMPLICITY Objects with Counters
          • HMI Alarm Manager Counters
          • HMI CimView Counters
          • HMI Device Communication (Devcom) Counters
          • HMI Device Counters
          • HMI IPC Counters
          • HMI Logging Table Counters
          • HMI Point App Counters
          • HMI Point Manager Counters
          • HMI PRT DS Counters
          • HMI Router Counters
          • HMI Router Port Counters
          • HMI User Registration Counters
      • CIMPLICITY Counters' Log Files
        • CIMPLICITY Counters' Log Files
        • Configuration File for the Counter Log Files
          • Configuration File for the Counter Log Files
          • Specify the Number of Counter Log Files
          • Specify What Objects, Counters and Instances will be Logged
      • System Sentry Privileges from Other Nodes
        • System Sentry Privileges from Other Nodes
        • Step 1. Make CIMPLICITY a Domain User
          • Step 1. Make CIMPLICITY a Domain User
          • Step 1.1. Create a Domain User on a Local Machine
          • Step 1.2. Log CIMPLICITY on as the Domain User with Administrative Privileges
        • Step 2. Change Local Machine Key Privileges in the Windows Registry
          • Step 2. Change Local Machine Key Privileges in the Windows Registry
          • Step 2.1. Set the \\Winreg key to READ Access
          • Step 2.2. Set the \\Perflib Key to READ Access
    • OEM Key
      • About the OEM Key
      • OEM Key Activation
        • OEM Key Activation
        • Projects Stopped for OEM Key Activation
        • OEM Key Status
      • OEM Key Termination
  • Networked Systems
    • CIMPLICITY Server to Viewer Announcements
      • About CIMPLICITY Server to Viewer Announcements
      • 1. Set up the Viewer to Server Connection
      • 2. Check that Point Values Display on the Viewer
      • 3. CimView Screen Viewer Configuration Guidelines
        • 3. CimView Screen Viewer Configuration Guidelines
        • 3.1 Specify Viewer Global Parameters
        • 3.2. Set up the CimView Screen Source for the Viewer
        • 3.3. Set up Points to be Seen from a Viewer
      • 4. Troubleshooting Checklist
        • 4. Troubleshooting Checklist
        • 4.1. Double-check the CIMPLICITY License Key
        • 4.2. Computer Name/IP Address Resolution
        • 4.3. Multiple NIC's on the Server
        • 4.4. Connections on Port 32000
    • Remote Project Configuration
      • About Remote Project Configuration
      • 1. Configure a Remote Project
        • 1. Configure a Remote Project
        • Step 1. Open a Remote Project Dialog Box
          • Step 1. Open a Remote Project Dialog Box
          • Option 1.1. Create a new Remote Project
          • Option 1.2. Open an existing Remote Project Dialog Box
        • Step 2. Enter General Specifications for a Remote Project
        • Step 3. Enter Enterprise Specifications for a Remote Project
      • 2. Configure Point Bridge Points
    • Remote Access
      • About Remote Access
      • CIMPLICITY Remote Access Server Setup
      • Remote Access Client Issues
      • CIMPLICITY RAS Support Limitations
    • WebView
      • About WebView
      • Hardware/Software Requirements and Compatible ActiveX Controls
      • WebView Licenses and Sessions
      • WebView Easy Steps
      • WebView Configuration
        • WebView Configuration
        • Step 1. Display the WebView Tab
        • Step 2. Create a Home Web Page
          • Step 2. Create a Home Web Page
          • Option 2.1. Let WebView Create a Home Page for a CimView Screen
          • Option 2.2. Use a Standard HTML Home Page for a User Session
          • Option 2.3. Display a Default List Instead of a Home Page
        • Step 3. Configure Advanced WebView Options for User Sessions
      • WebView Broadcast Session Configuration
        • WebView Broadcast Session Configuration
        • Step 1. Display the CIMPLICITY Options Broadcast Sessions Tab
        • Step 2. Open a Session Properties Dialog Box
        • Step 3. Define the Files for the Broadcast Session
        • Step 4. Define Broadcast Session Display and Accessibility
        • Step 5. Define Broadcast Session Update and Refresh Rates
        • Step 6. Specify if the Broadcast Session should start Automatically
        • Step 7. Enter CimView Options
      • Monitor WebView Sessions
        • Monitor WebView Sessions
        • Step 1. Specify the WebView Server
        • Step 2. Monitor all WebView Sessions
          • Step 2. Monitor all WebView Sessions
          • Option 2.1. Start the WebView Server
          • Option 2.2. View what WebView User and Broadcast Sessions are Running
          • Option 2.3. Stop a WebView Session
          • Option 2.4. Stop the WebView Server
        • Step 3. Monitor Broadcast Sessions
      • CimView Behavior through WebView
      • WebView Security
        • WebView Security
        • CIMPLICITY Security Features Summary
        • Other Security Features
      • Web Server and Client Locations Relative to a Firewall
      • WebView Log Files
      • WebView Advanced Configuration
        • WebView Advanced Configuration
        • Supported Java Applet Parameters
          • Supported Java Applet Parameters
          • bitDepth
          • cimViewOptions
          • compression
          • heartbeatInterval
          • screen
          • waitInterval; waitUpdateInterval
        • Unsupported Java Applet Parameters
          • Unsupported Java Applet Parameters
          • AltUpdateInterval
          • Port
          • Server
        • Windows Registry Settings
      • Troubleshoot WebView
        • Troubleshoot WebView
        • Configure a WebView Server and Client for a Selected Locale
    • Web Interface
      • About the Web Interface
      • CIMPLICITY Web Portal Hardware and Software Requirements
      • CIMPLICITY Web Screens Licenses and Sessions
      • CIMPLICITY Web Access and Terminal Services File Location Overview
        • CIMPLICITY Web Access and Terminal Services File Location Overview
        • 1. Web Server Files
        • 2. Web Browser Interface File Location
        • 3. Web Browser Terminal Services File Location
        • 4. WebView Core Files and Stand-alone Screen Location
          • 4. WebView Core Files and Stand-alone Screen Location
          • 4.1 WebView Web Page Files Location
          • 4.2 CimView Screens for WebView Stand-alone Use Locations
      • Web Server Start up Specification
      • CIMPLICITY Web Interface Overview
        • CIMPLICITY Web Interface Overview
        • Web Interface Login Configuration File
        • Open the CIMPLICITY Default Home Page
        • 1. View Network Project Data through the Web
          • 1. View Network Project Data through the Web
          • 1.1. CIMPLICITY Network Projects Page
          • 1.2. Project Page (for Network Project)
          • 1.3. Points Page (for Network Project)
          • 1.4.1. Alarms Report Page (for Network Project)
          • 1.4.2. Alarm Viewer Page (for Network Project)
          • 1.5. Network Project's Web Server Link
        • 2. View Local Project Data through the Web
          • 2. View Local Project Data through the Web
          • 2.1. CIMPLICITY Local Projects Page
          • 2.2. Project Page (for Local Project)
          • 2.3. Points Report Page (for Local Project)
          • 2.4.1. Alarms Report Page (for Local Project)
          • 2.4.2. Alarm Viewer Page (AMV Control for Local Project)
          • 2.5.1. CIMPLICITY Screens List Page (for Local Project)
          • 2.5.2. Screen Page (for Local Project)
          • 2.6.1. Objects List Page (for Local Project)
          • 2.6.2. CIMPLICITY Object Page
        • 3. WebView Screen through the Web Interface
        • 4. Terminal Services Server through the Web Interface
          • 4. Terminal Services Server through the Web Interface
          • 4.1 Terminal Services Server Access
          • 4.2. Terminal Services Local Project Page Link
          • 4.3. Terminal Services Workbench Access
        • 5. Other Default WebView CIMPLICITY Links
          • 5. Other Default WebView CIMPLICITY Links
          • 5.1. Proficy Software Home Page
          • 5.2. Proficy Global Care Support
          • 5.3. HMI/SCADA CIMPLICITY Home Page
    • Document Delivery
      • About Document Delivery
      • Document Delivery Data Flow Overview
      • Delivery Operation
      • Document Delivery Directory Structure
      • Configure Document Delivery Objects
        • Configure Document Delivery Objects
        • Step 1. Enable Document Delivery
        • Step 2. Open the Document Delivery Base Properties Dialog Box
        • Step 3. Configure Document Delivery Base Properties
        • Step 4. Open the Delivery Properties Dialog Box
          • Step 4. Open the Delivery Properties Dialog Box
          • Option 4.1. Create a new Delivery Object
          • Option 4.2. Open an existing Delivery Properties Dialog Box
        • Step 5. Configure Delivery Objects
          • Step 5. Configure Delivery Objects
          • Option 5.1. Network Delivery Object
          • Option 5.2. FTP Delivery Object
          • Option 5.3. HTTP Delivery Object
      • Configure the Document Delivery Viewer Object
        • Configure the Document Delivery Viewer Object
        • Step 1. Place the Document Delivery Viewer Object on a CimEdit Screen
        • Step 2. Open the CIMPLICITY Document Delivery Viewer Properties Dialog Box
        • Step 3. Configure the Document Delivery Object Configuration
        • Step 4. Configure the Document Delivery Object Text
        • Step 5. Configure the Document Delivery Object Appearance
      • Monitor the Delivery Object Runtime Status
      • Technical Notes
        • Document Delivery Technical Notes
        • Output Document Format Rules: Version 101
        • Document Delivery Version 101 XML tags: HTTP or Network
        • Document Delivery Version 101 XML Tags: FTP
        • Document Delivery Overview Examples
        • Document Delivery Sample Script: Version 101
        • Document Delivery Legacy Versions
          • Document Delivery Legacy Versions
          • Output Document Format: Version 100
          • Document Delivery Sample Script: Version 100
    • Machine Edition Integration with CIMPLICITY
      • About Machine Edition Integration with CIMPLICITY
      • Machine Integration Architecture
      • Machine Edition Variables in CIMPLICITY
        • Machine Edition Variables in CIMPLICITY
        • Step 1. Configure the Machine Edition Project for CIMPLICITY
          • Step 1. Configure the Machine Edition Project for CIMPLICITY
          • Step 1.1. Set up Machine Edition Project Broadcast
          • Step 1.2. Download the Machine Edition Project to View
        • Step 2. (Optional) Configure CIMPLICITY Points to Access Machine Edition Points
          • Step 2. (Optional) Configure CIMPLICITY Points to Access Machine Edition Variables
          • Step 2.1. Add a Remote Project to the CIMPLICITY Project
          • Step 2.2. Add a Machine Edition User to the CIMPLICITY Project
          • Step 2.3. Create a Resource for the Machine Edition Project
          • Step 2.4. Enable the Machine Edition Resource for the Machine Edition User
          • Step 2.5. Create a Port to Communicate with the Machine Edition Project
          • Step 2.6. Create a Device to Communicate with the Machine Edition Project
          • Step 2.7. Create CIMPLICITY Device Points to Access Machine Edition Points
        • Step 3. View/Set/Log Machine Edition Variable Data through CIMPLICITY
          • Step 3. View/Set/Log Machine Edition Variable Data through CIMPLICITY
          • Example 3.1. Machine Edition Variables in the Point Control Panel
          • Example 3.2. Machine Edition Variables in CimEdit/CimView
          • Example 3.3. Machine Edition Variables Logged through CIMPLICITY
      • Machine Edition to CIMPLICITY Technical Reference
        • Machine Edition to CIMPLICITY Technical Reference
        • Point Data Integration Technical Notes
        • Machine Edition Variable Data Types Defined as CIMPLICITY Point Data Types
    • Microsoft Terminal Services and CIMPLICITY
      • About Microsoft Terminal Services and CIMPLICITY
      • Performance Requirements CIMPLICITY and Terminal Services
      • Terminal Services Quick Setup Guide
        • Terminal Services Quick Setup Guide
        • Step 1. Obtain the Appropriate Licenses
          • Step 1. Obtain the Appropriate Licenses
          • License 1. Obtain Microsoft Corporation Licenses for Terminal Services
          • License 2. Obtain CIMPLICITY Projects through Terminal Services Licenses
        • Step 2. Set up the Terminal Services Server
          • Step 2. Set up the Terminal Services Server
          • Step 2.1. Install Terminal Services
          • Step 2.2. Configure Terminal Services Security Levels
        • Step 3. Configure CIMPLICITY on the Terminal Services Server
        • Step 4. Install Client Software on Client Computers
        • Step 5. Use CIMPLICITY through a Terminal Services Session
          • Step 5. Use CIMPLICITY through a Terminal Services Session
          • Option 5.1. Full Remote Desktop Protocol Connection
          • Option 5.2. Remote Desktop Protocol Web Connection
          • Option 5.3. Windows CE and Remote Desktop Connection
      • CIMPLICITY Projects through Terminal Services Global Parameters List
      • CIMPLICITY Features that Work with Terminal Services
        • CIMPLICITY Features that Work with Terminal Services
        • List: CIMPLICITY Features Supported with Terminal Services
        • CIMPLICITY Device Communications that Work with Terminal Services
    • ThinView
      • About ThinView
      • ThinView Server Installation
      • Easy Steps in ThinView Configuration
      • ThinView Configuration: Detailed
        • ThinView Configuration: Detailed
        • Display the CIMPLICITY Options Dialog Box ThinView Tab
        • ThinView Server Configuration Options
          • ThinView Server Configuration Options
          • 1. Start the ThinView Server
          • 2. Stop the ThinView Server
          • 3. ThinView Advanced Options on the ThinView Server
        • ThinView Activity Monitor
      • ThinView on a Windows CE Device
        • ThinView on a Windows CE Device
        • ThinView Basic Steps on a Windows CE Device
          • ThinView Basic Steps on a Windows CE Device
          • Step 1. Start a ThinView Session on a Windows CE Device
            • Step 1. Start a ThinView Session on a Windows CE Device
            • Technique to Determine a Server's IP Address
          • Step 2. Work with the Screen Display on a Windows CE Device
            • Step 2. Work with the Screen Display on a Windows CE Device
            • Display the ThinView Tools Menu on a Windows CE Device
            • A. Modify the CimView Screen Size and Display Area
            • B. Move a CimView Screen around a Windows CE Display Area
            • C. Rotate the Display on a Windows CE Device
          • Step 3. Disconnect, Reconnect or Exit from a ThinView Session
        • ThinView Advanced Configuration on the Windows CE Device
          • ThinView Advanced Configuration on the Windows CE Device
          • ThinView Options on a Windows CE Device Configuration
          • ThinView Icon on the Windows CE Desktop Configuration
            • ThinView Icon on the Windows CE Desktop Configuration
            • Place a ThinView Icon on a Windows CE Desktop
            • Make a ThinView Icon Open a Specified CimView Screen
      • CimView Behavior through a Windows CE Device
      • Summary of CIMPLICITY Security Features
      • ThinView Installation on a Windows CE Device
        • ThinView Installation on a Windows CE Device
        • 1. Use Windows CE Services
        • 2. Copy a .cab File
          • 2. Copy a .cab File
          • Step 1. Make sure the Network Connections Function Correctly
          • Step 2. Copy the Appropriate .cab File to a Shared Directory on the Desktop PC
          • Step 3. Copy the .cab File to the Windows CE Device.
        • 3. Copy the Expanded Files
          • 3. Copy the Expanded Files
          • Step 1. Make sure the Network Connections Function Correctly
          • Step 2. Copy the Windows Folder to the ThinView CE Device
      • ThinView Log Files
        • ThinView Log Files
        • Find ThinView Log Files
        • Review ThinView Log Files
      • ThinView Advanced Configuration
        • ThinView Advanced Configuration
        • ThinView Server and Client Command Line Options
          • ThinView Server and Client Command Line Options
          • /cimViewOptions <options>
          • compression <type>
          • /fitTo { <width>x<height> | <special> }
          • /fullscreen
          • /heartbeatInterval <msecs>
          • /nomenu
          • /reconnectInterval <msecs>
          • /rotate <pathname>
          • /screen <pathname>
          • /server <server-name>[:<port>]
          • /stylusMode<mode>
        • Create Command Line Shortcuts with Arguments
        • Windows Registry Settings
      • Wireless PC to a Server Connection
        • Wireless PC to a Server Connection
        • Step 1. Configure the Access Point(s)
        • Step 2. Adapt the Wireless Windows CE Device to Work with Access Points.
        • Antenna Survey Services
      • ThinView Troubleshooting
  • Recipes Configuration
    • About Recipes
    • Open a RecipeConfig Window
      • Open a RecipeConfig Window
      • Option 1. Open a new RecipeConfig Window
      • Option 2. Open an existing Recipe Group Window
    • RecipeConfig Window Overview
      • RecipeConfig Window Overview
      • 1. RecipeConfig Window: Left Pane
      • 2. RecipeConfig Window: Right Pane
      • 3. RecipeConfig Window: Toolbar Buttons
      • 4. RecipeConfig Window: Menu Items
      • 5. RecipeConfig Window: Mouse Operations
      • 6. RecipeConfig Window: Keyboard Operations
    • Recipe Group Configuration
      • Recipe Group Configuration
      • Step 1. Select a Recipe Group
        • Step 1. Select a Recipe Group
        • Option 1.1. Create a New Recipe Group
        • Option 1.2. Use an Existing Recipe Group
      • Step 2. Define Parameter Attributes for a Recipe Group
        • Step 2. Define Parameter Attributes for a Recipe Group
        • Step 2.1. Insert Rows for Parameter Attributes
        • Step 2.2. Define Parameter Attributes
      • Step 3. Configure Recipes
        • Step 3. Configure Recipes
        • Step 3.1. Create a Recipe
        • Step 3.2. Rename a Recipe
        • Step 3.3. Display/Hide Recipe Parameter Values
        • Step 3.4. Enter Recipe Parameter Values
        • Step 3.5. Enter Recipe Properties
        • Step 3.6. Compare Recipes
        • Step 3.7. Copy/Move/Delete Recipes
        • Step 3.8. Print Recipe Data
      • Step 4. Configure Recipe Maps
        • Step 4. Configure Recipe Maps
        • Step 4.1. Create a Recipe Map
        • Step 4.2. Rename a Recipe Map
        • Step 4.3. Display Recipe Map Values
        • Step 4.4. Enter Recipe Map Parameter Values
        • Step 4.5. Enter Recipe Map Properties
        • Step 4.6. Create, Rename, Copy and Delete a Recipe Map
      • Step 5. Upload/Download Recipes and Maps
        • Step 5. Upload/Download Recipes and Maps
        • Option 5.1. Upload/Download Recipes and Maps Manually
          • Option 5.1. Upload/Download Recipes and Maps Manually
          • Option 5.1.1. Upload Recipes and Maps Manually
            • Option 5.1.1. Upload Recipes and Maps Manually
            • Step 5.1.1.1. Open an Upload a Recipe Dialog Box
            • Step 5.1.1.2. Enter Recipe Upload Properties
          • Option 5.1.2. Download Recipes and Maps Manually
            • Option 5.1.2. Download Recipes and Maps Manually
            • Step 5.1.2.1. Open a Download a Recipe Dialog Box
            • Step 5.1.2.2. Enter Recipe Download General Properties
            • Step 5.1.2.3. Modify Recipe Parameters for Download
            • Step 5.1.2.4. Manually Start the Recipe Download
        • Option 5.2. Configure Recipe Automatic Upload/Download Actions
          • Option 5.2. Configure Recipe Automatic Upload/Download Actions
          • Step 5.2.1. Open a Create Auto Action Parameter File Dialog Box
          • Step 5.2.2. Create an Automatic Upload or Download Parameter File
      • Step 6. Administer Recipe Groups
        • Step 6. Administer Recipe Groups
        • Option 6.1. Validate Recipe Group Columns
        • Option 6.2. Save and Refresh a Modified Recipe Group
        • Option 6.3. Export a Recipe Group
        • Option 6.4. Archive a Recipe Group
    • Recipe Control Configuration
      • Recipe Control Configuration
      • Step 1. Place a Recipe Control on a CimEdit Screen
      • Step 2. Open a CIMPLICITY Recipe Control Properties Dialog Box
      • Step 3. Define General Recipe Control Properties
      • Step 4. Specify Recipe Control Batch ID Properties
      • Step 5. Upload or Download Recipes during Runtime
    • Technical Reference
      • Technical Reference
      • 1. CSV File Format for Import/Export
        • 1. CSV File Format for Import/Export
        • Sample .csv File
      • 2. Basic Control Engine Extensions for Recipes
  • Server Redundancy
    • About Server Redundancy
    • Levels of Redundancy
    • Redundancy Types Supported by CIMPLICITY
    • Server Redundancy Overview
      • Server Redundancy Overview
      • Server Redundancy Hardware Requirements
        • Server Redundancy Hardware Requirements
        • Computer Requirements for Server Redundancy
        • Network Requirements for Server Redundancy
      • Server Redundancy Application Requirements
      • Server Redundancy Configuration Overview
      • Server Redundancy Principles of Operation Summary
      • Automatic Redundancy Operation Overview
        • Automatic Redundancy Operation Overview
        • Limitations: Automatic Server Redundancy
          • Limitations: Automatic Server Redundancy
          • Limitations: Server Redundancy Functionality
          • Limitations: Automatic Server Redundancy Failure Recovery
        • Server Redundancy Data Collection
        • Setpoint Use in Server Redundancy
        • Database Logging in Server Redundancy
        • Alarm Management Behavior in Server Redundancy
        • User Registration in Server Redundancy
        • CimView Behavior in Server Redundancy
        • Failover Period in a Server
      • Manual Redundancy Overview
        • Manual Redundancy Overview
        • Functions to Address Specific Failures
        • Tools for Device Failure
        • Point Requirements for Manual Server Redundancy
        • Manual Point Management Transfer (Including Data Collection)
        • Manual Project Transfer Forced
    • Server Redundancy Configuration Procedures
      • Server Redundancy Configuration Procedures
      • Base System Configuration
        • Base System Configuration
        • 1. Configure a Project for Server Redundancy
        • 2. Configure Networks for Server Redundancy
          • 2. Configure Networks for Server Redundancy
          • Ping Example
        • 3. Configure Device Communications for Server Redundancy
          • 3. Configure Device Communications for Server Redundancy
          • Unsolicited Data
        • 4. Configure Global Points for Server Redundancy
      • Vista and Windows Server 2008 Extra Configuration
      • Database Logging Configuration
        • Database Logging Configuration
        • Step 1. Configure the Windows ODBC Data Source Administrator
          • Step 1. Configure the Windows ODBC Data Source Administrator
          • Step 1.1. Primary Server: Configure Windows ODBC Data Sources
            • Step 1.1. Primary Server: Configure Windows ODBC Data Sources
            • Step 1.1.1. Display the System DSN Tab
            • Step 1.1.2. Select the Driver for a New Data Source
            • Step 1.1.3. Configure the Primary Data Source on the Primary Server
            • Step 1.1.4. Configure the Secondary Data Source for the Primary Server
          • Step 1.2. Secondary Server: Configure Windows ODBC Data Sources
            • Step 1.2. Secondary Server: Configure Windows ODBC Data Sources
            • Step 1.2.1. Display the System DSN Tab
            • Step 1.2.2. Select the Driver for a New Data Source
            • Step 1.2.3. Configure the Primary Data Source on the Secondary Server
            • Step 1.2.4. Configure the Secondary Data Source for the Secondary Server
        • Step 2. Identify the Database Logger Data Source in a CIMPLICITY Project
          • Step 2. Identify the Database Logger Data Source in a CIMPLICITY Project
          • 2.1. Configure a Service for Creating Logging Tables Dynamically Triggered by an Event
          • 2.2. Guidelines and Notes about Specific Data Sources
    • Redundancy Object
      • Redundancy Object
      • Redundancy Object Components
      • Redundancy Object Use
        • Redundancy Object Use
        • Step 1. Display the Redundancy CimView Screen
        • Step 2. Monitor the Servers through the Redundancy Screen
        • Step 3. Switch the Master Role between Redundant Computers
    • Recovery Procedures
      • Recovery Procedures
      • Normal Operating Procedures
        • Normal Operating Procedures
        • Start and Stop Redundant CIMPLICITY Projects
        • Start the Project from the Secondary Server
        • Configure the Project to Start at Boot
      • Primary Server Failure
        • Primary Server Failure
        • System Operation during Fail Over
        • Methods to Detect the Cause of Primary Server Failure
        • Reset the Primary Server after Recovery
        • Re-synchronize (Datamerge) Database Logging Files
      • Failure Exceptions for Automatic Server Redundancy
        • Failure Exceptions for Automatic Server Redundancy
        • Process Failures
        • Network Failures
    • Computer Cabling Redundancy
      • Computer Cabling Redundancy
      • Cabling Redundancy Operation Rules
      • Cabling Redundancy Limitations
      • Cabling Redundancy Hardware Requirements
      • Cabling Redundancy Supported Network Configurations
      • Cabling Redundancy Configuration Procedures
    • Monitoring Network and Socket Status
      • Computer Cabling Redundancy Monitoring
      • IP Status API
      • IP Status API Functions
        • IP Status API Functions
        • InitSocketChange
        • WaitSocketChange
        • CloseSocketChange
        • GetNextSocketChange
      • Socket Status API
      • Socket Status API Functions
        • Socket Status API Functions
        • FindFirstSocketChangeNotification
        • FindNextSocketChangeNotification
        • FindCloseSocketChangeNotification
        • FindFirstSocket
        • FindNextSocket
        • FindCloseSocket
    • Supported Communication Interfaces
      • Supported Communication Interfaces
      • Series 90 TCP/IP Communications
      • CCM2 Communications
      • Genius Communications
      • SNPX Communications
      • Allen-Bradley Communications
      • DDE Client Communications
      • Modbus RTU Communications
      • Modbus TCP/IP
      • OPC Client
      • Point Bridge
      • Series 90 TCP/IP Triplex Device Communications
    • Server Redundancy Configuration Parameters
    • Computer Cabling Redundancy Status Log Error Messages
      • Computer Cabling Redundancy Status Error Messages
      • Binding Failures
      • Connection Failures
      • Socket Failures
      • Missed Communications
    • Problems and Solutions
  • Statistical Process Control
    • Statistical Process Control
      • About Statistical Process Control
      • CIMPLICITY SPC Option Overview
      • Upgrade Old SPC Charts
      • Quick Start: Install and configure the SPC Option
      • SPC Data Source
    • SPC Overview
      • SPC Operation Overview
      • SPC Chart types
        • SPC Chart types
        • X-Individual Chart
        • XBar-R Chart
        • XBar-S Chart
        • Moving Average Chart
        • Moving Range Charts
        • Exponentially Weighted Moving AverageA(EWMA) Charts
        • Histogram
        • P Chart
        • nP Chart
        • C Chart
        • U Chart
        • Pareto Charts
        • Reports
    • Configure SPC Data
      • Configure SPC Data
      • SPC Data Configuration Steps
        • SPC Data Configuration Steps
        • Step 1. Add and Configure an SPC Document
          • Step 1. Add and Configure an SPC Document
          • Step 1.1. Create Documents
            • Step 1.1. Create SPC Documents
            • Option 1.1.1. Create a new SPC Document
            • Option 1.1.2. Open an existing SPC Document
          • Step 1.2. Build a Directory Hierarchy
          • Step 1.3. Define Document Properties
        • Step 2. Add and Configure Products
          • Step 2. Add and Configure Products
          • Step 2.1. Add a new Product
          • Step 2.2. Define Product Properties
        • Step 3. Add and Configure Variable Quality Characteristics
          • Step 3. Add and Configure Variable Quality Characteristics
          • Step 3.1. Add a new Variable Quality Characteristic
          • Step 3.2. Specify a Variable's General Characteristics
          • Step 3.3. Define a Variable's Collection Characteristics
            • Step 3.3. Define a Variable's Collection Characteristics
            • Option 3.3.1. Point Collection for a Variable
            • Option 3.3.2. Logged Collection for a Variable
            • Option 3.3.3. No Collection for a Variable
          • Step 3.4. Set Limits for Variable Quality Characteristics
            • Step 3.4. Set Limits for Variable Quality Characteristics
            • Option 3.4.1. Control Limits for a Variable
            • Option 3.4.2. SPC Auto Recalculation Feature
            • Option 3.4.3. Control Limits for (Specific) Values
            • Option 3.4.4. Points Control Limits
            • Option 3.4.5. Auto Recalculation Control Limits
          • Step 3.5. Set Alarms for Variable Quality Characteristics
          • Step 3.6. Set Criteria for Variable Control Tests
            • Step 3.6. Set Criteria for Variable Control Tests
            • Control Test 1
            • Control Test 2
            • Control Test 3
            • Control Test 4
            • Control Test 5
            • Control Test 6
            • Control Test 7
            • Control Test 8
            • Exclude/Return Samples in Control Chart Calculation
        • Step 4. Add and Configure Attribute Quality Characteristics
          • Step 4. Add and Configure Attribute Quality Characteristics
          • Step 4.1. Add a new Attribute Quality Characteristic
          • Step 4.2. Specify an Attribute's General Characteristics
          • Step 4.3. Define an Attribute's Collection Characteristics
            • Step 4.3. Define an Attribute's Collection Characteristics
            • Option 4.3.1. Point Collection for an Attribute
            • Option 4.3.2. Logged Collection for an Attribute
            • Option 4.3.3. No Collection for an Attribute
          • Step 4.4. Set Limits for Attribute Quality Characteristics
            • Step 4.4. Set Limits for Attribute Quality Characteristics
            • Option 4.4.1. Control Limits for an Attribute
            • Option 4.4.2. SPC Auto Recalculation Feature
            • Option 4.4.3. Control Limits for (Specific) Values
            • Option 4.4.4. Points Control Limits
            • Option 4.4.5. Auto Recalculation Control Limits
          • Step 4.5. Set Alarms for Attribute Quality Characteristics
          • Step 4.6. Set criteria for Attribute Control Tests
            • Step 4.6. Set criteria for Attribute Control Tests
            • Control Test 0
            • Control Test 1
            • Control Test 2
            • Control Test 3
            • Control Test 4
            • Control Test 5
            • Control Test 6
            • Control Test 7
            • Control Test 8
            • SPC Control Test Exclusion Mode
        • Step 5. Add and Configure Defect Categories
          • Step 5. Add and Configure Defect Categories
          • Step 5.1. Add a new Defect Group
          • Step 5.2. Define Defect Folder Properties
          • Step 5.3. Add a new Defect Category
          • Step 5.4. Specify a Defect Category's General Characteristics
          • Step 5.5. Define Defect Category Collection Properties
            • Step 5.5. Define Defect Category Collection Properties
            • Option 5.5.1. Point Collection for a Defect Category
            • Option 5.5.2. Logged Collection for a Defect Category
            • Option 5.5.3. No Collection for a Defect Category
      • SPC Administration Alarms
      • Document Tools
        • Document Tools
        • Document Tree
        • Change Display Attributes
        • Find a Product/Quality Characteristic
    • Configure an SPC Chart
      • Configure an SPC Chart
      • Configure an SPC Chart in CimEdit
        • Configure an SPC Chart in CimEdit
        • Step 1. Insert an SPC Chart in CimEdit
        • Step 2. Open an SPC Control Properties Dialog Box
        • Step 3. Configure SPC General Properties
        • Step 4. Configure SPC Chart Properties
          • Step 4. Configure SPC Chart Properties
          • SPC Control Properties Chart Tab Subgroup, Weight, and Length Options
        • Step 5. Configure SPC Line Properties
        • Step 6. Configure SPC Axis Properties
        • Step 7. Configure SPC Bar Chart Properties
        • Step 8. Configure SPC Report Properties
      • Create an SPC Chart in a Web Page
      • Change the Date/Time Format on Charts
      • ActiveX Methods
      • ActiveX Properties
    • SPC Chart Runtime Functions
      • SPC Chart Runtime Functions
      • Manual Data Entry
        • Manual Data Entry
        • Variable QC Data
        • Attribute QC Data
        • Defect QC Data
    • SPC Charts
      • SPC Chart Calculations
      • C Chart Calculations
      • Histogram Chart Calculations
        • Histogram Chart Calculations
        • Histogram Z Values
      • Moving Average Charts Overview
        • Moving Average Charts Overview
        • Factors for Control Charts
        • Moving Average Chart Calculations
        • Exponentially Weighted Moving Average (EWMA) Chart Calculations
      • Moving Range Chart Calculations
      • nP Chart Calculations
      • P Chart Calculations
      • U Chart Calculations
      • XBar-R, XBar-S, R, S and X Chart Calculations
        • XBar-R, XBar-S, R, S and X Chart Calculations
        • XBar and R Chart Factors for Control Limits
        • XBar and S Chart Factors for Control Limits
        • X-Individual Chart Calculations
        • XBar-R, R Chart Calculations
        • XBar-S, S Chart Calculations
    • Upgrade Quality Charts to Enhanced SPC Charts...
      • Upgrade Quality Charts to Enhanced SPC Charts
      • Start the Upgrade Procedure
      • What Happens during the Upgrade Procedure
      • Upgrade SPC Extension
    • CIMPLICITY HMI SPC Glossary
      • SPC Glossary
  • Tracker
    • About Proficy HMI/SCADA - CIMPLICITY Tracker
    • Tracker Tutorial
      • About the CIMPLICITY Tracker Tutorial
      • About Tracker
        • About Tracker
        • Production Tracking
          • Production Tracking (PRT)
          • PRT Overview
          • PRT and Decision Control Tools
        • Routing and Control Objects (RCO)
          • Routing and Control Objects (RCO)
          • RCO Overview
        • Tracker Structure
          • Tracker Structure
          • A. PRT Interfaces with Point Management
          • B. PRT Interfaces with Alarm Management
          • C. PRT Interfaces with Users
      • Tracker Tutorial Exercises
      • Tracker Tutorial Scenario
        • Tracker Tutorial Scenario
        • Process Details
      • Exercise 1. Get Set up for Tracker
        • Exercise 1. Set up for Tracker
        • 1.1. Plan the Tracking Model
          • 1.1. Plan your Tracker Layout
          • 1.1.1. Create a Rough Representation of the Factory Floor
          • 1.1.2.Check your Rough Sketch of the Factory Floor
        • 1. 2. Create a TRK61 Project
          • 1.2. Create a Tracker Project
          • 1.2.1. Create a Project named TRK61 (What to Include)
          • 1.2.2. Create a Project named TRK61 (How to)
        • 1.3. Open the TrackerCfg_UI
          • 1.3. Open the Tracker Configuration Interface (TrackerCfg_UI)
          • 1.3.1. Review the Primary Windows you will use with Tracker
          • 1.3.2. Find the Tracker Icons in the Workbench Tree
          • 1.3.3. Double-click the Tracker Configuration Icon
        • 1.4 Configure the Database Connection for Tracker
          • 1.4. Configure a TRK61 Database Connection for Tracker
          • 1.4.1. Open the ODBC Data Source Administrator
          • 1.4.2. Configure SQL Server for Tracker
      • Exercise 2. Configure PRT
        • Exercise 2. Configure Production Tracking (PRT)
        • 2.1. Configure PRT Regions and Groups
          • 2.1. Configure PRT Regions and Groups
          • 2.1.1. Open the PRT Region Configuration Dialog Box
            • 2.1.1. Use the PRT Region Configuration Dialog Box
            • 2.1.1.1. Open the PRT Region Configuration Dialog Box
            • 2.1.1.2. Review the PRT Region Configuration Dialog Box
          • 2.1.2. Enter SCHEDULE Region Basic Specifications
            • 2.1.2. Enter the SCHEDULE Region Configuration Dialog Box
            • 2.1.2.1. Enter SCHEDULE Region Basic Specifications
            • 2.1.2.2. Configure an ASSEMBLY Group
            • 2.1.2.3. Configure a Resource
          • 2.1.3. Enter SCHEDULE Region Advanced Specifications
          • 2.1.4 Enter SCHEDULE Region OOS Specifications
            • 2.1.4. Enter SCHEDULE Region OOS Specifications
            • 2.1.4.1. Enter SCHEDULE Region OOS Specifications
            • 2.1.4.2. Configure the DETAINMENT Region
            • 2.1.4.3. Enter Remaining OOS Specifications
            • 2.1.4.4. Check Your SCHEDULE Region Configuration
          • 2.1.5. Enter SCHEDULE Region Alarming Specifications
          • 2.1.6. Enter SCHEDULE Region Logging Specifications
          • 2.1.7. Finish SCHEDULE Region Configuration
          • 2.1.8. Add more Regions to TRK61
            • 2.1.8. Add more Regions to TRK61
            • 2.1.8.1. Add more Regions to TRK61
            • 2.1.8.2. Check to See that all Regions Display in the Region List
        • 2.2. Configure PRT Routes
          • 2.2. Configure PRT Routes
          • 2.2.1 Open the PRT Route Configuration Dialog Box
            • 2.2.1 Open the PRT Route Configuration Dialog Box
            • 2.2.1.1. Open the PRT Route Configuration Dialog Box
            • 2.2.1.2. Review the PRT Route Configuration Dialog Box
          • 2.2.2 Enter the SCHEDULE to LOAD Route Basic Specifications
            • 2.2.2. Enter the SCHEDULE to LOAD Route Basic Specifications
            • 2.2.2.1. Enter the SCHEDULE to LOAD Route Basic Specifications
            • 2.2.2.2. Create a SCHEDULE to LOAD Transition Point
          • 2.2.3 Enter the SCHEDULE to LOAD Route Advanced Specifications
          • 2.2.4. Finish the SCHEDULE to LOAD Route Configuration
          • 2.2.5. Add more Routes to TRK61
            • 2.2.5. Add more Routes to TRK61
            • 2.2.5.1. List the Additional Routes Required for TRK61
            • 2.2.5.2. Add more Routes to TRK61
            • 2.2.5.3. Check to see all the Routes Display in the Route List
        • 2.3. Configure PRT Item Types and Classes
          • 2.3. Configure PRT Item Types and Classes
          • 2.3.1. Open the PRT Item Type Configuration Dialog Box
          • 2.3.2. Enter Item Type 00 Specifications
            • 2.3.2. Enter Item Type 00 Specifications
            • 2.3.2.1. Enter Item Type 00 Specifications
            • 2.3.2.2. Finish Item Type 00 Configuration
          • 2.3.3. Add more Item Types to TRK61
            • 2.3.3. Add more Item Types to TRK61
            • 2.3.3.1. Add more Item Types to TRK61
            • 2.3.3.2. Check to see if all the Items Display in the Item List
        • 2.4. Configure Status Codes
        • 2.5. Configure a PRTCNT Reset Point
          • 2.5. Configure a PRTCNT Reset Point
          • 2.5.1 Open the PRT Graphic Display Configuration Dialog Box
          • 2.5.2. Select Options in the PRT Graphic Display Configuration General Tab
          • 2.5.3. Configure a Reset Point
        • 2.6. Define Attributes for the Serialized Items
        • 2.7. Enter System Definitions
          • 2. 7. Enter System Definitions
          • 2.7.1. Open the System Definition Configuration Dialog Box
          • 2.7.2. Enter System Definition Values
          • 2.7.3. Finish System Definitions Configuration
        • 2.8. Validate the TRK61 PRT Configuration
          • 2.8. Validate the TRK61 PRT Configuration
          • 2.8.1. Save the PRT Configuration
          • 2.8.2. Start the TRK61 Project
          • 2.8.3. Use the Tracker PRTV Utility
          • 2.8.4. Use the CIMPLICITY Status Log
          • 2.8.5. Correct Errors
            • 2.8.5. Correct Errors
            • 2.8.5.1. Correct Errors in the MACHINE0 Region
            • 2.8.5.2. Correct the Error Reported for the MACHINE1 Region
      • Exercise 3. Use the Production Tracking User Interface
        • Exercise 3. Use the Production Tracking User Interface
        • 3.1 Add Blocks to the SCHEDULE Region
          • 3.1. Add Blocks to the SCHEDULE Region
          • 3.1.1. Add a Block to the SCHEDULE Region
            • 3.1.1. Add a Block to the SCHEDULE Region
            • 3.1.1.1. Add the Block to the SCHEDULE Region
            • 3.1.1.2. Look through the Add Item Dialog Box
            • 3.1.1.3. Confirm that the Block Displays in the PRT_UI SCHEDULE Region
          • 3.1.2. Add Four more Blocks to the SCHEDULE Region
            • 3.1.2. Add Four more Blocks to the SCHEDULE Region
            • 3.1.2.1. Add the Blocks to the SCHEDULE Region
            • 3.1.2.2. Check the Blocks in the PRT_UI Interface
        • 3.2. Add Carriers to the LOAD_CONV Region
          • 3.2. Add Carriers to the LOAD_CONV Region
          • 3.2.1. Add a Carrier to the LOAD_CONV Region
            • 3.2.1. Add a Carrier to the LOAD_CONV Region
            • 3.2.1.1. Add the Carrier to the LOAD_CONV Region
            • 3.2.1.2. Delete the Block Attributes from the Carrier Dialog Box
            • 3.2.1.3. Confirm that the Carrier Displays in the PRT_UI LOAD_CONV Region
          • 3.2.2. Add Four more Carriers to the LOAD_CONV Region
            • 3.2.2. Add Four more Carriers to the LOAD_CONV Region
            • 3.2.2.1. Add Four more Carriers to the LOAD_CONV Region
            • 3.2.2.2. Check the Carriers in the PRT_UI Interface
        • 3.3. Simulate the Assembly Production Line Manually
          • 3.3. Simulate the Assembly Production Line Manually
          • 3.3.1. Move a Block from the SCHEDULE to LOAD Region
            • 3.3.1. Move a Block from the SCHEDULE to LOAD Region
            • 3.3.1.1. Move a Block from the SCHEDULE to LOAD Region
            • 3.3.1.2. View the Result of the Block Move
          • 3.3.2. Move a Carrier into the LOAD Region
            • 3.3.2. Move a Carrier into the LOAD Region
            • 3.3.2.1. Move a Carrier into the LOAD Region
            • 3.3.2.2. View the Result of the Carrier Move
          • 3.3.3. Fetch a Block into the ROBOT_CONV Region
            • 3.3.3. Fetch a Block into the ROBOT_CONV Region
            • 3.3.3.1. Fetch a Block into the ROBOT_CONV Region
            • 3.3.3.2. View the Result of the Carrier Fetch
          • 3.3.4. Continue to Move Regions throughout the Tracking Model
          • 3.3.5. Delete items from the Tracking Model
      • Exercise 4. Export and Import Production Tracking Data
        • Exercise 4. Export and Import Production Tracking Data
        • 4.1. Create a .prtx Export File
        • 4.2. Create a .prtm Export File
      • Exercise 5. Create a Simple CimView Screen
        • Exercise 5. Create a Simple CimView Screen
        • 5.1. Create the Basic TRK61 Shape
        • 5.2. Display the Quantity for each Region
          • 5.2. Display the Quantity for each Region
          • 5.2.1. Configure a Text Object for the SCHEDULE Region
          • 5.2.2. Display the Quantity for all other Regions
          • 5.2.3. Test the Quantities in the Runtime Screen
        • 5.3. Create Buttons to move Items between Regions
          • 5.3. Create Buttons to move Items between Regions
          • 5.3.1. Create Toggle Buttons
            • 5.3.1. Create Toggle Buttons
            • 5.3.1.1. Configure a Button for the LOAD to ROBOT_CONV Route
            • 5.3.1.2. Create the Remaining Toggle Buttons
          • 5.3.2. Create Variable Setpoint Buttons
            • 5.3.2. Create Variable Setpoint Buttons
            • 5.3.2.1. Configure a Button for the SCHEDULE to LOAD Route
            • 5.3.2.2. Create a Variable Setpoint Button for the UNLOAD to PALLET Route
      • Exercise 6. Use BCE Extensions to Modify Tracking Information
        • Exercise 6. Use Basic Control Engine Extensions to Modify Tracking Information
        • 6.1. Create a Basic Control Engine Script for Blocks
          • 6.1. Create a Basic Control Engine Script for Blocks
          • 6.1.1. Create an Add Blocks Button for the Script
          • 6.1.2. Write the Script for the Add Blocks Button
          • 6.1.3. Test your Block Script in the TRK61 CimView Window
          • 6.1.4. Look at the SCHEDULE Region in the PRT_UI
        • 6.2. Create a Basic Control Engine Script for Carriers
        • 6.3. Add Blocks and Carriers Automatically
          • 6.3. Add Blocks and Carriers Automatically
          • 6.3.1. Create a Script to add Blocks and Carriers Automatically
          • 6.3.2. Check your Script to add Blocks Automatically
        • 6.4. Create a Script to add Attributes to your BLOCK Items
          • 6.4. Create a Script to add Attributes to your BLOCK Items
          • 6.4.1. Look at the Attributes for one of your Blocks in the PRT_UI
          • 6.4.2. Create a New Region Object
          • 6.4.3. Create a set of String Variables that will hold the Attribute Names
          • 6.4.4. Set up the Attributes for the Block Items
          • 6.4.5. Assign Random Selected Attributes to your BLOCKS
            • 6.4.5. Assign Random Selected Attributes to your BLOCKS
            • 6.4.5.1. Assign Random Selected Attributes to your BLOCKS
            • 6.4.5.2. Test Your Attribute Script
        • 6.5. Create a Script to add Attributes to your CARRIER Items
          • 6.5. Create a Script to add Attributes to your CARRIER Items
          • 6.5.1. Add the Attributes to Your Script
          • 6.5.2. Verify that the Carriers have Attributes
          • 6.5.3. Check the Code if you have Problems
      • Exercise 7. Use the Basic Control Engine Extensions to Control our Process
        • Exercise 7. Use the Basic Control Engine Extensions to Control our Process
        • 7.1. Delete the two Buttons after the ROBOT_CONV Region
        • 7.2. Create a Single Button after the ROBOT_CONV Region
        • 7.3. Review the Script for the Machine Button
        • 7.4. Check your Configuration in the TRK61 CimView Screen
      • Exercise 8. Create a Routing Control Object to Modify and Route Items
        • Exercise 8. Create a Routing Control Object to Modify and Route Items
        • 8.1. Create a Screen to Update Points that will Hold your Attributes
          • 8.1. Create a Screen to Update Points that will Hold your Attributes
          • 8.1.1. Create a Procedure to Open another Screen
            • 8.1.1. Create a Procedure to Open another Screen
            • 8.1.1.1. Create a new CimEdit Screen
            • 8.1.1.2. Configure an Add Parts Button with an Open Screen Procedure
            • 8.1.1.3. Test the Add Parts Button
          • 8.1.2. Configure the attrentry.cim Screen
            • 8.1.2. Configure the attrentry.cim Screen
            • 8.1.2.1. Set up the Attrentry Screen Format
            • 8.1.2.2. Configure the Field to Enable CPU Serial # Entry
            • 8.1.2.3. Configure other Fields on the attrentry.cim Screen
            • 8.1.2.4. Add Buttons to the attrentry.cim Screen
        • 8.2. Set up an Attribute Maintenance List for your RCO Configuration
        • 8.3 Configure an AddParts Routing Control Site
          • 8.3. Configure an AddParts Routing Control Site
          • 8.3.1. Create the AddParts Site
          • 8.3.2. Create a New Trigger Sequence
          • 8.3.3. Create a New Decision
          • 8.3.4. Create a New Output Logic Module (OLM)
            • 8.3.4. Create a New Output Logic Module (OLM)
            • 8.3.4.1. Open the Output Logic Wizard for the AddParts OLM
            • 8.3.4.2. Select a Function Block for the AddParts OLM
            • 8.3.4.3 Configure the Function Block for CPU SER #
            • 8.3.4.4. Configure Function Blocks for other AddParts Attributes
          • 8.3.5. Activate the New RCO Site
          • 8.3.6. Verify the RCO Configuration
          • 8.3.7. Apply the ADDPARTS_DONE point to attrentry.cim
          • 8.3.8. Test the RCO Site
            • 8.3.8. Test the RCO Site
            • 8.3.8.1. Move Items to the LOAD Region
            • 8.3.8.2. Check the Items in the PRT_UI
            • 8.3.8.3. Associate the Attributes with the Block
            • 8.3.8.4. Check the Block's Attributes in the PRT_UI
        • 8.4. Add Another Function Block to the AddParts Site
          • 8.4. Add Another Function Block to the AddParts Site
          • 8.4.1. Add One More Function Block to ROBOT_CONV
          • 8.4.2. Implement your Configuration
          • 8.4.3. Check your RCO Implementation
          • 8.4.4.Begin to use the RCOUI
      • Exercise 9. Create a Split Routing RCO Site
        • Exercise 9. Create a Split Routing RCO Site
        • 9.1. Create a New RCO Site
        • 9.2. Create a Trigger Sequence Based off of a New Boolean Point
        • 9.3. Create Two Decisions for SPLIT Site
          • 9.3. Create Two Decisions for SPLIT Site
          • 9.3.1. Create a RCONV_MACH0 Decision
          • 9.3.2. Create a RCONV_MACH1 Decision
        • 9.4. Create a Routing Logic Module
        • 9.5. Create a Routing Control Logic Button
          • 9.5. Create a Routing Control Logic Button
          • 9.5.1. Create a MACHINE Button on your TRK61 Screen
          • 9.5.2. Test the Machine in the TRK61 CimView Screen
      • Exercise 10. Create a Split RCO Site with Multiple Routing Logic Modules
        • Exercise 10. Create a Split RCO Site with Multiple Routing Logic Modules
        • 10.1 Create a Decision RLM
          • 10.1 Create a Decision RLM
          • 10.1.1. Review Screens if you get Stuck
            • 10.1.1. Review Screens if you get Stuck
            • 10.1.1.1. Create a MACH 0 GREEN Function Block
            • 10.1.1.2. Create another Function Block
            • 10.1.1.3. Create a Function Block to Deal with Blue Block/carriers
          • 10.1.2. Test the RLM
          • 10.1.3. TrackerCfg_UI after DecisionbyColor Configuration
        • 10.2. Create a Block by Attribute RLM
          • 10.2. Create a Block by Attribute RLM
          • 10.2.1. Choose Block by Attribute Parameters
          • 10.2.2. Test your Solution
          • 10.2.3. Review the Block by Attribute Function Configuration
          • 10.2.4. Test your Solution
          • 10.2.5. Add another Function to the Block by Attribute RLM
        • 10.3. Experiment with other RLMs
      • Exercise 11. Use Logging and Alarming with Tracker
        • Exercise 11. Use Logging and Alarming with Tracker
        • 11.1. Create Tracker Logging Tables
          • 11.1. Create Tracker Logging Tables
          • 11.1.1. Open the Database Logger
          • 11.1.2. Configure a PRT_GRP Table
            • 11.1.2. Configure a PRT_GRP Table
            • 11.1.2.1. Create a new PRT_GRP Application
            • 11.1.2.2. Configure Maintenance Events
            • 11.1.2.3. Leave the Logging Attributes Defaults
          • 11.1.3. Create PRT_ITEM and PRT_REG Tables
          • 11.1.4. Select what you want to Log
            • 11.1.4. Select what you want to Log
            • 11.1.4.1. Open the data_field.idt
            • 11.1.4.2. Edit the data_field.idt
          • 11.1.5. View Logged Data
        • 11.2. Configure Alarming for Tracker
          • 11.2. Configure Alarming for Tracker
          • 11.2.1. Find the Alarms that begin with PRT
          • 11.2.2. Change the Routing for each Alarm
          • 11.2.3. Test your Tracker Alarms
        • 11.3. Use the Global Parameter Synchronization Capability
      • Conclusion
      • Appendix
        • Script Keys
        • Tracker Training Script Key 1
        • Tracker Training Script Key 2
        • Tracker Training Script Key 3
    • Tracker Guide
      • About Tracker (Base)
      • Production Tracking: PRT
        • About Production Tracking
        • Production Tracking System Definitions and Guidelines
          • Production Tracking System Definitions and Guidelines
          • PRT Database Hierarchy
          • PRT Overview Graphic
          • 1. Items
            • 1. Items: Defined
            • Serialized Items
              • Serialized Items: Defined
              • Serialized Items: Guidelines
            • Non-Serialized Items
              • Non-Serialized Items: Defined
              • Non-serialized Items: Guidelines
            • Item Attributes: Defined
            • Item Status: Defined
            • Item Associations
              • Item Associations: Defined
              • Item Associations: Parent-Child
              • Item Associations: Tracking Rules
              • Item Associations: ASSOCIATE extended attribute
            • Items: Guidelines
          • 2. Item Types: Defined
          • 3. Item Classes: Defined
          • 4. Regions
            • 4. Regions: Defined
            • Primary Region Types
              • Primary Region Types
              • Pooled Region: Defined
                • Pooled Region: Defined
                • Pool Tracking Region Rules
              • Sequential Region
                • Sequential Region: Defined
                • Sequential Region: Sequence Monitoring
                • Sequential Tracking Region Rules
              • Shifting Region: Defined
            • Secondary Region Types
              • Secondary Region Types
              • Normal Region: Defined
              • Combine Region
                • Combine Region: Defined
                • Combine Region: Tracking Rules
              • Disperse Region
                • Disperse Region: Defined
                • Disperse Region: Tracking Rules
          • 5. Region Locations: Defined
          • 6. Routes: Defined
            • 6. Routes: Defined
            • Routes: Guidelines
          • 7. Transitions
            • 7. Transitions
            • Limit Switch Action: Guidelines
            • Type Detector Action: Guidelines
            • Item Identifier Action Guidelines
            • Reference Identifier Action: Guidelines
            • Reference ID Associated to Item Action: Guidelines
            • Item Type Associated to Item Action Guidelines
            • Positive Edge Trigger Action: Guidelines
            • Transition Type 8. Negative Edge Trigger Action: Guidelines
            • Transition Types: Guidelines
          • 8. Groups: Defined
          • 9. PRT Services: Defined
          • 10. PRT and CIMPLICITY Software Interface Components
        • Production Tracking Model Layout Planning
          • Production Tracking Model Layout Planning
          • Step 1. Draw a Picture of the Production Process
          • Step 2. Isolate Regions: PRT Planning
          • Step 3. Name Regions: PRT Planning
          • Step 4. Define Routes: PRT Planning
          • Step 5. Isolate Groups: PRT Planning
          • Step 6. Name Groups: PRT Planning
          • Step 7. Define Item Types: PRT Planning
          • Step 8. Define Item Classes: PRT Planning
          • Step 9. Plan Display Points: PRT Planning
            • Step 9. Plan Display Points: PRT Planning
            • Display Point Examples: PRT Planning
        • Production Tracking Configuration
          • Production Tracking Configuration
          • Step 1. Enable the Tracker Configuration User Interface for PRT
            • Step 1. Enable the Tracker Configuration User Interface for PRT
            • Step 1.1. Open the CIMPLICITY Tracker Configuration User Interface
            • Step 1.2. Select a Data Source
            • Step 1.3. View the Tracker Configuration User Interface: PRT Section
            • Step 1.4. View the Tracker Configuration Tree: PRT Section
          • Step 2. Start the Tracking Model Wizard
          • Step 3. Configure Regions
            • Step 3. Configure Regions
            • Step 3.1. Set General Region Parameters
            • Step 3.2. Set Advanced Region Parameters
            • Step 3.3. Set Out of Sequence Parameters
            • Step 3.4. Set Alarming Options
            • Step 3.5. Set Logging Options
          • Step 4. Configure Routes
            • Step 4. Configure Routes
            • Step 4.1. Set General Route Parameters
            • Step 4.2. Set Advanced Route Parameters
              • Step 4.2. Set Advanced Route Parameters
              • Configuration for a Route with a Type Detector Translation Type Code
          • Step 5. Configure Item Types
          • Step 6. Configure PRT Services
          • Step 7. Configure System Definitions
          • Step 8. Finish Basic Tracking Model Configuration
          • Step 9. Do Additional Tracking Configuration
            • Step 9. Do Additional Tracking Configuration
            • Option 9.1. PRT Graphics Display
              • Option 9.1. PRT Graphics Display
              • Option 9.1.1. Enter PRT Graphics General Information
              • Option 9.1.2. Enter PRT Graphics Global Information
            • Option 9.2. Item Type Display Points
            • Option 9.3. Region Attribute Counters
            • Option 9.4. Tracking Groups
            • Option 9.5. Group Tracking Regions
            • Option 9.6. Status Codes
              • Option 9.6. Status Codes
              • Option 9.6.1. Pre-defined Status Codes
              • Option 9.6.2. Configure Status Codes
            • Option 9.7. Route Invalid Types
            • Option 9.8. Region Item Associations
            • Option 9.9. Interested Processes
            • Option 9.10. Type Translations
          • Step 10. Use Tracker Configuration Tools
            • Step 10. Use Tracker Configuration Tools
            • Option 10.1. Use the TrackerCfg_UI Menu (General)
            • Option 10.2. Modify PRT Configuration
              • Option 10.2. Modify PRT Configuration
              • Option 10.2.1. Open an Existing PRT Configuration Dialog Box
              • Option 10.2.2. Follow a Required Procedure to Restart the PRT User Interface
                • Option 10.2.2. Follow a Required Procedure to Restart the PRT User Interface
                • Option 10.2.2.1. Save Tracking Data and Delete Files
                • Option 10.2.2.2. Delete Tracking Data
            • Option 10.3. Use Browse to Search for Configuration Data
            • Option 10.4. Delete Configuration Data
            • Option 10.5. Export Tracker Configuration to a File
            • Option 10.6. Import Tracker Configuration from another Project
        • Production Tracking User Interface (PRT_UI)
          • Production Tracking User Interface (PRT_UI)
          • Step 1. Open the PRT_UI
            • Step 1. Open the PRT_UI
            • Option 1.1. Open the PRT_UI
            • Option 1.2. PRT_UI Basic Sections
            • Option 1.3. PRT_UI Toolbar Buttons
            • Option 1.4. Item Cache and Paging Bar
            • Option 1.5. Create a Shortcut to Open the PRT_UI
              • Option 1.5. Create a Shortcut to Open the PRT_UI
              • Option 1.5.1. Place the PRT_UI Shortcut on the Windows Desktop
              • Option 1.5.2. Set Parameters for the PRT_UI
          • Step 2. Display and Browse for Regions in the PRT_UI
            • Step 2. Display and Browse for Regions in the PRT_UI
            • Option 2.1. Display a Region in the Local Project
            • Option 2.2. Browse all Regions
            • Option 2.3. Filter the List of Regions
          • Step 3. Auto-lock Regions
            • Step 3. Auto-lock Regions
            • Operations and Setting Status Bits
          • Step 4. Configure Items through the PRT_UI
            • Step 4. Configure Items through the PRT_UI
            • Option 4.1. Insert or Add an Item in the PRT_UI
              • Option 4.1. Insert or Add an Item in the PRT_UI
              • Option 4.1.1 Open an Add or Insert Item Dialog Box (except in Shifting Regions)
              • Option 4.1.3. Define Item Status
              • Option 4.1.2. Enter General Information for an Item
              • Guidelines: Add, Insert or Modify an Item in Shifting Regions
            • Option 4.2. Modify an Item in the PRT_UI
              • Option 4.2. Modify an Item in the PRT_UI
              • Option 4.2.1. Open a Modify Item Dialog Box
              • Option 4.2.2. Set Attributes for an Item
                • Option 4.2.2. Set Attributes for an Item
                • Option 4.2.2.1. Set Item Attributes (except ASSOCIATE attributes)
                • Option 4.2.2.2. Set ASSOCIATE Attributes for an Item
          • Step 5. Update a Region's Status
          • Step 6. Connect to Multiple Projects
            • Step 6. Connect to Multiple Projects
            • Step 6.1. Review Connect to Multiple Projects Technical Notes
              • Step 6.1. Review Connect to Multiple Projects Technical Notes
              • Multiple Project Connection Architecture
              • Multiple Project Software Transactions
            • Step 6.2. Configure TrkCollector
              • Step 6.2. Configure TrkCollector
              • Step 6.2.1. Open the TrkCollector Dialog Box
              • Step 6.2.2. Configure TrkCollector Authentication
              • Step 6.2.3. Configure TrkCollector Security
            • Step 6.3. Configure the DCOM Default Security Settings
              • Step 6.3. Configure the DCOM Default Security Settings
              • Step 6.3.1. Open the My Computer Properties Dialog Box
              • Step 6.3.2. Configure the DCOM Default Security Settings
            • Step 6.4. Configure Connections to Multiple Projects
              • Step 6.4. Configure Connections to Multiple Projects
              • Step 6.4.1. Enable the PRT_UI Projects Option
              • Step 6.4.2. Add Projects to the PRT_UI Window Configuration
              • Step 6.4.3. Save a PRT_UI.cfg File
              • Step 6.4.4. Open Multiple Projects using a Saved .cfg File
          • Step 7. Manipulate Items
            • Step 7. Manipulate Items
            • Option 7.1. Find an Item
            • Option 7.2. Advance an Item
            • Option 7.3. Move an Item
              • Option 7.3. Move an Item
              • Guidelines: Move Items between Projects
              • Guidelines: Move Items into a Shifting Region
            • Option 7.4. Fetch an Item
            • Option 7.5. Reorder Items in a Region
            • Option 7.6. Filter by Item Class
            • Option 7.7. Delete an Item
              • Option 7.7. Delete an Item
              • Guidelines: Delete or Move an Item from a Shifting Region
          • Step 8. Print Reports
            • Step 8. Print Reports
            • Step 8.1. Set up a Printed Report
            • Step 8.2. Preview a Printed Report
            • Step 8.3. Print a Report
        • PRT Technical Reference
          • PRT Technical Reference
          • 1. PRT Configuration File Overview
            • 1. PRT Configuration File Overview
            • Identify the PRT Configuration Files
              • Identify the PRT Configuration Files
              • Required PRT Configuration Files
              • Optional PRT Configuration Files
            • Use the IDTPOP Utility
            • Observe Configuration File Reserved Characters and Restrictions
              • Observe Configuration File Reserved Characters and Restrictions
              • PRT Configuration File Reserved Characters
              • PRT Configuration File Restrictions
              • PRT Configuration File Format
            • PRT Configuration File Definitions
              • PRT Configuration File Definitions
              • PRT_ASSOC
              • PRT_ATT_PT
              • PRT_ATTRIBUTES.CFG
              • PRT_DISP_PT
              • PRT_GROUP
              • PRT_GRP_REG
              • PRT_INTPROC
              • PRT_INV_TYPE
              • PRT_ITEM_TYP
              • PRT_REG_AT
              • PRT_REGION
              • PRT_ROUTE
                • PRT_ROUTE
                • PRT_ROUTE (Type 6) Configuration Example
              • PRT_SERVICE
              • PRT_STATUS
              • PRT_SYSDEF
              • PRT_TYPE_TRN
              • PRT_WINDOW.CFG
          • 2. PRT Configuration File Programs and Utilities
            • 2. PRT Configuration File Programs and Utilities
            • Production Tracking Global Section Usage
            • Production Tracking Processes
            • Automated Region Validation
              • Automated Region Validation
              • Sequence of Events for Region Validation
              • Different Scenarios for Flow of Control
                • Different Scenarios for Flow of Control
                • Setup 1. Flow of Control
                • Setup 2. Flow of Control
                • Setup 3. Flow of Control
                • Setup 4. Flow of Control
              • prt_reg_val.cfg
              • prt_svc_val.cfg
              • Runtime Data
                • Runtime Data
                • MODIFY_MASK Bits
            • Shifting Region Technical Reference
            • Attribute Counts by Region
              • Attribute Counts by Region
              • Attribute Counts by Region: PRTCNT
              • Attribute Counts by Region: prtcnt.cfg
              • Count Items: prtcnt.exe
                • Count Items: prtcnt.exe (Upgrade from CIMPLICITY 6.0 or Earlier)
                • Step 1. Modify Five Files in the Master Directory
                  • Step 1. Modify Five Files in the Master Directory
                  • Step 1.1. Add prtcnt to physproc.idt
                  • Step 1.2. Add prtcnt to logproc.idt
                  • Step 1.3. Add prtcnt to node_logproc.idt
                  • Step 1.4. Add prtcnt to service.idt
                  • Step 1.5. Add prtcnt to prt_intproc
                  • Step 1.6. Add prtcnt to master.mcp
                • Step 2. Add a Reset Point to a PRT Graphic Display Configuration
            • PRT Synchronization and Alarm Move Exceptions
            • PRT Interested Process Utility
              • PRT Interested Process Utility: prt_inttest.exe
              • PRT Interested Process Utility Output
              • PRT Interested Process Utility Configuration
                • PRT Interested Process Utility Configuration
                • Step 1. Open a Tracker Project in the Workbench
                • Step 2. Configure Physproc
                • Step 3. Configure Logproc
                • Step 4. Configure Node_logproc
                • Step 5. Configure Service
                • Step 6. Configure Prt_intproc
                • Step 7. Run the PRT Interested Process Utility
            • Production Tracking Export Program: PRT_EXPORT
              • Production Tracking Export Program: PRT_EXPORT
              • Export Input File Format: prtexp.prtx
              • Export Output File Format: prtexp.prtm
              • Run the Export Program
            • Production Tracking Import Program: PRT_IMPORT
              • Production Tracking Import Program: PRT_IMPORT
              • Program Elements: Production Tracking Import Program
              • Import File Naming Conventions
              • Import File Format
                • Import File Format
                • ADD (Add an Item to be Tracked)
                • ADV (Advance an Item Along a Specified Route)
                • AEA (Add an Extended Attribute)
                • ATT (Add an Item Attribute)
                • CLL (Clear Location)
                • DEL (Delete a Tracked Item)
                • DSP (Print Message to Terminal)
                • HLD (Apply a Group Hold to an Item)
                • INS (Insert an Item to be Tracked)
                • MAT (Modify an Item's Attributes)
                • MOV (Move an Item from a Source to a Destination Region)
                • MOV (Move an Item from a Source to a Destination Region)
                • PTS (Enable/Disable Region Setpoints)
                • REG (Modify Region Status)
                • STP (Initiate a Production Stop)
                • STT (Initiate a Production Start)
              • Run the Import Program
            • Tracker Extended Attributes Configuration (trkattribute.cfg)
          • 3. Startup Configuration for PRT Client
            • 3. Startup Configuration for PRT Client
            • PRT Client Startup: physproc.idt
            • PRT Client Startup: logproc.idt
            • PRT Client Startup: node_Logproc.idt
            • PRT Client Startup: service.idt
            • PRT Client Startup: master.mcp
            • PRT Client Startup: prtclnt_route.cfg
            • PRT Client Startup: prtclnt_inv_type.cfg
          • 4. PRT Service and Resident Process Name Change Configuration
          • 5. PRT Validation Program, Verifiers and Error Codes
            • 5. PRT Validation Program, Verifiers and Error Codes
            • Configuration Validation Program
            • PRT Global Verifier: prt_glb_vfy.exe
              • PRT Global Verifier: prt_glb_vfy.exe
              • PRT Global Verifier: Validations and Repairs
            • Error codes Returned by Production Tracking
      • Routing Control Objects: RCO
        • About the Routing Control Objects Module
        • Routing Control Object Definitions
          • Routing Control Object Definitions
          • RCO Execution Sequence
          • RCO Overview Graphic
          • 1. RCO Control Site
            • 1. RCO Control Site
            • Control site: Synchronous validation
            • Control site: Asynchronous validation
            • RCODB_RP Process
          • 2. Triggers
          • 3. Decisions
          • 4. Function Blocks
          • 5. Routing Logic Modules
        • Routing Control Object Configuration
          • Routing Control Object Configuration
          • Step 1. Enable the Tracker Configuration User Interface for RCO
            • Step 1. Enable the Tracker Configuration User Interface for RCO
            • Step 1.1. Open the Tracker Configuration User Interface
            • Step 1.2. View the Tracker Configuration User Interface: RCO Section
            • Step 1.3. View the Tracker Configuration Tree: RCO Section
          • Step 2. Lock a Folder or Existing Site
          • Step 3. Configure a Routing Control Site
            • Step 3. Configure a Routing Control Site
            • Step 3.1. Create a New Site (RCO)
            • Step 3.2. Name and describe the Site
            • Step 3.3. Configure the General Setup Group
            • Step 3.4. Configure the Output Modules Group
              • Step 3.4. Configure the Output Modules Group
              • Option 3.4.1. Create a New Output Module
                • Option 3.4.1. Create a New Output Module
                • Option 3.4.1.1. Add New Function Blocks to a Logic Module
                • Option 3.4.1.2. Cut/Copy/Paste Existing Function Blocks to and from Logic Modules
              • Option 3.4.2. Use Predefined Output Module
            • Step 3.5. Configure the Execution Sequence group
            • Step 3.6. Configure the Automatic Triggers Group
          • Step 4. Configure Triggers
          • Step 5. Configure Decisions
          • Step 6. Configure Routing Logic
          • Step 7. Save RCO Configuration Data
          • Step 8. Activate Routing Control Sites
          • Step 9. Set RCO Alarming and Logging in the TrackerCfg_UI
            • Step 9. Set RCO Alarming and Data Logging in the TrackerCfg_UI
            • RCO Alarms displayed in the Workbench
          • Step 10. Use Additional Configuration Functions and Utilities
            • Step 10. Use Additional Configuration Functions and Utilities
            • Option 10.1. Customize RCO Folder Properties
            • Option 10.2. Assign Custom Names to PRT Attributes
            • Option 10.3. Make further Runtime Region Specifications
            • Option 10.4. Check the RCO Configuration Data
            • Option 10.5. Run the Error List Utility
        • Routing Control Object User Interface (RCO_UI)
          • Routing Control Object User Interface (RCO_UI)
          • Step 1. Connect the RCO Runtime User Interface
            • Step 1. Connect the RCO Runtime User Interface
            • Option 1.1. Connect to a Local Project
            • Option 1.2. Connect to Projects in an Existing RCO Profile
            • Option 1.3. Connect to Projects from the Command Line
            • Option 1.4. Connect to the Configuration Dialog
          • Step 2. Select the Control Site
          • Step 3. Review the RCOUI Features
            • Step 3. Review the RCOUI Features
            • 1. Status Field
            • 2. Status Bar
            • 3. Control Site Data
            • 4. RCOUI Toolbar
            • 5. RCOUI Menu Bar
            • 6. RCOUI Complete Decision/Manual Control Popup Menu
          • Step 4. Create or Open an RCO Profile
            • Step 4. Create or Open an RCO Profile
            • Option 4.1 Open a Profile in the RCOUI
            • Option 4.2. Create a New RCO Profile Automatically
            • Option 4.3. Create or Edit an RCO Profile Using a Text Editor
              • Option 4.3. Create or Edit an RCO Profile Using a Text Editor
              • Example. Site Names in a Manually Created Profile
          • Step 5. Configure an RCO Profile
            • Step 5. Configure an RCO Profile
            • Option 5.1. Add and Delete Sites in a Profile
            • Option 5.2. Set and Delete the Default Site in a Profile
            • Option 5.3. Configure Settings for a Profile
            • Option 5.4. Change the Status of a Control Site
              • Option 5.4. Change the Status of a Control Site
              • Status Error Conditions
            • Option 5.5. Save a Configured Profile
          • Step 6. Manage Decisions
            • Step 6. Manage Decisions
            • Option 6.1. View Valid Control Site Decisions
            • Option 6.2. Perform Manual Decisions
              • Option 6.2. Perform Manual Decisions
              • Decision Error Conditions
            • Option 6.3. Complete a Decision Manually
            • Option 6.4. Cancel Decisions
          • Step 7. Manage Triggers
            • Step 7. Manage Triggers
            • Option 7.1. Display the Control Site Trigger Display Dialog Box
            • Option 7.2. Review Trigger Details
            • Option 7.3. Review Trigger Points Details
            • Option 7.4. Reset a Trigger Manually
            • Option 7.5. Manually Trip a Trigger
          • Step 8. Set Alarming and Logging Options through the RCOUI
          • Step 9. Search for Control Sites
          • Step 10. Respond to RCO Error Conditions
        • Relocate RCO and TADB Databases
          • Relocate RCO and TADB Databases
          • Step 1. Shrink the Database that will be Relocated.
          • Step 2. Check the Database Current Location
          • Step 3. Detach the Database from its Current Location
          • Step 4. Copy or Move the Database to a new Location.
          • Step 5. Attach the Database to its new Location
        • RCO Function Blocks
          • RCO Function Blocks
          • BCO Function Blocks
            • BCO Function Block List
            • Broadcast Form
            • Get ASCII Form
            • Get ASCII Form By Variable
            • Get WYSIWYG Form
            • Get WYSIWYG Form By Variable
            • Send ASCII Form
            • Send ASCII Form By Variable
            • Send Form to Device
            • Send WYSIWYG Form
            • Send WYSIWYG Form By Variable
            • Set Point with ASCII Data
            • Set Point with ASCII Data Based on Region
          • Conditional Function Block List
            • Conditional Function Block List
            • Case Block
            • Case Else Block
            • Check all Region's (related to Decisions) Status
            • Check all Region's (related to Decisions) Status (Extended)
            • Check if any Source Region has Decision
            • Compare Attribute
            • Compare Attribute with Attribute
              • Compare Attribute with Attribute
              • Compare Attribute with Attribute Parameters Example
            • Compare Attribute with Point
              • Compare Attribute with Point
              • Compare Attribute with Point Example
            • Compare Attribute with Value
              • Compare Attribute with Value
              • Compare Attribute with Value Example
            • Compare Point with Point
              • Compare Point with Point
              • Compare Point with Point Example
            • Compare Point with Value
              • Compare Point with Value
              • Compare Point with Value Example
            • Compare RCO Variables
              • Compare RCO Variables
              • Compare RCO Variables Example
            • Else Block
            • Else If ( Expression )
            • End If
            • End Select Block
            • End While
            • If (Expression)
            • If (Solve Expression)
            • Select Block
            • While (Expression)
          • Core Function Blocks
            • Core Function Blocks List
            • Append a Decision in ExtDecBuffer
            • Clear the Cached Items
            • Core Function Blocks - Consume a Trigger
            • Create Item Extended Attribute
            • Custom Block
            • Delete a Decision in ExtDecBuffer
            • Delete at a Decision in ExtDecBuffer
            • Delete Item Extended Attribute
            • Delete Site Attribute
            • Exit Sub
            • Fill Array Point
            • Fill Array Point (Ext. Attr.)
            • Fill RCO Array Point
            • Flush the ExtDecBuffer
            • Get Decision Attribute
            • Get Decision Status
            • Get Ext Decision List
            • Get Item Extended Attribute
            • Get Production Data
            • Get Site Attribute
            • Increment Attribute
            • Increment Extended Attribute
            • Increment Point
            • Insert a Decision in ExtDecBuffer
            • Logstatus Generator
            • Parse Message Point To RCO Variables
            • Region Full Check
            • Request External Decisions
            • Reset a Trigger
            • Set Array Point
            • Select next External Decision
            • Set Attribute
            • Set Attribute to Text and Integer
            • Set Attribute with Attribute
            • Set Attribute with Attribute (Ext. Attr.)
            • Set Attribute with Point
            • Set Attribute with RCO Variable
            • Set Attribute with Value
            • Set Auto-trigger Interval
            • Set Decision Attribute
            • Set Decision Status
            • Set Extended Attribute by Item
            • Set Extended Attribute with Point
            • Set Extended Attribute with RCO Variable
            • Set Extended Attribute with Value
            • Set Item Extended Attribute
            • Set Message Point From RCO Variable
            • Set Point with Attribute
            • Set Point with Extended Attribute
            • Set Point with Point
            • Set Point with Timestamp
            • Set Point with Value
            • Set RCO Variable with a Special Value
            • Set RCO Variable with Attribute
              • Set RCO Variable with Attribute
              • Set RCO Variable with Attribute Example
            • Set RCO Variable with Expression
            • Set RCO Variable with Point
            • Set RCO Variable with Timestamp
            • Set RCO Variable with Translate Value
              • Set RCO Variable with Translate Value
              • Set RCO Variable with Translate Value Example
              • Set RCO Variable with Translate Value Pseudo Code
            • Set RCO Variable with Value
            • Set RCO Variable with Value (Extended)
            • Set Site Attribute
            • Set Wait Encountered Flag
          • Diagnostic Function Blocks
            • Diagnostic Blocks List
            • Dump Available Decisions
            • Site Log Generator
          • Include File
          • Output Function Blocks
            • Output Blocks List
            • Attribute Counts
              • Attribute Counts
              • Attribute Counts Example
              • Attribute Counts Pseudo Code
            • Conditional Alarm with Attribute
            • Conditional Alarm with Point
            • Extended Attribute Counts
            • Generate Alarm
            • Process Bits & Words
              • Process Bits & Words
              • Process Bits & Words Example
            • Set Asynch Validation Value
            • Update Counts
              • Update Counts
              • Update Counts Pseudo Code
            • Update Rule Counts (Ext. Attr.)
            • Update Spacing, Attribute and Total Released Counts
            • Update Spacing, Attribute and Total Released Counts (Ext. Attr.)
          • PRT Function Blocks
            • PRT Function Blocks List
            • Add PRT Item
              • Add PRT Item
              • Add PRT Item Pseudo Code:
            • Associate Item
              • Associate Item
              • Associate Item Example
              • Associate Item Pseudo Code
            • Delete Item
            • Disassociate Item
            • Load PRT Item into Item Variable
            • Load PRT Region Data into Region Variable
            • Move Item
              • Move Item
              • Move Item Pseudo Code
            • Set PRT Item Data
            • Set PRT Item Data (Ext. Attr.)
            • Set PRT Item with another PRT Item
              • Set PRT Item with another PRT Item
              • Set PRT Item with another PRT Item Pseudo Code
            • Set PRT Item with another PRT Item (Ext. Attr.)
            • Set Source Region as Decision Made
          • Routing Function Blocks
            • Routing Function Blocks List
            • Balance Load
              • Balance Load
              • Balance Load Example
              • Balance Load Pseudo Code
            • Block by Attribute
              • Block by Attribute
              • Block by Attribute Example
              • Block by Attribute Pseudo Code
            • Block by Extended Attribute
            • Check Item Hold Status
              • Check Item Hold Status
              • Check Item Hold Status Example
              • Check Item Hold Status Pseudo Code
            • Check Process Capability
              • Check Process Capability
              • Check Process Capability Example
              • Check Process Capability Pseudo Code
            • Check Process Capability (Ext. Attr.)
            • Check Region Full
              • Check Region Full
              • Check Region Full Example
              • Check Region Full Pseudo Code
            • Check Region Ready
              • Check Region Ready
              • Check Region Ready Example
              • Check Region Ready Pseudo Code
            • Routing Function Blocks - Consume a Trigger
            • Eliminate by Weight
              • Eliminate by Weight
              • Eliminate by Weight Example
              • Eliminate by Weight Pseudo Code
            • Eliminate Decision
            • Eliminate Decision Based on Attribute Spacing
              • Eliminate Decision Based on Attribute Spacing
              • Eliminate Decision Based on Attribute Spacing Example
              • Eliminate Decision Based on Attribute Spacing Pseudo Code
            • Eliminate Decision Based on Rule
              • Eliminate Decision Based on Rule
              • Eliminate Decision Based on Rule Example
              • Eliminate Decision Based on Rule Pseudo Code
            • Eliminate Decision Based on Rule (Ext. Attr.)
            • Eliminate Decision by Attribute
            • Eliminate Decision by Attribute Attribute
              • Eliminate Decision by Attribute Attribute
              • Eliminate Decision by Attribute Attribute Example
              • Eliminate Decision by Attribute Attribute Pseudo Code
            • Eliminate Decision Based on Ext. Attribute Spacing
            • Eliminate Decision by Attribute Point
              • Eliminate Decision by Attribute Point
              • Eliminate Decision by Attribute Point Example
              • Eliminate Decision By Attribute Point Pseudo Code
            • Eliminate Decision by Attribute Value
              • Eliminate Decision by Attribute Value
              • Eliminate Decision by Attribute Value Example
              • Eliminate Decision by Attribute Value Pseudo Code
            • Eliminate Decision by Extended Attribute
            • Eliminate Decision by Extended Attribute Value
            • Eliminate Decision by Increasing Weight Percentages
              • Eliminate Decision by Increasing Weight Percentages
              • Eliminate Decision by Increasing Weight Percentages Example
              • Eliminate Decision by Increasing Weight Percentages Pseudo Code
            • Eliminate Decision by Increasing Weight Percentages (Ext. Attr.)
            • Eliminate Decision by Point
            • Eliminate Decision by Point (Ext. Attr.)
            • Eliminate Decision by Point Point
              • Eliminate Decision by Point Point
              • Eliminate Decision by Point Point Example
              • Eliminate Decision by Point Point Pseudo Code
            • Eliminate Decision by Point Value
              • Eliminate Decision by Point Value
              • Eliminate Decision by Point Value Example
              • Eliminate Decision by Point Value Pseudo Code
            • Eliminate Decision by Solve
            • Eliminate Decision if not only Decision
              • Eliminate Decision if not only Decision
              • Eliminate Decision if not only Decision Example
              • Eliminate Decision if not only Decision Pseudo Code
            • Eliminate Decisions Based on Region Status
              • Eliminate Decisions Based on Region Status
              • Eliminate Decisions Based on Region Status Pseudo Code
            • Eliminate Decisions with no Items in Source
              • Eliminate Decisions with no Items in Source
              • Eliminate Decisions with no Items in Source Example
              • Eliminate Decisions with no Items in Source Pseudo Code
            • Get Trigger Name
            • Item Type Translation
              • Item Type Translation
              • Item Type Translation Pseudo Code
            • Look Back Blocking
              • Look Back Blocking
              • Look Back Blocking Pseudo Code
              • Look Back Blocking Example
            • Look Back Blocking (Ext. Attr.)
            • Select Decision
            • SelectDecisionByAttribute
            • Select Decision By Extended Attribute
            • Select Decision by Attribute Point
              • Select Decision by Attribute Point
              • Select Decision by Attribute Point Example
              • Select Decision by Attribute Point Pseudo Code
            • Select Decision by Attribute Value
              • Select Decision by Attribute Value
              • Select Decision by Attribute Value Example
              • Select Decision by Attribute Value Pseudo Code
            • Select Decision by Point Value
              • Select Decision by Point Value
              • Select Decision by Point Value Example
              • Select Decision by Point Value Pseudo Code
            • Select Decision by Solve
            • Select Decision with Highest Order & Weight
              • Select Decision with Highest Order & Weight
              • Select Decision with Highest Order & Weight Pseudo Code
              • Select Decision with Highest Order & Weight Example
            • Select Highest Order Decision
              • Select Highest Order Decision
              • Select Highest Order Decision Example
              • Select Highest Order Decision Pseudo Code
            • Select Lowest Order Decision
              • Select Lowest Order Decision
              • Select Lowest Order Decision Pseudo Code
              • Select Lowest Order Decision Example
            • Select Most Empty Region
              • Select Most Empty Region
              • Select Most Empty Region Example
              • Select Most Empty Region Pseudo Code
            • Select Most Full Region
              • Select Most Full Region
              • Select Most Full Region Example
              • Select Most Full Region Pseudo Code
            • Select Next Highest Order Decision
              • Select Next Highest Order Decision
              • Select Next Highest Order Decision Example
              • Select Next Highest Order Decision Pseudo Code
            • Select Oldest Item
              • Select Oldest Item
              • Select Oldest Item Example
              • Select Oldest Item Pseudo Code
            • Select Oldest Item (Ext. Attr.)
          • Range Source Function Blocks
            • RSA Function Block List
            • About Attribute Value Wild Cards
            • Advance in Order
            • Alarm on No Sources Remaining
            • Apply Hold to Item
            • Apply Hold to Range
            • Begin Spread Range Block Module
            • Eliminate Attribute Mismatch
            • Eliminate Attribute Value Mismatch
            • Eliminate By Solve
            • Eliminate By Weight
            • Eliminate Capability Mismatch
            • Eliminate Source By Pattern
              • Eliminate Source By Pattern
              • Eliminate Source By Pattern Example
            • Eliminate Sources Based on Attribute Spacing
            • Eliminate Sources Based on Rule
              • Eliminate Sources Based on Rule
              • Eliminate Sources Based on Rule Example
            • Eliminate Source By Percentages
            • Eliminate Source By Ratio
            • End Spread Range Block Module
            • Move Item From Range
            • Range Source Eliminate By Expression Mismatch
            • Record Attribute Pattern
            • Record Attribute Percentages
            • Record Attribute Ratios
            • Record Attribute Rule
            • Record Attribute Spacing
            • Record Violated Rules
            • Release Hold for Item
            • Release Hold for Range
            • Reorder Region by Rotation Number
            • Resequence Mode Begin
            • Resequence Range
            • Rotation Pull Ahead
            • Select Lowest Weight
            • Select Source by Age
            • Set Attribute (Range Source)
            • Set Block Weights
            • Set Point With Attribute
            • Set Rotation Number to Attribute
            • Set Source Critieria Set
            • Set Source Range
            • Set Source Solve
            • Set Super Priority Weight
            • Set Variable With Attribute
            • Substitute Attributes and Status
            • Substitute Order
          • TADB Function Blocks List
            • TADB Function Blocks List
            • GetTADBItemAttribute
            • ModifyTADBItemAttribute
            • TADBCommit
            • TADBInitilize
            • TADBSetAttribute
      • Tracker Data Logging
        • Tracker Data Logging
        • Step 1. Edit the Datalog.idt
          • Step 1. Edit the Datalog.idt
          • Option 1.1. Open and Save the DataLog.idt
          • Option 1.2. Use a Datalog.idt Sample File
        • Step 2. Edit the Data_field.idt
          • Step 2. Edit the Data_field.idt
          • Option 2.1. Open and Save the Data_field.idt
          • Option 2.2. Use a Data_field.idt Sample File
        • RCO Site Logging Summary Overview
    • Tracker Appendix
      • About the Tracker Appendix
      • Production Tracking Application Interface
        • Production Tracking Application Interface
        • Application Subroutines
          • Application Subroutines
          • prt_api_add_item
          • prt_api_advance_model
          • prt_api_check_route
          • prt_api_delete_item
          • prt_api_delete_items_at_loc
          • prt_api_dyn_register_intproc
          • prt_api_get_intproc_updates
          • prt_api_get_item_tracking_type
          • prt_api_get_item_types
          • prt_api_get_req
          • prt_api_group_hold
          • prt_api_init
          • prt_api_insert_item
          • prt_api_intproc_region
          • prt_api_intproc_retry_connect
          • prt_api_load_item
          • prt_api_load_item_hold
          • prt_api_locate_item
          • prt_api_modify_item
          • prt_api_modify_item_all
          • prt_api_modify_item_att
          • prt_api_modify_region
          • prt_api_move_item
          • prt_api_move_item_to_detain
          • prt_api_prod_start
          • prt_api_region_setpoints
          • prt_api_register_intproc
          • prt_api_reorder_region
          • prt_api_req_class_itemlist
          • prt_api_req_class_itemlist_Ex
          • prt_api_req_groupitemlist
          • prt_api_req_grouplist
          • prt_api_req_itemlist
          • prt_api_req_regionlist
          • prt_api_send_resp
          • prt_api_static_region_data
          • prt_api_term
          • prt_api_term_intproc
          • prt_api_unload_groupitemlist
          • prt_api_unload_grouplist
          • prt_api_unload_itemlist
          • prt_api_unload_regionlist
          • prti_get_RCMconnection
          • prti_term_RCMconnection
        • Process Resynchronization
        • PRT Macros
        • Event Codes
          • Event Codes
          • Item-Related Event Codes
          • Region-related Interested Process Updates
        • PRT Interface to External Software
      • PRT Objects for use in the Basic Control Engine
        • PRT Objects for use in the Basic Control Engine
        • PRT Object Model Member List
          • Prt Object Model Member List
          • Prt.GetGroupList (Method)
          • Prt.GetItemList (Method)
          • Prt.GetRegionList (Method)
          • Prt.GetServiceList (Method)
          • Prt.Group (Function)
          • Prt.GroupCount (Property Read)
          • Prt.Item (Function)
          • Prt.ItemClassId (Property Read/Write)
          • Prt.ItemCount (Property Read)
          • Prt.LocateItem (Method)
          • Prt.ProjectId (Property Read/Write)
          • Prt.Region (Function)
          • Prt.RegionCount (Property Read)
          • Prt.Service (Function)
          • Prt.ServiceCount (Property Read)
          • PrtAttribute.Id (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtAttribute.Value (Property Read)
          • PrtCheckRoute (Method)
          • PrtGroup
          • PrtGroup.ClearExtHold (Method
          • PrtGroup.ExtHold (Property Read)
          • PrtGroup.ExtHoldReason (Property Read)
          • PrtGroup.GetItemList (Method)
          • PrtGroup.GetRegionList (Method)
          • PrtGroup.Id (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtGroup.Item (Function)
          • PrtGroup.ItemClassId (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtGroup.ItemCount (Property Read)
          • PrtGroup.LocateItem (Method)
          • PrtGroup.Modify (Method)
          • PrtGroup.ProjectId (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtGroup.Region (Function)
          • PrtGroup.RegionCount (Property Read)
          • PrtGroup.SetExtHold (Method)
          • PrtItem.Add (Method)
          • PrtItem.Attr (Function)
          • PrtItem.AttrCount (Property Read)
          • PrtItem.ClearModifyTime (Method)
          • PrtItem.ClearStatusBit (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtItem.Comment (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtItem.Delete (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtItem.EntryTime (Property Read)
          • PrtItem.ExtHold (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtItem.ExtHoldGroupId(Property Read/Write)
          • PrtItem.Insert (Method)
          • PrtItem.IntHold (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtItem.IntHoldReason (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtItem.ItemClassId (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtItem.ItemId (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtItem.ItemTypeId (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtItem.Modify (Method)
          • PrtItem.ModifyTime (Property Read)
          • PrtItem.MoveTo (Method)
          • PrtItem.ParentId (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtItem.ProdStart (Method)
          • PrtItem.ProdStop (Method)
          • PrtItem.ProjectId (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtItem.RefId (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtItem.RegionId (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtItem.RegionLoc (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtItem.RemoveAttr(Method)
          • PrtItem.ServiceId (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtItem.SetAttr (Method)
          • PrtItem.SetStatusBit (Method)
          • PrtItem.Status (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtItem.UserId (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtRegion.AdvanceModel (Method)
          • PrtRegion.Capacity (Property Read)
          • PrtRegion.ClearStatusBit (Method)
          • PrtRegion.DeleteItem (Method)
          • PrtRegion.GetData (Method)
          • PrtRegion.GetItemList (Method)
          • PrtRegion.Id (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtRegion.Item (Function)
          • PrtRegion.ItemClassId (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtRegion.ItemCount (Property Read)
          • PrtRegion.ItemType (Function)
          • PrtRegion.ItemTypeCount (Property Read)
          • PrtRegion.Loc (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtRegion.LocateItem (Method)
          • PrtRegion.MaxLocation (Property Read)
          • PrtRegion.Modify (Method)
          • PrtRegion.ProjectId (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtRegion.Reorder (Method)
          • PrtRegion.SetPoints (Method)
          • PrtRegion.SetStatusBit (Method)
          • PrtRegion.Status (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtRegion.StatusBit (Method)
          • PrtRegion.StatusPointId (Property Read)
          • PrtRegion.TotalItems (Property Read)
          • PrtRegion.TotalItemsPointId (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtService.GetGroupList (Method)
          • PrtService.GetItemList (Method)
          • PrtService.GetRegionList (Method)
          • PrtService.Group (Function)
          • PrtService.GroupCount (Property Read)
          • PrtService.Id (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtService.Item (Function)
          • PrtService.ItemClassId (Property Read/Write)
          • PrtService.ItemCount (Property Read)
          • PrtService.LocateItem (Method)
          • PrtService.Region (Function)
          • PrtService.RegionCount (Property Read)
      • RCO External Decision
        • RCO External Decision API Functions
        • ExtDec_api_init
        • ExtDec_api_get_msg
        • ExtDec_api_init_comm
        • ExtDec_api_send_decision
        • ExtDec_api_term
        • ExtDec_api_term
          • ExtDec_api_term
          • RCOExtDec API Calls in relation to PDC_API Calls
        • External Decision Simulator
          • External Decision Simulator
          • Set 1. Framework Functions (ExtDec_Sim
          • Set 2. Data Management and Event Handler Functions (ExtDec_SimData.cpp)
            • Set 2. Data Management and Event Handler Functions (ExtDec_SimData.cpp)
            • Data Management Functions
            • Event Handler Functions
              • Event Handler Functions
              • ExtDec_Sim Calls in relation to PDC_Sim/API_Caller Calls
          • Set 3. RCO External Decision API Calls
          • Process Flowchart
        • Simulator Configuration Requirements
          • Simulator Configuration Requirements
          • Step 1. Open an RCO Project in Workbench
          • Step 2. Configure physproc
          • Step 3. Configure logproc
          • Step 4. Configure node_logproc
          • Step 5. Configure service
          • Step 6. Configure master.mcp
          • Step 7. Copy Decision Configuration File
        • RcoExtDecision
          • RcoExtDecision
          • RcoDecisionBuffer
          • External Decision Buffer
    • Order Execution Management
      • About Order Execution Management
      • 1. External Scheduling
        • About External Scheduling
      • 2. XMLT
        • About XMLT
        • XMLT Overview
        • 1. Sales Orders in Text File Format
        • 2. XMLT Translation Files
        • 3. Dir_Watcher.bcl
        • 4. POMS.xsd Schema
        • XMTL Translation Utility
          • XMTL Translation Utility
          • Create an XML Translation File
          • XMLT Schema
          • XMLT Element Types
          • XMLT Attribute Types
          • XMLT User Interface
      • 3. DIR_WATCHER.bcl
        • About DIR_WATCHER.bcl
        • 1. DIR_WATCHER.bcl Overview
        • 2. Open the DIR_WATCHER.bcl
        • 3. Customize DIR_WATCHER.bcl
      • 4. Product Order Management System
        • About the Product Order Management System (POMS)
        • POMS Setup Wizard
          • About the POMS Setup Wizard
          • Step 1. Open the Plant Order Management Setup Wizard
          • Step 2. Select the POMS Setup Destination
          • Step 3. Select the RCO Database Connection Parameters
          • Step 4. Select the TADB Database Connection Parameters
          • Step 5. Open the New POMS Project
          • Step 6. Create a SEQATTRIB Query Expression
        • POMS Order Regions Overview
        • POMS Routing Overview
          • POMS Routing Overview
          • 1. $OMV_ORDER
          • 2. $OMX_ORNEW
          • 3. $OMX_ORUPDT
          • 4. $OMX_UPDCOM
          • 5. $OMX_MASTER
          • 6. $OMX_PLANT
          • 7. $OMX_RETURN
      • 5. POMS CimView Order Entry
        • About CimView Order Entry
        • POMS CimView Order Entry Usage
        • Step 1. Open POMS_MAIN.cim
        • Step 2. Create an Order
        • Step 3. Enter Attribute Values
        • Step 4. Browse Order Queues
        • Step 5. Edit an Order
        • Step 6. Clone a Selected Order
      • 6. Tracker Attribute Database
        • About the Tracker Attribute Database
        • Tracker Attribute Database Overview
        • 1. TADB Enabled
          • 1. TADB Enabled
          • Step 1. Enable TADB in the CIMPLICITY Project
          • Step 2. Create a TADB Database
        • 2. TADB SQL Table Structure Overview
          • 2. TADB SQL Table Structure Overview
          • A. ItemTypes Table
          • B. Items Table
          • C. TrkAttributes Table
          • D. TrkRegions Table
          • E. TrkGroups Table
          • F. RelatedItems Table
          • G. SQL Table Relationships
        • 3. TADB Meta-Data Configuration
          • 3. TADB Meta-Data Configuration
          • 3.1. Configure the TADB Meta-Data through the TrackerCfg_UI
            • 3.1. Configure the TADB Meta-Data through the TrackerCfg_UI
            • Step 1. Enter Item Types in the TrackerCfg_ui
            • Step 2. Configure Groups for the TADB
            • Step 3. Configure Attributes for the TADB
            • Step 4. Update the TADB Configuration
            • Step 5. View TADB Revisions (Updates)
            • Step 6. Create a Historical Database
              • Step 6. Create a Historical Database
              • Step 6.1. Create a Database in SQL Server
              • Step 6.2. Specify the Database to be the Historical Database
              • Step 6.3. Start/Stop Historical Database Activity
          • 3.2. TADB Configuration Import/Export Utility
            • 3.2. TADB Configuration Import/Export Utility
            • Step 1. Export TADB Configuration
            • Step 2. Import TADB Configuration
        • 4. TADB/PRT Backing File Synchronization and Recovery
          • 4. TADB/PRT Backing File Synchronization and Recovery
          • Step 1. Open the Synchronization Report Window
          • Step 2. Create a New PRT vs. TADB Validation Report
          • Step 3. Review and Copy Report Data
          • Step 4. Synchronize PRT Backing Files and TADB
        • TADB Identifier Restrictions
      • 7. Range Source Architecture
        • About Range Source Architecture
        • Range Source Architecture Overview
          • Range Source Architecture Overview
          • Range Source Architecture (RSA) Modules
        • Configure a Range Source Architecture Module
          • Configure a Range Source Architecture Module
          • Step 1. Define the Source Range
            • Step 1. Define the Source Range
            • Option 1.1. Use a Range as a Source
              • Option 1.1. Use a Range a as Source
              • Region Location Codes
            • Option 1.2. Use a Spread Range Source
            • Option 1.3. Use a Query as a Range Source
            • Option 1.4. Use a Criteria Set as a Range Source
          • Step 2. Add a Set Block Weights Block
          • Step 3. Add Evaluation Blocks to the RSA Module
          • Step 4. Add Historical Evaluation to the RSA Module
            • Step 4. Add Historical Evaluation to the RSA Module
            • Example 4.1. Define an Eliminate Sources Based on Rule Evaluation.
              • Example 4.1. Define an Eliminate Sources Based on Rule Evaluation.
              • Example 4.1.1 Create an Eliminate Sources Based on Rule Function Block
              • Example 4.1.2. Enter Values for the Rule Definition Arrays
              • Example 4.1.3. Add a Record Attribute Rule Function Block
            • Example 4.2. Define an Eliminate Source By Percentages Evaluation
              • Example 4.2. Define an Eliminate Source By Percentages Evaluation
              • Example 4.2.1. Create an Eliminate Source By Percentages Function Block
              • Example 4.2.2. Enter Values for the Percentage Arrays
              • Example 4.2.3. Add a Record Attribute Percentages Function Block
            • Example 4.3. Define an Eliminate Source By Ratio Evaluation
              • Example 4.3. Define an Eliminate Source By Ratio Evaluation
              • Example 4.3.1. Create an Eliminate Source By Ratio Function Block
              • Example 4.3.2. Enter Values for the Ratio Arrays
              • Example 4.3.3. Add a Record Attribute Ratios Function Block
          • Step 5. Apply Weights to the Evaluation Blocks
          • Step 6. Add a Function Block to Break Ties
          • Step 7. Use Range Source Applications
            • Step 7. Use Range Source Applications
            • Option 7.1. Re-sequence Items in a Range
              • Option 7.1. Re-sequence Items in a Range
              • Re-sequencing and Rotation Numbers
            • Option 7.2. Manage Holds in a Range
            • Option 7.3. Substitute Orders in a Range
      • 8. Tracker Query Engine
        • About the Tracker Query Engine
        • Tracker Query Configuration
          • Tracker Query Configuration
          • Step 1. Initialize the Query Engine Database
          • Step 2. Open the Expression Browser
            • Step 2. Open the Expression Browser
            • Option 2.1 Open the Expression Browser through RCO Configuration
            • Option 2.2. Open the Expression Browser through the Workbench
          • Step 3. Select an Expression
            • Step 3. Select an Expression
            • Option 3.1. Select an existing Expression
              • Option 3.1. Select an existing Expression
              • Option 3.1.1. Browse for Existing Expressions
                • Option 3.1.1. Browse for Existing Expressions
                • Option 3.1.1.1. Browse for Existing Expressions in Basic View
                • Option 3.1.1.2. Browse for Existing Expressions in Advanced View
              • Option 3.1.2. View the History for an Expression
              • Option 3.1.3. Select an Expression to Edit
            • Option 3.2. Create a New Expression
            • Option 3.3. Copy an Expression
          • Step 4. Select Expressions and Attributes
            • Step 4. Select Expressions and Attributes
            • Option 4.1. Open the Expression Browser through the Expression Editor
            • Option 4.2. Open the TADB Attribute Browser
          • Step 5. Write an Expression
          • Step 6. Test the Expression
            • Step 6. Test the Expression
            • Option 6.1. Get Values
            • Option 6.2. Test Items
            • Option 6.3. List Items
            • Option 6.4. Query the Historical Database
          • Step 7. Apply the Expression or Cancel the Session
        • Tracker Query Expression Syntax
        • Tracker Query Reserved Identifier Attributes
        • Tracker Query Expression Descriptions
          • Tracker Query Expression Descriptions
          • 1. Basic Expression for Tracker Attributes and Normal TADB Groups
          • 2. Complex Expression for Tracker Attributes and Normal TADB Groups
          • 3. Basic Expressions for TADB List Groups
          • 4. Named Query Expression
            • 4. Named Query Expression
            • 4.1. Guidelines for Named Expressions
            • 4.2. Evolution for Complex Named Expressions
            • 4.3. Simple Named Expressions
            • 4.4. Named Expressions inserted into Expressions
          • 5. Simple Relationship Expression for TADB Normal Group Attributes
          • 6. Complex Relationship Expression for TADB Normal Group Attributes
          • 7. Simple Expression for Attribute Lists
          • 8. Demonstration only Expression to understand TADB Attribute Lists
          • 9. Simple Nested Expression for TADB List Group Attributes
          • 10. Min/Max Expressions
          • 11. Simple Relationship Expression using TADB Attribute Lists
          • 12. Nested Relationship Expression using TADB Attribute Lists
        • Query Engine Troubleshooting
          • Query Engine Troubleshooting
      • 9. Order Execution Management Broadcast
        • About Order Execution Management Broadcast
        • Order Execution Management. Broadcast Components Overview
        • Order Execution Management Broadcast Runtime Overview
        • Enable Order Execution Management Broadcast
        • Broadcast Forms
          • About Broadcast Forms
          • ASCII Forms
            • ASCII Form Configuration
            • Step 1. Open the CimForms Text Editor
            • Step 2. Create a Control Character Token File
              • Step 2. Create a Control Character Token File
              • Step 2.1. Open a Control Character Token File
                • Step 2.1. Open a Control Character Token File
                • Option 2.1.1. Open a New Control Character Token File
                • Option 2.1.2. Open an Existing Control Character Token File
              • Step 2.2. Write a Control Character Token File
              • Step 2.3 Save the Control Character Token File
              • Step 2.4. Compile the Control Character Token File
              • Step 2.5. Add/Publish the Control Character Token File
                • Step 2.5. Add/Publish the Control Character Token File
                • Option 2.5.1. Update Published Control Character Token Files
                • Option 2.5.2. Delete a Published Control Character Token File
            • Step 3. Create an ASCII Form
              • Step 3. Create an ASCII Form
              • Step 3.1. Open an ASCII Form
                • Step 3.1. Open an ASCII Form
                • Option 3.1.1. Open a New ASCII Form
                • Option 3.1.2. Open an Existing ASCII Form File
              • Step 3.2. Design the ASCII Form
                • Step 3.2. Design the ASCII Form
                • Step 3.2.1. Use Pre-Defined Tokens
                  • Step 3.2.1. Use Pre-Defined Tokens
                  • Option 3.2.1.1 General Purpose Tokens
                  • Option 3.2.1.2. Data Tokens
                  • Option 3.2.1.3. Conditional Tokens
                • Step 3.2.2. Display Selected CimForms Text Editor Tools
              • Step 3.3. Save the ASCII Form
              • Step 3.4. Print the ASCII Form Configuration
            • Step 4. Compile an ASCII Form
            • Step 5. Add/Publish an ASCII Form
              • Step 5. Add/Publish an ASCII Form
              • Option 5.1. Update Published ASCII Forms
              • Option 5.2. Delete a Published ASCII Form
            • Step 6. Test Print an ASCII Form
            • Sample Forms for ASCII File
              • Sample Forms for ASCII File
              • Sample Control Character Token File:
              • Sample ASCII Form
          • WYSIWYG Forms
            • WYSIWYG Form Configuration
            • Step 1. Open the WYSIWYG Form Editor
            • Step 2. Open a WYSISYG Form
              • Step 2. Open a WYSISYG Form
              • Option 2.1. Open a New WYSIWYG Form
              • Option 2.2. Open an Existing WYSIWYG Form
            • Step 3. Save the WYSIWYG Form
              • Step 3. Save the WYSIWYG Form
              • Step 3.1. Confirm Form Properties (New Form)
              • Step 3.2. Save the WYSIWYG Form
            • Step 4. Work with the WYSIWYG Form Editor Tools
              • Step 4. Work with the WYSIWYG Form Editor Tools
              • Option 4.1. Selected WYSIWYG Form Editor View Tools
              • Option 4.2. WYSIWYG Form Editor Grid
              • Option 4.3. WYSIWYG Editor Color Tool
              • Option 4.4. Work with Pre-Configured Styles on the WYSIWYG Form Editor
                • Option 4.4. Work with Pre-Configured Styles on the WYSIWYG Form Editor
                • Option 4.4.1. Use Default Configurations for WYSIWYG Form Objects
                • Option 4.4.2. Use a WYSIWYG Form Editor Template
              • Option 4.5. Use the WYSIWYG Form Editor Auto-Scroll Feature
              • Option 4.6. Duplicate and Arrange WYSIWYG Forms
            • Step 5. Configure Text Objects for the WYSIWYG Form
              • Step 5. Configure Text Objects for the WYSIWYG Form
              • Step 5.1. Place a Text Object on the WYSIWYG Form
              • Step 5.2. Open the Text Object Properties Dialog Box
              • Step 5.3. Select a Data Source for the Text Object
                • Step 5.3. Select a Data Source for the Text Object
                • Option 5.3.1. Enter Static Text as the Text Object Data Source
                • Option 5.3.2. Select a System Option as the Text Object Data Source
                • Option 5.3.3. Select an External Option as the Text Object Data Source
                  • Option 5.3.3. Select an External Option as the Text Object Data Source
                  • Option 5.3.3.1. Use Solves for External Broadcast Data
                  • Option 5.3.3.2. Use Tracker Attributes for External Broadcast Data
                  • Option 5.3.3.3. Use Extended Attributes for External Broadcast Data
                • Option 5.3.4. Use a Script for a Text Object Data Source
                  • Option 5.3.4. Use a Script for a Text Object Data Source
                  • Text Object Script Properties
                  • Text Object Script Constants
                  • Text Object Script Date and Time Formats
                  • Text Object Form Level Script Functions and Return Types
              • Step 5.4. Format a Text Object
                • Step 5.4. Format a Text Object
                • Option 5.4.1. Position Text on the WYSIWYG Form
                • Option 5.4.2. Configure the Text Object Border
                • Option 5.4.3. Select the Text Object Font
            • Step 6. Configure Broadcast Bar Code Labels
              • Step 6. Configure Broadcast Bar Code Labels
              • Step 6.1. Place a Bar Code Object on the WYSIWYG Form
              • Step 6.2. Open the Barcode Object Properties Dialog Box
              • Step 6.3. Select a Data Source for the Bar Code Object
                • Step 6.3. Select a Data Source for the Bar Code Object
                • Option 6.3.1. Enter Static Text as the Bar Code Object Data Source
                • Option 6.3.2. Select a System Option to Define the Bar Code
                • Option 6.3.3. Select an External Option for the Bar Code Object Data Source
                  • Option 6.3.3. Select an External Option for the Bar Code Object Data Source
                  • Option 6.3.3.1. Use Solves to Provide Data for the Bar Code
                  • Option 6.3.3.2. Use Tracker Attributes to Provide Data for the Bar Code
                  • Option 6.3.3.3. Use Extended Attributes to Provide Data for the Bar Code
                • Option 6.3.4. Use a Script to Provide Data for the Bar Code
                  • Option 6.3.4. Use a Script to Provide Data for the Bar Code
                  • Bar Code Object Script Properties
                  • Bar Code Objects Script Constants
                  • Bar Code Form Level Script Functions and Return Types
              • Step 6.4. Configure the Bar Code Symbology
                • Step 6.4. Configure the Bar Code Symbology
                • Option 6.4.1. Configure Code 3 of 9 Full ASCII Bar Code
                • Option 6.4.2. Configure an Interleaved 2 of 5 Bar Code
                • Option 6.4.3. Configure a Codabar Bar Code
                  • Option 6.4.3. Configure a Codabar Bar Code
                  • Option 6.4.3.1. Options for Codabar Symbology
                • Option 6.4.4. Configure an MSI Plessey Bar Code
                • Option 6.4.5. Configure a Code 93 Bar Code
                • Option 6.4.6. Configure a UPC-A Bar Code
                • Option 6.4.7. Configure a UPC-E (zero suppressed) Bar Code
                • Option 6.4.8. Configure a PostNet Bar Code
                • Option 6.4.9. Configure an EAN/JAN-8 Bar Code
                • Option 6.4.10. Configure an EAN/JAN-13 Bar Code
                • Option 6.4.11. Configure a Code 128 Bar Code
                • Option 6.4.12. Configure a Code 3 of 9 Standard Bar Code
                • Option 6.4.13. Configure a PDF417 Bar Code
                • Option 6.4.14. Configure a MaxiCode Bar Code
                • Option 6.4.15. Configure a DataMatrix Bar Code
                • Option 6.4.16. Configure a LogMars Bar Code
                • Bar Code Technical Reference
                  • Bar Code Technical Reference
                  • ASCII Table for Code 39
                  • ASCII Table
              • Step 6.5. Position Bar Codes on WYSIWYG Forms
            • Step 7. Insert Graphic Objects for the WYSIWYG Form
              • Step 7. Insert Graphic Objects for the WYSIWYG Form
              • Option 7.1. Use an Image Object on the WYSIWYG Form
                • Option 7.1. Use an Image Object on the WYSIWYG Form
                • Option 7.1.1. Place an Image on the WYSIWYG Form
                  • Option 7.1.1. Place an Image on the WYSIWYG Form
                  • Option 7.1.1.1. Insert an Image Object on the WYSIWYG Form
                  • Option 7.1.1.2. Copy an Image Object from one WYSIWYG Form to Another
                • Option 7.1.2. Change an Image Size and Position on the WYSIWYG Form
                  • Option 7.1.2. Change an Image Size and Position on the WYSIWYG Form
                  • Option 7.1.2.1. Change an Image Size and Position through the Image Properties Dialog Box
                  • Option 7.1.2.2. Change an Image Size and Position using the Mouse
              • Option 7.2. Create a Rectangle Object
                • Option 7.2. Create a Rectangle Object
                • Option 7.2.1. Place a Rectangle on the WYSIWYG Form
                • Option 7.2.2. Change a Rectangle's Size and Position on the WYSIWYG Form
                • Option 7.2.3. Format a Rectangle's Border and Fill
              • Option 7.3. Create a Line on the WYSIWYG Form
                • Option 7.3. Create a Line on the WYSIWYG Form
                • Option 7.3.1. Place a Line on the WYSIWYG Form
                • Option 7.3.2. Change a Line's Position and Length on the WYSIWYG Form
                • Option 7.3.3. Format a Line's Color and Style
            • Step 8. Organize Objects to Create an Easy-to-Read Form
              • Step 8. Organize Objects to Create an Easy-to-Read Form
              • Option 8.1. Move an Object to the Front or Back of Another Object.
              • Option 8.2. Align Objects on the WYSIWYG Form
              • Option 8.3. Make Object Sizes the Same
              • Option 8.4. Group/Ungroup Objects
            • Step 9. Compile a WYSIWYG Form
            • Step 10. Test Print the WYSIWYG Form
            • Step 11. Add/Publish a WYSIWYG Form
              • Step 11. Add/Publish a WYSIWYG Form
              • Option 11.1. Update Published WYSIWYG Forms
              • Option 11.2. Delete a Published WYSIWYG Form
        • Broadcast Device Groups
          • Broadcast Device Groups
          • Step 1. Create a new Broadcast Device Group
          • Step 2. Configure the Device Group
        • Broadcast Function Blocks
          • About Broadcast Function Blocks
          • Step 1. Create a Broadcast Form Site
          • Step 2. Create a New Trigger Sequence
          • Step 3. Create a New Decision
          • Step 4. Create a Routing Logic Module
        • Broadcast Queue Manager
          • About the Broadcast Queue Manager
          • Broadcast Queue Manager IIS Server
            • Broadcast Queue Manager IIS Server
            • Step 1. Make sure IIS Server is Installed
            • Step 2. Add IUSR_<servername> and IWAM_<servername> Accounts to the Administrator Group
            • Step 3. Create a Virtual Install Directory
              • Step 3. Create a Virtual Install Directory
              • Step 3.1. Start the Virtual Directory Creation Wizard
              • Step 3.2. Create a Virtual Install Directory
            • Step 4. Establish Secured Access for Web Pages
            • Step 5. Make Sure the TCP/IP Port is Available
              • Step 5. Make Sure the TCP/IP Port is Available
              • Option 5.1 Change the IIS TCP Port
              • Option 5.2. Disable the CIMPLICITY Built-in Server
          • Broadcast Queue Manager User Interface
            • Broadcast Queue Manager User Interface
            • Step 1. Log in to the Broadcast Queue Manager UI
            • Step 2. Configure Job Fields
            • Step 3. Work with Devices through the Broadcast Queue Manager
              • Step 3. Work with Devices through the Broadcast Queue Manager
              • Step 3.1. View Broadcast Device Groups
              • Step 3.2. Configure Devices through the Broadcast Queue Manager UI
                • Step 3.2. Configure Device Groups through the Broadcast Queue Manager UI
                • Option 3.2.1. Change the Configuration for a Selected Device Group
                • Option 3.2.2. Clear the Configuration for all Device Groups
                • Option 3.2.3. Set the Configuration for all Printers
              • Step 3.3. Reset Devices
              • Step 3.4. Redirect a Device
              • Step 3.5. Work with Grouped Devices through the Broadcast Queue Manager
                • Step 3.5. Work with Grouped Devices through the Broadcast Queue Manager
                • Option 3.5.1 Add a Group to the Broadcast Queue Manager
                • Option 3.5.2. Rename a Group in the Broadcast Queue Manager
                • Option 3.5.3. Delete a Group from the Broadcast Queue Manager
                • Option 3.5.4. Add a Device to a Group
                • Option 3.5.5. Remove a Device from the Group
              • Step 3.6. Pause/Resume Devices
            • Step 4. Work with Jobs through the Broadcast Queue Manager
              • Step 4. Work with Jobs through the Broadcast Queue Manager UI
              • Step 4.1. Configure Job Priority
              • Step 4.2. View/Search Jobs in the Broadcast Queue Manager UI
                • Step 4.2. View/Search Jobs in the Broadcast Queue Manager UI
                • Option 4.2.1. Search for Active Jobs
                • Option 4.2.2. Search for History Jobs
                  • Option 4.2.2. Search for History Jobs
                  • Option 4.2.2.1. Resend Selected History Jobs
                  • Option 4.2.2.2. Redirect Selected History Jobs
                • Option 4.2.3. Search for Active and History Jobs
                • Option 4.2.4. Search for Archived Jobs
              • Step 4.3. Archive or Delete Jobs from the History Queue
                • Step 4.3. Archive or Delete Jobs from the History Queue
                • Option 4.3.1. Archive Jobs
                • Option 4.3.2. Delete Jobs
            • Step 5. Send an Ad Hoc Broadcast through the Broadcast Queue Manager
          • Broadcast Queue Manager Job File Locations
        • Broadcast Alarms
        • Broadcast Troubleshooting
          • Broadcast Troubleshooting
          • Broadcast Login.asp
          • Broadcast Debug Files
            • Broadcast Debug Files
            • BcoComp
              • BcoComp
              • BcoComp Sample
            • BQM_Alr and BQM
              • BQM_Alr and BQM
              • BQM_Alr
                • BQM_Alr
                • BQMAlr Debug Sample
              • BQM
                • BQM
                • BQM Sample
            • Editor
              • Editor
              • Editor Sample 1
              • Editor Sample 2
          • Log/Alarms Files Configuration
          • Log/Alarms for Queue Limits
          • Errors for Devices and Jobs
          • Broadcast Success Messages
          • Broadcast Alarms
          • Frequently Asked Questions
  • Runtime
    • Login Panel
      • About the Login Panel
      • Steps for Using the Login Panel
        • Login Panel Usage Steps
        • Step 1. Open the Login Panel
        • Step 2. Administer the Login Panel
          • Step 2. Administer the Login Panel
          • Step 2.1. Change a User Password for a Project
          • Step 2.2. Add/Remove a Saved Log in
        • Step 3. Log out of a Project through the Login Panel
        • Step 4. Log Back into a Project through the Login Panel
      • Login Panel Menu and Tools
        • Login Panel Menu and Tools
        • Login Panel Menu Options
        • Login Panel Toolbar Buttons
    • CIMPLICITY Runtime Login
      • About CIMPLICITY Runtime Login
      • Login Requirements and Privileges Configuration
      • Runtime Login Procedure
      • CIMPLICITYA Login Dialog Box
    • Show Users
      • About Show Users
      • Show Users Steps
        • Show Users Steps
        • Step 1. Open the Show Users Window
        • Step 2. Change the Show Users View Options
        • Step 3. Open A Project in Show Users
          • Step 3. Open A Project in Show Users
          • Option 3.1. Open a Project in the Show Users Window that was Recently Opened
          • Option 3.2. Open a Project in the Show Users Window that was not Recently Opened
        • Step 4. Search for User Information
        • Step 5. Close A Project View in Show Users
      • Show Users Window Menu and Tools
        • Show Users Window Menu and Tools
        • Show Users Menu Options
        • Show Users Toolbar Buttons
        • Show Users Shortcut Keys
    • Point Control Panel
      • About the Point Control Panel
      • Open the Point Control Panel
      • Point Control Panel Files
        • Point Control Panel Files
        • 1. Open a Point Control Panel File
          • 1. Open a Point Control Panel File
          • 1.1. Display a New Point Control Panel File
          • 1.2. Open an Existing Point Control Panel File
        • 2. Save a Point Control Panel File
        • 3. Install a Shortcut of a Point Control Panel File
        • 4. Print a Point Control Panel Document
          • 4. Print a Point Control Panel Document
          • 4.1. Preview a Point Control Panel Printed Document
          • 4.2. Customize the Print Setup for the Point Control Panel
          • 4.3. Print a Point Control Panel Document
        • 5. Exit the Point Control Panel
      • Point Procedures in the Point Control Panel
        • Point Procedures in the Point Control Panel
        • 1. Add Points to the Point Control Panel
          • 1. Add Points to the Point Control Panel
          • 1.1. Add Points Using the Select a Point Browser
          • 1.2. Add Points Directly from the Workbench
          • 1.3. Add Class Object Points to the Point Control Panel
          • 1.4. Add Points from another Point Control Panel File
        • 2. Change Font Colors in the Point Control Panel
        • 3. Edit a Point through the Point Control Panel
        • 4. Delete a Point from the Point Control Panel
      • Manual Mode Points in the Point Control Panel
        • Manual Mode Points in the Point Control Panel
        • 1. Add Manual Mode Points to the Point Control Panel
        • 2. Enable and Disable Manual Mode Points
      • PCP Point Properties Dialog Box
        • 1. Detail Tab in the PCP Point Properties Dialog Box
        • 2. Alarm Tab in the PCP Point Properties Dialog Box
        • 3. Array Tab in the PCP Point Properties Dialog Box
      • Alarm Procedures in the Point Control Panel
        • Alarm Procedures in the Point Control Panel
        • 1. Disable/Enable an Alarm in the Point Control Panel
        • 2. Modify/Restore Alarm Limits in the Point Control Panel
        • 3. Add Points with Disabled or Modified Alarms to the Point Control Panel
    • Alarm Viewers
      • About Alarm Viewers
      • CIMPLICITY AMV Control Overview
      • CIMPLICITY Stand-alone AMV Overview
      • AMV Control Configuration
        • AMV Control Configuration
        • Step 1. Place an AMV Control on a CimEdit Screen
        • Step 2. Resize a new Alarm Viewer OCX Control
        • Step 3. Open the CIMPLICITY AMV Control Dialog Box
        • Step 4. Configure the AMV Control Alarm Count Layout
        • Step 5. Configure the AMV Control Fonts and Colors
        • Step 6. Specify AMV Control Sort Properties
        • Step 7. Specify AMV Control Display Properties
        • Step 8. Specify AMV Control User Configuration Privileges
        • Step 9. Specify the Projects the AMV Control will Monitor
          • Step 9. Specify the Projects the AMV Control will Monitor
          • Option 9.1. Add Projects and Default Filters to the AMV Control
          • Option 9.2. Delete Projects from the AMV Control List
      • Stand-alone AMV Configuration
        • Stand-alone AMV Configuration
        • Step 1. Start the Stand-alone AMV
          • Step 1. Start the Stand-alone AMV
          • Step 1.1. Open the Stand-alone AMV
            • Step 1.1. Open the Stand-alone AMV
            • Option 1.1.1. Open the stand-alone AMV on a Configuration Server or Viewer
            • Option 1.1.2. Open the Alarm Viewer on a Runtime Server or Viewer
          • Step 1.2. Login to the Alarm Viewer
        • Step 2. Select an Alarm Viewer File
          • Step 2. Select an Alarm Viewer File
          • Option 2.1. Display a new Alarm Viewer File
          • Option 2.2 Open an existing Alarm Viewer File
            • Option 2.2 Open an existing Alarm Viewer File
            • Option 2.2.1. Open a Recently Used Alarm Viewer File
            • Option 2.2.2. Open any Existing Alarm Viewer File
        • Step 3. Configure the Alarm Count Layout
          • Step 3. Configure the Alarm Count Layout
          • Step 3.1. Open the Alarm Count Configuration Dialog Box
          • Step 3.2. Configure the Alarm Count Layout
          • Step 3.3. Configure Alarm Count Colors
          • Step 3.4. Select the Alarm Count Fonts
        • Step 4. Select the Stand-alone AMV Alarm List Font and Background Colors
          • Step 4. Select the Stand-alone AMV Alarm List Font and Background Colors
          • Step 4.1. Select the Font Type for the Alarm List
          • Step 4.2. Select the Stand-alone Alarm Viewer Background Color
          • Step 4.3. Select the Button Area Background Color
        • Step 5. Work with the Stand-alone AMV
          • Step 5. Work with the Stand-alone AMV
          • Option 5.1. Copy an Alarm to Another Document
          • Option 5.2. Print a Stand-alone AMV Document
            • Option 5.2. Print a Stand-alone AMV Document
            • Option 5.2.1. Preview Stand-alone AMV Printed Document
            • Option 5.2.2. Specify the Print Setup for the Stand-alone AMV
            • Option 5.2.3. Print a Stand-alone AMV Document
          • Option 5.3. Save a Stand-alone AMV File
            • Option 5.3. Save a Stand-alone AMV File
            • Option 5.3.1. Save the Original Stand-alone AMV File
            • Option 5.3.2. Save a Copy of Stand-alone AMV File
        • Step 6. Specify how a Stand-alone AMV File will Connect to a Project
          • Step 6. Specify how a Stand-alone AMV File will Connect to a Project
          • Step 6.1. Select the Project that will be Connected
          • Step 6.2. Specify the Placement of an Alarm Viewer Window
          • Step 6.3. Install a Shortcut of a Stand-alone AMV File
        • Step 7. Configure the Alarm Viewer Fields and Buttons.
        • Step 8. Exit the Stand-alone AMV
      • Alarm Viewer Fields and Buttons Configuration
        • Alarm Viewer Fields and Buttons Configuration
        • Step 1. Select the AMV Control/Stand-alone AMV Alarm List Fields
          • Step 1. Select the AMV Control/Stand-alone AMV Alarm List Fields
          • Step 1.1. Display the Fields Tab
            • Step 1.1. Display the Fields Tab
            • Option 1.1.1. Display the Fields Tab in the CIMPLICITY AMV Control Properties Dialog Box
            • Option 1.1.2. Display the Fields tab in the Alarm List Configuration Dialog Box
          • Step 1.2. Select Fields for Static View
          • Step 1.3. Select Fields for Dynamic View
          • Step 1.4. Configure the Field Display Order for Each View
          • Step 1.5. Specify Field Column Widths and Titles
          • Step 1.6. Set the Alarm Message Date/Time Format
          • AMV Alarm Fields
        • Step 2. Select the Button Display for the AMV Control or Stand-alone AMV
          • Step 2. Select the Button Display for the AMV Control or Stand-alone AMV
          • Step 2.1. Display the Buttons or Button Layout Tab
            • Step 2.1. Display the Buttons or Button Layout Tab
            • Option 2.1.1. Display the Buttons Tab in the CIMPLICITY AMV Control Properties Dialog
            • Option 2.1.2. Display the Button Layout Tab in the Alarm List Configuration Dialog Box
          • Step 2.2. Select Buttons for Static View
          • Step 2.3. Select Buttons for Dynamic View
          • Step 2.4. Create Custom Buttons
            • Step 2.4. Create Custom Buttons
            • Parameters for Alarm Viewers
            • Example. Create a Run a Message Program Custom Button
            • Example. Use a Custom Button to Create a Set of Long-term Notes
          • Step 2.5. Configure the Button Display Order for each View
          • Step 2.6. Specify the Button Caption, Description and Command String
        • Step 3. Work with the AMV Control/Stand-alone AMV Buttons
          • Step 3. Work with the AMV Control/Stand-alone AMV Buttons
          • Option 3.1. Setup Button: Configure AMV Control/Stand-alone AMV Alarm Setups
            • Option 3.1. Setup Button: Configure AMV Control/Stand-alone AMV Alarm Setups
            • Step 3.1.1. Select a Filter to Load or to Modify
            • Step 3.1.2. Modify the Alarm Viewer Setup Class List
            • Step 3.1.3. Modify the Alarm Viewer Setup Resource List
            • Step 3.1.4. Configure the AMV Setup Time, State and Sort
              • Step 3.1.4. Configure the AMV Setup Time, State and Sort
              • Option 3.1.4.1. AMV Control Setup Time and State
              • Option 3.1.4.2. Modify the Stand-alone AMV Setup Time, State and Sort
            • Step 3.1.5. Create a new Alarm Filter Setup
              • Step 3.1.5. Create a new Alarm Filter Setup
              • Example: Create a New Alarm Setup
            • Step 3.1.6. Delete an Alarm Filter Setup
            • Step 3.1.7. Select the Default Alarm Filter Setup
          • Option 3.2. Ack and/or Reset Buttons: Acknowledge and Reset Alarms
            • Option 3.2. Ack and/or Reset Buttons: Acknowledge and Reset Alarms
            • Option 3.2.1. Ack Button: Alarm ID Acknowledged
            • Option 3.2.2. Reset Button: Alarm ID Reset
            • Option 3.2.3. Ack First Button: First Alarm Acknowledged
            • Option 3.2.4. Ack All: All Alarms Acknowledged
            • Option 3.2.5. Ack and Reset: Alarm Acknowledged and Reset
          • Option 3.3. Help Button: Using Customized Help
          • Option 3.4. Refresh Button: Refresh the Alarm Viewer List
          • Option 3.5. Toggle Button: Toggle Between Alarm Viewer Static and Dynamic View
          • Option 3.6. View Stack Button: Viewing the Alarm Stack
          • Comments Button: View Alarm Comments
            • Option 3.7. Comments Button: View Alarm Comments
            • Option 3.7.1. View Comments for an Alarm
            • Option 3.7.2. Add Comments for an Alarm
            • Option 3.7.3. Store up to 20 Alarm Comments
            • Option 3.7.4. Delete an Alarm's Comments
          • Option 3.8. CimView Screen Button: View an Alarm's CimView Screen
          • Option 3.9. Delete Button: Delete an Alarm
      • AMV Control ActiveX Events
        • AMV Control ActiveX Events
        • CustomButton
          • CustomButton
          • Example: Create an ActiveX Event Custom Button
        • NewAlarm
        • AlarmItemClick
          • AlarmItemClick
          • Example: Configure an AlarmItemClick Event
      • AMV Control Methods
        • Alarm Viewer Methods
        • Step 1. Name an AMV Control
        • Step 2. Create an Invoke Method Action
        • Alarm Viewer Methods
          • Alarm Viewer Methods
          • AboutBox Method
          • AddProject Method
          • DoAckAll Method
          • DoAckFirst Method
          • DoAcknowledge Method
          • DoAckReset Method
          • DoCimviewScreen Method
            • DoCimviewScreen Method
            • DoCimviewScreen and Viewers
          • DoComments Method
          • DoCustom<n> Method
          • DoDelete Method
          • DoHelp Method
          • DoRefresh Method
          • DoReset Method
          • DoSetup Method
          • DoToggle Method
          • DoViewStack Method
          • GetProjectSetup Method
          • MoveDownOneAlarm Method
          • MoveUpOneAlarm Method
          • PageDownAlarms Method
          • PageUpAlarms Method
          • RemoveProject Method
          • SelectAllAlarms Method
          • SelectFirstAlarm
          • SelectPageAlarms Method
          • SelectTopAlarm Method
          • SetProjectSetup Method
    • Alarm Sound Manager
      • About the Alarm Sound Manager
      • Alarm Sound Manager Configuration
      • Step 1. Configure Sound for Relevant Alarm Classes
      • Step 2. Open the Alarm Sound Manager Dialog Box
      • Step 3. Add/Modify Projects in the Alarm Sound Manager
        • Step 3. Add/Modify Projects in the Alarm Sound Manager
        • Step 3.1. Configure Projects to add to the List
        • Step 3.2. Save an Alarm Sound Profile
      • Step 4. Configure Runtime Sound Options
        • Step 4. Configure Runtime Sound Options
        • Example: Prioritize Alarm Sounds
      • Step 5. Auto-start the Alarm Sound Manager
    • DGR
      • About Dynamic Graphic Replay
      • Configuration for DGR Use
        • Configuration for DGR Use
        • Step 1. Select the Playback Source
        • Step 2. Check Log Data in the Point Properties dialog box.
        • Step 3. Run a Runtime Application to Display Point Values
      • DGR Operation
        • DGR Operation
        • Step 1. Open the DGR
        • Step 2. Start DGR Mode
        • Step 3. Set the Start Date and Time
        • Step 4. Select Playback Speed
        • Step 5. View Playback
          • Step 5. View Playback
          • Option 5.1. Manually Control Playback
          • Option 5.2. Enable Start Search
          • Option 5.3. Enable Stop Search
        • Step 6. Exit the DGR
      • Technical Notes about DGR Functionality
        • DGR Functionality Technical Notes
        • GefVCRService and the GefVCRControlApp
        • Context of DGR Mode
        • VCRServer.cfg File
        • Point Attributes
      • DGR Limitations
  • HMI for CNC
    • About Proficy HMI/SCADA - CIMPLICITY HMI for CNC
    • What You Receive
    • Hardware and Software Requirements
      • Hardware and Software Requirements
      • PC Hardware Requirements
      • Licensing Requirements
      • Interface Requirements
        • Interface Requirements
        • HSSB Interface Requirements
        • Ethernet Interface Requirements
        • Hardware Supplied by GE Fanuc
      • GE Fanuc HSSB and Ethernet Control Requirements
        • GE Fanuc HSSB and Ethernet Control Requirements
        • Series 0i - Model A/B/C CNCs
        • Series 150 - Model B CNC
        • Series 150i - Model A/B CNCs
        • Series 160 / 180 - Model B/C CNCs
        • Series 210 - Model B CNC
        • Series 160i / 180i / 210i - Model A/B/P CNCs
        • Series 300i/310i/320i - Model A CNC
        • Power Mate - Model H
        • Power Mate i - Model D/H
    • Hardware and Software Installation
      • Software Installation
      • Step 1. Install HSSB Interface Hardware
        • Step 1. Install HSSB Interface Hardware
        • Option 1.1. Windows 2003: HSSB interface hardware installation
        • Option 1.2. Windows XP HSSB Interface Hardware Installation
      • Step 2. Install CIMPLICITY Software
      • Step 3. Install HMI for CNC Software
        • Step 3. Install HMI for CNC Software
        • Step 3.1. Begin the HMI for CNC 7.5 Installation
        • Step 3.2. Install Basic Operation Package 1 (BOP) Software
        • Step 3.3. Complete the HMI for CNC Installation
      • Step 4. Add and Configure HSSB Drivers after Installation
      • Step 5. Verify Successful Communications
    • Project Creation
      • Project Creation
      • Step 1. Create a new HMI for CNC Project
        • Step 1. Create a new HMI for CNC Project
        • Option 1.1. Create a totally new HMI for CNC Project
        • Option 1.2. Copy the CNC QuikStart Project to a New Project
      • Step 2. Set HMI for CNC Project Properties
      • Step 3. Configure Ports
      • Step 4. Configure Devices
        • Step 4. Configure Devices
        • Step 4.1. Open a Device Properties Dialog Box
        • Step 4.2. Enter CNC Device General Properties
        • Step 4.3. Enter CNC Device Specific Properties
      • Step 5. Configure Points
        • Step 5. Configure Points
        • Supported Data Types
          • Supported Data Types
          • Active Program Numbers
          • Actual Axis Feedrate / Actual Spindle Speed
          • Axis Position Data
            • Axis Position Data
            • Relative Axis Positions
            • Absolute Axis Positions
            • Distance-to-Go Axis Positions
            • Machine Axis Positions
          • Custom Macro Variable Data
          • Diagnosis Data
            • Diagnosis Data
            • Bit Diagnosis (no axis)
            • Bit Diagnosis (with axis)
            • Byte Diagnosis (no axis)
            • Byte Diagnosis (with axis)
            • Word Diagnosis (no axis)
            • Word Diagnosis (with axis)
            • Longword (2-word) Diagnosis (no axis)
            • Longword (2-word) Diagnosis (with axis)
            • Real (4-word) Diagnosis (no axis)
            • Real (4-word) Diagnosis (with axis)
          • P Code Macro Variable Data
            • P Code Macro Variable Data
            • P Code Macro Variable 10000-Type A
            • P Code Macro Variable 10000-Type B
            • P Code Macro Variable 20000-Type A
            • P Code Macro Variable 20000-Type B
            • P Code Macro Variable 20000-Type C
            • P Code Macro Variable 20000-Type D
            • P Code Macro Variable 30000-Type A
            • P Code Macro Variable 30000-Type B
            • P Code Macro Variable 40000-Type A
            • P Code Macro Variable 40000-Type B
          • Parameter Data
            • Parameter Data
            • Write Enable Bit Parameter
            • Bit Parameters (no axis)
            • Bit Parameters (with axis)
            • Byte Parameters (no axis)
            • Byte Parameters (with axis)
            • Word Parameters (no axis)
            • Word Parameters (with axis)
            • Longword (2-word) Parameters (no axis)
            • Longword (2-word) Parameters (with axis)
            • Real (4-word) Parameters (no axis)
            • Real (4-word) Parameters (with axis)
          • Pitch Error Compensation Data
          • PMC BMI Bits
            • PMC BMI Bits
            • G Data
            • F Data
            • Y Data
            • X Data
            • A Data
            • R Data
            • T Data
            • K Data
            • C Data
            • D Data
            • E Data
          • Skip Data
          • Tool Offset Data
            • Tool Offset Data
            • Machining Series - Memory Type A (Including Power Mate and Series 300i/310i/320i)
            • Machining Series - Memory Type B
            • Machining Series - Memory Type C
            • Lathe Series/Tool Offset - Memory Type A
            • Lathe Series - Memory Type B
          • Work Zero Offset Data
          • Tool Life Management Data
            • Tool Life Management Data
            • Clear Tool Life Groups
            • Current Number of Registered Tool Groups
            • Current Tool Group Number
            • Current Tool Number
            • Individual Tool Data
            • Maximum Number of Registered Tool Groups
            • Maximum Number of Registered Tools
            • Optional Group Number for Tool Groups
            • Tool Group Data
            • Tool Group Rest Counter
            • Tool Life Counter
          • Tool Management Data
      • Step 6. Configure Screens
        • Step 6. Configure Screens
        • Step 6.1. Use the CNC QuikStart Demo Project screens
          • Step 6.1. Use the CNC QuikStart Demo Project screens
          • Step 6.1.1. Start the CNC QuikStart Demo Project
          • Step 6.1.2. Review the CNC QuikStart Demo Project Screens
            • Step 6.1.2. Review the CNC QuikStart Demo Project Screens
            • Option 6.1.2.1. Axis Positions Screens
            • Option 6.1.2.2. Settings Screens
            • Option 6.1.2.3. Programs Screens
            • Option 6.1.2.4. OLE Custom Screen
            • Option 6.1.2.5. Operator Control Panel
            • Option 6.1.2.6. PMC Data Menu
            • Option 6.1.2.7. Diagnosis Menu Screens
            • Option 6.1.2.8. Status Screen
            • Option 6.1.2.9. Exit the QuikStart Project Main Menu
          • Step 6.1.3. Stop the CNC QuikStart Project
        • Step 6.2. Configure FANUC Controls in CimEdit
          • Step 6.2. Configure FANUC Controls in CimEdit
          • Step 6.2.1. Open a Blank CimEdit Screen
          • Step 6.2.2. Insert a FANUC Control in CimEdit
          • Step 6.2.3. Review FANUC Control Property Values
          • Step 6.2.4. Assign a Name to the Object
          • Step 6.2.5. Configure an Event for a FANUC Control
            • Step 6.2.5. Configure an Event for a FANUC Control
            • Step 6.2.5.1. Set Event Parameters
            • Step 6.2.5.2. Set Action Parameters
          • Step 6.2.6. View Runtime Data in CimView
          • Available FANUC Controls
          • FANUC Control Methods and Properties
            • FANUC Control Methods and Properties
            • DoFunction (method)
            • Object.FunctionName (property)
            • Object.Path (property)
            • Object.NcOption (property)
            • Object.LcOption (property)
            • Object.BackColor (property)
      • Step 7. Configure and View Alarms
        • Step 7. Configure and View Alarms
        • Step 7.1. Configure CNC Alarms
        • Step 7.2. View CNC Alarms in the Alarm Viewer
    • CNC Dynamic Link Library
      • CNC Dynamic Link Library
      • CNC DLL Entry Point Interfaces for FOCAS/HSSB
        • CNC DLL Entry Point Interfaces for FOCAS/HSSB
        • Part Program Routines for FOCAS/HSSB
          • Part Program Routines for FOCAS/HSSB
          • delete_pp
          • dir_pp
          • directory_pp
          • download_pp
          • select_pp
          • upload_pp
        • File Data Routines for FOCAS/HSSB
          • File Data Routines for FOCAS/HSSB
          • download_cmv
          • download_kbit
          • download_parm
          • download_pec
          • download_tofs
          • download_zofs
          • upload_cmv
          • upload_diag
          • upload_kbit
          • upload_parm
          • upload_pec
          • upload_tofs
          • upload_zofs
      • CNC DLL Entry Point Interfaces for FOCAS/Ethernet
        • CNC DLL Entry Point Interfaces for FOCAS/Ethernet
        • Part Program Routines for FOCAS/Ethernet
          • Part Program Routines for FOCAS/Ethernet
          • edelete_pp
          • edir_pp
          • edirectory_pp
          • edownload_pp
          • eselect_pp
          • eupload_pp
        • File Data Routines for FOCAS/Ethernet
          • File Data Routines for FOCAS/Ethernet
          • edownload_cmv
          • edownload_kbit
          • edownload_parm
          • edownload_pec
          • edownload_tofs
          • edownload_zofs
          • eupload_cmv
          • eupload_diag
          • eupload_kbit
          • eupload_parm
          • eupload_pec
          • eupload_tofs
          • eupload_zofs
      • CNC DLL Sample Application Script and Screens
        • CNC DLL Sample Application Script and Screens
        • CNC DLL Application Script
        • CNC DLL CimEdit/CimView Example
      • CNC Dynamic Link Library Error Codes
    • CNC Part Program
      • CNC Part Program
      • Part Program Parameters
      • Use the CNC Part Program Application
        • Use the CNC Part Program Application
        • Step 1. Create or Edit CNC Programs
        • Step 2. Connect to an Open Factory CNC
        • Step 3. Work in the CNC Part Program Window
          • Step 3. Work in the CNC Part Program Window
          • Option 3.1. Download a Part Program to the CNC
          • Option 3.2. Delete Part Programs on your PC
          • Option 3.3. Upload a Part Program to a PC
          • Option 3.4. Delete Part Programs on your CNC
          • Option 3.5. Rename PC Files through the Part Program Window
          • Option 3.6. Rename CNC Files through the Part Program Window
          • Option 3.7. Open a PC File through the CNC Part Program Window
          • Option 3.8. Open a CNC File through the CNC Part Program Window
          • Option 3.9. Select and Rewind Part Programs
          • Option 3.10. Exit the Part Program Window
        • Part Program Troubleshooting
        • Use the Programs on PC edit box
    • CNC Command Line Utilities
      • CNC Command Line Utilities
      • CNC Dynamic Link Library Graphic Overview
      • CNC Part Program Command Line Utilities for FOCAS/HSSB
        • CNC Part Program Command Line Utilities for FOCAS/HSSB
        • cnc_upload.exe
        • cnc_download.exe
        • cnc_delete.exe
        • cnc_dir.exe
        • cnc_select.exe
      • CNC Part Program Command Line Utilities for FOCAS/Ethernet
        • CNC Part Program Command Line Utilities for FOCAS/Ethernet
        • cnc_eupload.exe
        • cnc_edownload.exe
        • cnc_edelete.exe
        • cnc_edir.exe
        • cnc_eselect.exe
      • CNC File Data Command Line Utilities for FOCAS/HSSB
        • CNC File Data Command Line Utilities for FOCAS/HSSB
        • cnc_upload_tool.exe
        • cnc_download_tool.exe
      • CNC File Data Command Line Utilities for FOCAS/Ethernet
        • CNC File Data Command Line Utilities for FOCAS/Ethernet
        • cnc_eupload_tool.exe
        • cnc_edownload_tool.exe
    • Basic Operation Package 1
      • Basic Operation Package 1
      • Step 1. Open the Basic Operation Package 1
      • Step 2. Review Basic Operation Package 1 Features
        • Step 2. Review Basic Operation Package 1 Features
        • Option 2.1. Basic Operation Package 1 Screen Arrangement
        • Option 2.2. Basic Operation Package 1 Buttons and Keys
        • Option 2.3. Basic Operation Package 1 FANUC Control Properties
        • Option 2.4. Screens in Basic Operation Package 1
        • Option 2.5. CNC Path
    • Error Handling
      • Error Handling
      • Connection Error Handling
      • CNC Data Window Error Handling
      • Ethernet Version Only Error Handling
      • PMC Data Window Error Handling
    • Software Removal and Driver Deletion
      • Software Removal and Driver Deletion
      • Software Removal
      • HSSB Driver Deletion (Windows XP)
  • Pager
    • About CIMPager
      • About CIMPager
      • Documentation Conventions
        • Documentation Conventions
        • Using the Toolbar
        • CIMPager Features
      • How It Works
      • Installing CIMPager
        • Installing CIMPager
        • System Checks and Requirements
        • Installing CIMPager for the First Time
        • Local Server Installation
        • Remote Server Install
        • Administrator Install
      • FirstPAGE Paging Server Data File Compression
      • Starting CIMPager
      • Configuring CIMPager
      • Using CIMPager
        • Using CIMPager
        • Creating and Modifying Alarm Pager Entries
        • Editing Pager Entries
        • Viewing and Modifying a Pager Action
        • Deleting a Pager Action
      • Escalation Schemes
        • Escalation Schemes
        • Adding an Escalation Scheme
        • Modifying Message Interval
        • Viewing Modifying an Escalation Scheme
      • Viewing Alarms By Recipient
      • Distribution Lists
        • Distribution Lists
        • Adding a Distribution List
        • Viewing and Modifying Distribution Lists
      • Upgrading the Database
      • Technical Assistance
        • Technical Assistance
        • FAQ
        • Support Contracts
        • Help Desk
      • Glossary
    • Command Line
      • Command Line
    • About FirstPAGE Client
      • About FirstPAGE Client
      • Getting Started
      • Using the Toolbar
      • FirstPAGE Client Features
      • Installing and Configuring FirstPAGE Client
        • Installing and Configuring FirstPAGE Client
        • System Checks and Requirements
        • Performing the Installation
        • Starting FirstPAGE Client
      • Using the FirstPAGE Client
        • Using the FirstPAGE Client
        • Sending a Page
        • Sending a Page in Standard and Classic Mode
          • Sending a Page in Standard and Classic Mode
          • Sending a Page in Standard Mode
          • Sending a Page in Classic Mode
        • Deferring a Page
        • Using the Address Book in Standard or Classic Mode
          • Using the Address Book in Standard or Classic Mode
          • Using the Address Book in Standard Mode
          • Using the Address Book in Classic Mode
        • Using Common Messages in Standard or Classic Mode
          • Using Common Messages in Standard or Classic Mode
          • Common Messages in Standard Mode
          • Common Messages in Classic Mode
        • Creating a Distribution List in Standard or Classic Mode
          • Creating a Distribution List in Standard or Classic Mode
          • Distribution Lists in Standard Mode
          • Distribution Lists in Classic Mode
        • Setting a Recurrence in Standard or Classic Mode
          • Setting a Recurrence in Standard or Classic Mode
          • Recurrences in Standard Mode
          • Recurrences in Classic Mode
        • Viewing Transactions
      • Configuring FirstPAGE Client Options
        • Configuring FirstPAGE Client Options
        • Configuring Options
        • Viewing the Log File
      • Glossary
    • FirstPAGE Server and Administrator
      • About FIRSTPAGE Server
      • Getting Started
      • Using the Toolbar
      • FirstPAGE Server Features
      • Conceptual Overview
        • Conceptual Overview
        • How It Works
        • The Pager Administrator
      • Installing FirstPAGE Server
        • Installing FirstPAGE Server
        • System Checks and Requirements
        • Performing the Installation
        • FirstPAGE Server Installation
        • Starting FirstPAGE Administrator
      • Configuring FirstPAGE Administrator
        • Configuring FirstPAGE Administrator
        • Configuring the FirstPAGE Administrator
        • Adding a FirstPAGE Server
      • Using the FirstPAGE Administrator
        • Using the FirstPAGE Administrator
        • Creating and Modifying Devices
        • Adding a Device
        • Viewing and Modifying Devices
        • Deleting a Device
        • Creating and Modifying Providers
  • Legacy
    • Legacy and Obsolete Features
    • DDE Client Communications
      • About DDE Client Communications
      • Sample DDE Network
      • CIMPLICITY DDE Client Supported Protocols
      • DDE Required Hardware and Software
      • DDE Setup
      • NetDDE Setup
      • DDE Diagnostic Utility
      • CIMPLICITY Configuration for DDE
        • CIMPLICITY Configuration for DDE
        • DDE Port Configuration
          • DDE Port Configuration
          • General Port Properties
        • DDE Device Configuration
          • DDE Device Configuration
          • General Device Properties
          • DDE Device Properties
        • DDE Point Configuration
          • DDE Point Configuration
          • General Point Properties
          • Device Point Properties
        • Diagnostic Point Configuration
          • Diagnostic Point Configuration
          • Procedure for Enabling the Connection Reset Feature
      • DDE Communications Limitations
      • DDE Global Parameter
        • DDE_UNAVAIL_ON_ILLEGAL
    • Series 90 TCP/IP Communications
      • About Series 90 TCP/IP Communications
      • Series 90 TCP/IP Communication Requirements
      • Series 90 TCP/IP Supported Devices
      • Series 90 TCP/IP Supported Memory Types
      • Series 90 TCP/IP Hardware Configuration Requirements
      • Series 90 TCP/IP Related Documents
      • Series 90 TCP/IP Installation Verification Procedures
        • Series 90 TCP/IP Installation Verification Procedures
        • Toggling Between Data Update Modes
        • Requesting Manual Reads of Domain Data
        • Writing Test Data to the Programmable
        • Checking Series 90 Status
        • Performing A Read Load Test
        • Performing A Write Load Test
      • Series 90 PLC Fault Table
        • Series 90 PLC Fault Table
        • Method to Open the Series 90 Fault Table
        • Method to Obtain Series 90 PLC Fault Information
        • Series 90 Fault Table Default View
        • Series 90 Fault Table Detailed View
      • Series 90 TCP/IP Application Configuration
        • Series 90 TCP/IP Application Configuration
        • Series 90 TCP/IP Port Configuration
          • General Port Properties - TCP/IP
          • Series 90 TCP/IP Port Configuration
          • TCP/IP Properties
        • Series 90 TCP/IP Device Configuration
          • Series 90 TCP/IP Device Configuration
          • TCP/IP Properties
          • General Device Properties - TCP/IP
        • Series 90 TCP/IP Point Configuration
          • Series 90 TCP/IP Point Configuration
          • General Point Properties
          • Device Point Properties
      • Series 90 TCP/IP Unsolicited Data Support
        • Series 90 TCP/IP Unsolicited Data Support
        • Unsolicited Messages
        • Unsolicited Compound Messages with Timestamps
          • Unsolicited Compound Messages with Timestamps
          • Transmission Area Format in a PLC
          • Sample Compound Message
          • Calculating the Timestamp
      • About Series 90 TCP/IP Redundancy
        • About Series 90 TCP/IP Redundancy
        • About PLC Redundancy
          • About PLC Redundancy
          • Failure Conditions and Actions
        • About Cabling Redundancy
        • About Combined PLC and Cabling Redundancy
        • Series 90 TCP/IP Redundancy Application Configuration
        • Series 90 TCP/IP Redundancy Port Configuration
          • Series 90 TCP/IP Redundancy Port Configuration
          • General Port Properties - Redundancy
          • TCP/IP Properties
        • Series 90 TCP/IP Redundancy Device Configuration
          • Series 90 TCP/IP Redundancy Device Configuration
          • General Device Properties
          • TCP/IP Properties
        • Series 90 TCP/IP Redundancy Point Configuration
          • Series 90 TCP/IP Redundancy Point Configuration
          • General Point Properties
          • Device Point Properties
        • Series 90 TCP/IP Redundancy Diagnostic Points
          • Series 90 TCP/IP Redundancy Diagnostic Points
          • Mode Diagnostic Points
          • Status Diagnostic Point
          • Data Source Diagnostic Point
        • Examples of Redundant Configurations
          • Examples of Redundant Configurations
          • PLC Redundancy Example
          • Cabling Redundancy Example
          • Combined PLC and Cabling Redundancy Example
      • Series 90 TCP/IP Advanced Configuration Topics
        • Series 90 TCP/IP Advanced Configuration Topics
        • HCT_SKIP_L_DOMAIN
        • GMR_SKIP_L_DOMAIN
        • UNSO_TX_AREA_<n>
        • GMR_WRITE_ALL
        • GMR_NO_MASTER
    • Series 90 TCP/IP Installation Verification Procedures...
      • Series 90 TCP/IP Installation Verification Procedures
      • Toggling Between Data Update Modes
      • Requesting Manual Reads of Domain Data
      • Writing Test Data to the Programmable Controller
      • Checking Series 90 Status
      • Performing A Read Load Test
      • Performing A Write Load Test
      • Series 90 TCP/IP Supported Memory Types
    • Ethernet Global Data Service
      • About the Ethernet Global Data Service
      • Global Ethernet Data Application Configuration.
      • Series 90 Ethernet Global Data
        • Series 90 Ethernet Global Data
        • Ethernet Global Data Configuration
        • Ethernet Global Data Configuration File